Books
- E-health Care in Dentistry and Oral Medicine : a Clinician's Guide — Emerging Contaminants. Vol. 1, Occurrence and Impact (239)
- Emerging Drugs in Sport — Enzyme Engineering and Evolution : General Methods. First edition (239)
- Enzyme Engineering and Evolution : Specific Enzyme Applications. First edition. — The Ethical, Legal and Social Issues of Pandemics : An Analysis from the EU Perspective (239)
- Ethical Challenges in Cancer Diagnosis and Therapy — Eyelid Tumors : Clinical Evaluation and Reconstruction Techniques (237)
- Digital/PrintAxel W. Bauer, Ralf-Dieter Hofheinz, Jochen S. Utikal, editors.Summary: "This book presents in detail the problems and ethical challenges in daily oncological practice. In western industrialized countries, roughly 25 percent of all citizens still die from cancer. Despite significant progress in basic science and in individual areas of clinical care, even in the 21st century, being diagnosed with cancer has lost none of its dread and can still be a death sentence. This situation raises many problems and challenges for medical ethics, e.g., the question of the benefits and risks of prevention programs, or the right to know and not to know. Clinical trials with cancer patients and quality assurance for surgery, radiotherapy and medication also pose a series of ethical dilemmas. Furthermore, cancer treatment is a psychological challenge not only for patients but also for physicians and caregivers. The issues of adequate pain management and good palliative care, of treatment limiting and the question of assisted suicide at the end of life also have to be considered. In order to reflect the subject's diverse and multifaceted nature, the book incorporates legal, ethnographic, historical and literary perspectives into ethical considerations"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Cancer as an ethical challenge
Historical aspects of the fight against cancer
One in four dies of cancer. Questions about the epidemiology of malignant tumors
Ethical issues related to human papillomavirus vaccination programs: an example from Bangladesh
Ethical challenges around cell lines in cancer research
Risk-adapted prevention. Governance perspective for benefits of genetic (breast cancer) risk
The right to know and not to know: predictive genetic diagnosis and non-diagnosis
Benefits and harms of cancer screening
Ethical dilemmas in conducting clinical trials
Ethical aspects in cancer drug approval, balancing individual versus societal perspectives
Liver living donation for cancer patients: benefits, risks, justification
Quality assurance of cancer medication and the challenge of biosimilars
Cancer in children
Pain and palliative medicine
Advance directives for medical decisions
Euthanasia and assisted suicide
Doctor's health and the health of caregivers
Diagnosis breast cancer. An ethnographic study of illness and disease
The patient's view
The patients' advocate
Cancer in literature. - DigitalAngela Georgia Catic, editor.Summary: This book is designed to present an overview of common geriatrics ethical issues that arise during patient care and research activities. Each chapter includes a case example and practical learning pearls that are useful in day-to-day patient care. Coverage includes a brief overview of geriatric epidemiology, highlighting the high rates of dementia, use of surrogate decisions makers at the end-of-life, relocation from home to long-term care facilities, and low health literacy in the geriatrics population. Sections are devoted to issues around capacity, surrogate decision making, end-of-life care, hemodialysis in the elderly, and futility as well as challenges presented by independence questions, such as dementia care, driving, feeding, and intimacy in nursing homes. The text also addresses questions around recognizing, reporting, and treating elder abuse and self-neglect, ethics related to research and technology in the geriatric population, and the use of e-mail, Facebook, and open notes. Written by experts in the field, Ethical Considerations and Challenges in Geriatrics is a valuable tool for trainees at a variety of levels including medical students, residents, and fellows. In addition, it provides practical guidance and a useful reference for practicing geriatricians, primary care physicians, geriatric nurses, social workers, nursing home workers, hospice care employees, and all medical health professionals working with the elderly.
Contents:
Geriatric Epidemiology
Evaluating Capacity for Safe and Independent Living among Vulnerable Older Adults
Surrogate decision making and advance care planning
End of Life Care of Older Adults
Special Considerations in Older Surgical Patients
Ethical Issues of Renal Replacement Therapy in the Elderly
Ethical Considerations for the Driver with Dementia
Medical Futility
Feeding Issues in Advanced Dementia
Intimacy in the Long-Term Care Setting
Elder Abuse and Neglect
Hospital and Physician Rating Web Sites: Ethical Challenges without Context
Considerations and Challenges in Information and Communication Technology
Ethical Issues in Geriatric Research.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Janice L. Berliner.Contents:
Introduction to clinical ethics / Rebecca R. Anderson
The (micro) array of options for preconceptional and prenatal testing / Daragh Conrad and Christy Stanley
The "ART" of assisted reproductive technologies / Sonja Eubanks Higgins
Testing children for adult onset conditions / Dawn Allain
These are not the genes you're looking for : incidental findings identified as a result of genetic testing / Curtis Coughlin, II
Is that a threat or a promise? Direct-to-consumer marketing of genetic testing / Laura Hercher
Genetics and patent law / Rebecca R. Anderson
Ethical issues in genetic and genomic research / Dawn Allain and Kelly Ormond.Digital Access Oxford [2015] - DigitalBarbara G. Jericho, editor.Contents:
1. Informed Consent: Pediatric Patients, Adolescents, and Emancipated Minors
2. Preoperative Testing: Ethical Challenges, Evidence-Based Medicine and Informed Consent
3. Informed Consent and the Disclosure of Surgeon Experience
4. Perioperative Considerations of Do Not Resuscitate and Do Not Intubate Orders in Adult Patients
5. Pediatric Patients: Do Not Resuscitate Decisions
6. Ethical Care of the Children of Jehovah?s Witnesses
7. Fatigue and the Care of Patients
8. Conscientious Objection
9. Ethical Implications of Drug Shortages
10. Ethical Challenges in High-Risk Innovative Surgery
11. Professionalism in the Operating Room
12. Honesty in the Perioperative Setting: Error and Communication
13. Futility and the Care of the Perioperative Patient
14. End-of-Life Issues: Management of Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices
15. End-of-Life Issues: Spirituality
16. Ethics in Research and Publication
17. Ethics and Evidence Regarding Animal Subjects Research: Splitting Hares- or Swallowing Camels?. - DigitalGrace Lee, Judy Illes, Frauke Ohl, editors.Summary: Behavioral neuroscience encompasses the disciplines of neurobiology and psychology to study mechanisms of behavior. This volume provides a contemporary overview of the current state of how ethics informs behavioral neuroscience research. There is dual emphasis on ethical challenges in experimental animal approaches and in clinical and nonclinical research involving human participants.
Contents:
Section I. Experimental Animal Research
Ethical Issues Associated with the Use of Animal Experimentation in Behavioural Neuroscience Research
The use of animal models in behavioural neuroscience research
Does the goal justify the methods? Harm and Benefit in Neuroscience Research Using Animals
A Framework for investigating animal consciousness
Telos, Conservation of Welfare, and Ethical Issues in Genetic Engineering of Animals
Would the elimination of the capacity to suffer evolve ethical dilemmas in experimental animal research?
Section II. Clinical Research
Ethics of human research in behavioral neuroscience: Overview of section II
What?s special about the ethical challenges of studying disorders with altered brain activity?
Effects of brain injury on moral agency: Ethical dilemmas in investigating human behavior
Genetic testing and neuroimaging for youth at risk for mental illness: Trading off benefit and risk
Externalization of consciousness: Scientific possibilities and clinical implications
How does enhancing cognition affect human values? How does this translate into social responsibility?
Deep brain stimulation: A principled and pragmatic approach to understanding the ethical and clinical challenges of an evolving technology
Ethical issues and ethical therapy associated with anxiety disorders
Just like a circus: The public consumption of sex differences
Money and morals: Ending clinical trials for financial reasons.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalArtemis Igoumenou, editor.Summary: This work explores and discusses the ethical dilemmas clinicians face in everyday forensic psychiatry practice. We discuss and reflect on ethical issues involving treatment decisions such as antipsychotic polypharmacy, high doses antipsychotics and prescribing anti-libidinal medications. Ethical issues surrounding the use of technology for the management of mentally disordered offenders are explored in depth. The use of the polygraph test, a controversial method of truth facilitation for sex offenders, is discussed. Similarly, we discuss the use of "tagging" for serious offenders that despite being used in the United States of America for a while it has been heavily criticized and opposed. Tagging is gradually being introduced in the UK and other European countries, making consideration of the ethical issues and dilemmas surrounding its use both timely and necessary. This work is a valuable guide for clinicians working in forensic psychiatry settings, particularly when faced with ethical dilemmas concerning decisions around interventions.
Contents:
Part 1: Clinical Forensic Psychiatry
Clinical Forensic Psychiatry; Settings and Practices
Forensic Psychiatry and the Mentally Disordered Offender. Ethical Issues in Treatment Provision within Secure Hospital Environments; Clinical and Legal
Part 2: Ethical Issues in the Treatment and Management of Sex Offenders
Introduction
The Use of Medications for the Treatment of Sex Offenders. Ethical Issues and Controversies
The Use of Polygraph Test in Clinical Forensic Psychiatry Settings
Part 3: Ethical Issues in the Assessment, Treatment and Management of Violent Offenders and Sex Offenders
Ethical Issues Arising from the Prescription of Antipsychotic Medication in Clinical Forensic Settings
The Many Faces of Surveillance: Ethical Considerations that Encompass the Use of Electronic Monitoring in Criminal and Clinical Populations
Assessment and Management of Specific Populations.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalKate A. Mazur, Stacey L. Berg, editors.Summary: This book identifies the various ethical challenges that arise in pediatric hematology/oncology and provides the necessary tools to overcome these challenges. Aiming to expand upon and strengthen providers' knowledge and experience in pediatric health care ethical issues, the text positions providers to be beneficial resources to faculty, staff, patients, and families within their institution. It presents a multidisciplinary approach to sound ethical practices that is necessary to effectively care for these patients and their families. The book reviews the principles of ethical decision-making, the unique difficulties in using children as research subjects, common ethical conundrums involved in providing end-of-life care, and general moralities of professional practice. Written by experts in their fields, Ethical Issues in Pediatric Hematology/Oncology is an innovative and valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, and trainees who work in the field of pediatric hematology/oncology.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Introduction to Ethics in Pediatrics;
Chapter 1: Ethics: A Historical Perspective; Respect for Autonomy; Beneficence and Non-maleficence; Justice; The State of Medical Ethics Today: Practical Applications; Pediatric-Related Ethics; Best Interest Standard of a Child; Informed Consent Process and Assent in Pediatrics; Past, Present, and Future Pediatric Ethical Challenges and Controversies; References;
Chapter 2: Ethical Principles in the Practice of Medicine; Introduction; Defining Ethics; Approaches to Medical Ethics; The Problem of Pluralism The Four Principles of Biomedical Ethics "Doing Ethics": A Modest Approach; Legal and Professional Considerations in Ethics; The Four Boxes of Clinical Ethics; Ethics Consultation; Conclusion; References; Part II: The Ethics of Everyday Clinical Encounters;
Chapter 3: Communicating Prognosis at Diagnosis and Relapse or Progression; Evidence for Honest Communication; Why Is Honest Communication Difficult?; Why Is Honest Communication Important?; Why Is Honest Communication Vital to Decision Making?; Are We Taking Away Hope?; Parental Decision Making: Other Considerations for the Clinician Consideration of Cultural Variations Nuts and Bolts of Honest Communication; Conveying Prognostic Information; Complications in Communication; Communicating with Children; Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: Managing Conflict When There's Disagreement in Care Between Medical Providers, Caregivers, and Patient; Introduction; Conflict Between Patients/Families and Professionals; Source of Conflict #1: Decisional Authority and the Best Interest Standard; Ethical Considerations; Source of Conflict #2: Decisional and Non-decisional Rights of Adolescent Patients; Ethical Considerations Source of Conflict #3: Problems in Alignment and Communication Among ProfessionalsEthical Considerations; Strategies for Conflict Resolution; Conflict Within Teams and Between Specialties; Source of Conflict #1: Goals of Care; Ethical Considerations; Sources of Conflict #2: Disagreement Over Treatment Options/Interventions; Ethical Considerations; Source of Conflict #3: Clarification and Coordination of Roles; Ethical Considerations; Strategies for Conflict Resolution; Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Unique Considerations for Adolescents and Young Adults Adolescence Is a Unique Developmental Period; Informed Consent and Decision-Making in Young Adult and Pediatric Populations; Negotiating the Parent: Patient-Provider Triad; Special Circumstances: Emancipated and Mature Minors; Case-Based Learning: Potential Conflicts in AYA Care; Factors to Consider; Conclusion; References; Part III: Ethical Issues Surrounding Children in Research;
Chapter 6: Ethics in Genetic and Genomic Research; Pediatric Oncology Genomic Studies; Ethical Issues in Pediatric Oncology Genomic Research; Informed Consent in Pediatric Genetic and Genomic Research.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Rebecca A. Greenberg, Aviva M. Goldberg, David Rodríguez-Arias.Summary: This book offers a theoretical and practical overview of the specific ethical and legal issues in pediatric organ transplantation. Written by a team of leading experts, Ethical Issues in Pediatric Organ Transplantation addresses those difficult ethical questions concerning clinical, organizational, legal and policy issues including donor, recipient and allocation issues. Challenging topics, including children as donors, donation after cardiac death, misattributed paternity, familial conflicts of interest, developmental disability as a listing criteria, small bowel transplant, and considerations in navigating the media are discussed. It serves as a fundamental handbook and resource for pediatricians, transplant health care professionals, trainees, graduate students, scholars, practitioners of bioethics and health policy makers.
Contents:
Introduction
Rodríguez-Arias, Greenberg, and Goldberg
1.0 Living Donation
1.1 Minors as organ donors
Freedman Ross, Parker and Thistelwaite
1.2 Living donors for fulminant hepatic failure in children
Segedi and Grant
1.3 The Ethics of Persuasion: Evaluating the ethical limits on attempting to persuade families to donate the organs of deceased family members
Chandler and Gruben
1.4 Misattributed Paternity
Freeman and Parker
2.0 Deceased Donation
2.1 Death determination in children
Shemie and Ortega-Deballon
2.2 Controlled donation after cardiac death (2 chapters)
2.2.1 Controlled donation after cardiac death in pediatrics
Talati and Frader
2.2.2 Ethical and organizational challenges in controlled donation after cardiac death for children
Harrison
3.0 Emerging Technology
3.1 Ethical issues in pediatric bowel rehabilitation and small bowel transplantation
Fecteau
3.2 Vascularized Composite Allotransplantation (VCA)
Zlotnik Shaul, Wright, Flynn, Borschel, Hanson, and Zuker
3.3 Media management
Amaral and Feudtner
4.0 Allocating Organs
4.1Transplantation for pediatric foreign nationals
Fortin and Greenberg
4.2 Neurodevelopmental status as a criterion for solid organ transplant eligibility
Wightman, Diekema and Smith
5.0 Recipient Issues
5.1 Psychosocial aspects of pediatric organ transplantation
Derrington, Goldberg and Frader
5.2 Ethical issues in adolescents and transplantation
Goldberg and Fine
Conclusion
Rodríguez-Arias, Greenberg, Goldberg.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016 : - DigitalDónal O'Mathúna, Ron Iphofen, editors.Summary: This Open Access book provides illustrative case studies that explore various research and innovation topics that raise challenges requiring ethical reflection and careful policymaking responses. The cases highlight diverse ethical challenges and provide lessons for the various options available for policymaking. Cases are drawn from many fields, including artificial intelligence, space science, energy, data protection, professional research practice and pandemic planning. Case studies are particularly helpful with ethical issues to provide crucial context. This book reflects the ambiguity of ethical dilemmas in contemporary policymaking. Analyses reflect current debates where consensus has not yet been achieved. These cases illustrate key points made throughout the PRO-RES EU-funded project from which they arise: that ethical judgement is a fluid enterprise, where values, principles and standards must constantly adjust to new situations, new events and new research developments. This book is an indispensable aid to policymaking that addresses, and/or uses evidence from, novel research developments.
Contents:
Chapter1. Introduction: Making the Case for the Case (Dónal O’Mathúna)
Chapter 2. Space: The Final Frontier (Emmanouil Detsis)
Chapter 3. Research and the Ethics of Urban Exploration and Criminal Trespass (Mark Israel)
Chapter 4. Science Advisors and "Good Evidence": A Case Study (Gabi Lombardo)
Chapter 5. Automated Justice, Automated Policing: Issues, Benefits and Risks in the Use of Artificial Intelligence and its Algorithms in Access to Justice and Law Enforcement (Caroline Gans Combe)
Chapter 6. Data Protection in Croatia: An Indicator of Ethics Processes in Research Institutions (Zvonimir Koporc)
Chapter 7. Intellectual Corruption and the American Psychological Association (James F. Welles)
Chapter 8. PRO-RES Guidance Framework for Scientific Research: A Novel Response to Long-standing Issues (P. Kavouras)
Chapter 9. RRI and Research Ethics (Maria Teresa Berliri)
Chapter 10. The Wave Power Project (Ron Iphofen)
Chapter 11. Formulating a Guidance Code for Research Managers (the UK ARMA case) (John Oates)
Chapter 12. Ethics Versus The Law: The Case Of the Belfast Project (Helen Kara)
Chapter 13. Regulating Zoonotic Disease Research: Implications for Pandemic Preparedness (Dónal O’Mathúna)
Chapter 14. Responsible Research and Innovation and India: Towards a Dialectical Approach in Theory and Practice (Krishna Ravi Srinivas). - DigitalDeborah Mascalzoni, editor.Summary: Biobank research and genomic information are changing the way we look at health and medicine. Genomics challenges our values and has always been controversial and difficult to regulate. In the future lies the promise of tailored medical treatments and pharmacogenomics but the borders between medical research and clinical practice are becoming blurred. We see sequencing platforms for research that can have diagnostic value for patients. Clinical applications and research have been kept separate, but the blurring lines challenges existing regulations and ethical frameworks.Then how do we regulate it? This book contains an overview of the existing regulatory landscape for biobank research in the Western world and some critical chapters to show how regulations and ethical frameworks are developed and work. How should international sharing work? How design an ethical informed consent? An underlying critique: the regulatory systems are becoming increasingly complex and opaque. The international community is building systems that should respond to that. According to the authors in fact, it is time to turn the ship around. Biobank researchers have a moral responsibility to look at and assess their work in relation to the bigger picture: the shared norms and values of current society. Research ethics shouldn?t only be a matter of bioethicists writing guidelines that professionals have to follow. Ethics should be practiced through discourse and regulatory frameworks need to be part of that public discourse. Ethics review should be then not merely application of bureaucracy and a burden for researchers but an arena where researchers discuss their projects, receive advice and practice their ethics skills.
Contents:
Introduction / Deborah Mascalzoni
Biobanks: a definition / Barbara Parodi
A participatory space beyond the "autonomy versus property" dichotomy / Mariachiara Tallacchini
Intellectual Property and Biobanks / Naomi Hawkins
Consent, Privacy and Property in the Italian Biobanks Regulation: A Hybrid Model within EU / Matteo Macilotti, Simone Penasa, Marta Tomasi
Data Protection Principles and Research in the Biobanks Age / Roberto Lattanzi
The New General Data Protection Regulation: where are we are and where might we be heading? / Jane Reichel and Anna-Sara Lind
The Tension between Data Sharing and the Protection of Privacy in Genomics Research / Jane Kaye
Incidental findings: the time is not yet ripe for a policy for biobanks / Jennifer Viberg, Mats G. Hansson, Sophie Langenskiöld, Pär Segerdahl
Biobanking across borders: the challenges of harmonization / Ruth Chadwick, Heather Strange
Governing Biobanks Through A European Infrastructure / Emmanuelle Rial-Sebbag, Anne Cambon-Thomsen
EU governance for research and ethics in biobanks / Jane Reichel
A Bold Experiment: Iceland's Genomic Venture / David Winickoff
The Estonian Genome Center, University of Tartu / Aime Keis
The management of the ethical aspects of a local mental diseases biobank for research purposes. An Italian experience / Corinna Porteri
Biobank governance in Spain: From the autonomy of research ethics committees to the autonomy of lay people / Antonio Casado da Rocha
Public deliberation and the role of stakeholders as a new frontier in the governance of science: the British Columbia Biobank Deliberation and the DePGx Project / Claudio Corradetti, Gillian Bartlett
Making researchers moral / Linus Johnsson, Stefan Eriksson, Gert Helgesson, Mats G. Hansson. - PrintAndrej Michalsen, Nicholas Sadovnikoff, Jozef Kesecioglu, editors.Summary: In this book, part of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine (ESICM) textbook series, experts in the field of clinical ethics describe basic principles of clinical ethics and ethical reasoning, the fundamental pillars of intensive care medicine as well as the decision-making processes necessary to arrive at appropriate decisions for each individual patient. Specifically, the complex decision-making process, with regard to limiting life-sustaining therapies and integrating palliative care into intensive care, are expounded. Furthermore, the still controversial topics of ethical climate, proportionate care, and prioritization are elaborated upon. The so-called soft skills of inter-professional communication and co-operation are given the attention they deserve in order to overcome the gap between technological progress and interpersonal standstill. Finally, widely accepted ethical values and principles were challenged by the Covid-19 pandemic, forcing clinicians to elaborate recommendations regarding the prioritization of scarce resources. The book will be an invaluable tool for clinicians to understand ethical principles and reasoning to contend ethical challenges in intensive care medicine across the boundaries of disciplines and professions, in order to provide an appropriate individual plan of treatment for their patients.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
About the Editors
Editors and Contributors
Contributors
I: Principles of Clinical Ethics in Intensive Care Medicine
1: Clinical Ethics and Ethical Principles
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Ethical Theory: An Overview
1.2.1 Utilitarianism
1.2.2 Deontology
1.2.3 Virtue Ethics
1.2.4 Narrative Ethics
1.3 Principlism
1.3.1 Beneficence
1.3.2 Non-maleficence
1.3.3 Distributive Justice
1.3.4 Autonomy
1.3.5 Limitations to Principlism
References 2: The Two Pillars of Intensive Care Medicine (I): Medical Indication
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Definition of Intensive Care and Intensive Care Patient
2.3 Criteria to Admit a Patient
2.4 Scoring Systems Regarding the Severity of Disease
2.5 The Decision: To Admit or Not to Admit
2.6 Exceptional Situations to Admit a Patient
2.7 Derogatory Reasons to Admit or Not to Admit
2.8 Consequences of Admitting a Patient
2.9 Consequences of Not Admitting a Patient
References
3: The Two Pillars of Intensive Care Medicine (II): The Patient's Wishes and Consent
3.1 Introduction 3.2 Respect for Autonomy and Informed Consent
3.2.1 Decision-Making Capacity
3.2.2 Voluntariness
3.3 Paternalism/Parentalism and Shared Decision-Making
References
II: Decision-making
4: Shared Decision-Making (I): Within the Interprofessional Team
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Clinical Case Example
4.3 Interprofessional Shared Decision-Making: Definition and Scope of Application
4.4 Recommendations
4.5 Clinical Case Example: Continued
4.6 Special Circumstances
References
5: Shared Decision-Making (II): With Patients and Families
5.1 Introduction 5.2 The Relevance of Shared Decision-Making
5.3 Shared Decision-Making in Critically Ill Patients at Time of ICU Admission
5.4 Families in the ICU: Shared Decision-Making in a Context of High Emotional Distress
5.5 Impact of Shared Decision-Making on Families' Well-Being
5.6 Team-Centered Challenges
5.7 Strategies to Improve Shared Decision-Making
5.7.1 Frameworks and Recommendations
5.7.2 Family Conferences: The VALUE Approach
5.7.3 Support for the Family
5.7.4 Dealing with Discordance and Conflict
5.7.5 Mediation
References 6: The Significance of Cultural Diversity
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Multiculturalism and Cultural Diversity
6.3 Impact of Culture in Critical Care
6.3.1 Death and Dying
6.3.2 Communication
6.3.3 Staff Well-being
References
III: Goal of Therapy and Extent of Treatment
7: Life-Sustaining Therapies: Indication, Prognostication, and the Patient's Wishes
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Prognostication
7.2.1 Prognostication of Morbidity and Mortality During ICU Treatment
7.2.2 Prognostication of Morbidity and Mortality After Discharge from the ICU
7.3 Goal-Concordant Care - Digitalby Shabih H. Zaidi.Summary: Medical ethics and the medical profession are inseparable, yet the formal teaching of medical ethics is a relatively new phenomenon. Furthermore, since the introduction of managed health care, with the physician becoming a 'health provider' and the patient a 'client', the whole concept of medical ethics has undergone a sea change. The contractual relationship between the provider and the client engenders caution and precaution, resulting in defensive medicine. This book both presents a succinct history of medical ethics and discusses a wide range of important ethical dilemmas in the provision of modern health care. A synopsis is provided of ethics through the ages and the role of ethics in the evolution of medicine. Principles and sources of medical ethics, as well as different religious and secular perspectives, are explained. Ethical concerns in relation to a variety of specific issues are then examined. These issues include, for example, human experimentation, stem cell research, assisted reproductive technologies, termination of pregnancy, rationing of health care, euthanasia, and quality of life issues. The author's many years of practicing medicine in different cultures and countries and his passion for religious works, philosophy, literature, poetry, history, and anthropology have informed and enriched the contents of this stimulating book.
Contents:
Part 1. Ethics through the ages: 1 . Early period
2. Greek period
Sophists and Socrates et al
3. Arab period
4. Bacon
Bertrand Russell
5. Voltaire
Dawkins- McIntyre
Part 2. Metaphysics, religious- secular perspectives: 6. Analysis of secular and religious thought
Part 3. Cultural anthropology and medical ethics: 7. Normative principles, autonomy, beneficence, non maleficence and justice
8. Universalism or Relativism
9. Medical ethics in a pluralistic society
Part 4. Nomenclature and description: 10. Principles and sources of medical ethics
11. Justice: a pillar of ethics. Distributive justice and international clinical trials
Part 5. The role of ethics in evolution of medicine: 12.Research ethics
13. Human experimentation
14. The scourge of drug trials
15. Human embryonic stem cell research
16. Stem cell in cultivation of sensory organs, curing deafness
17. Cybrid. Is science going mad?
18. Teaching medical ethics
Part 6. Reproductive health, ART, IVF, Abortion, Pregenetic diagnosis (PGD): 19. Assisted Reproductive Technologies
20. IVF, Pre genetic diagnosis, termination of pregnancy
21. Surrogacy
Part 7. Managed health care: 22. Rationing. Services within limited resources
23. Futility of treatment. Euthanasia
24. Therapeutic nihilism
Part 8. Quality of life issues: 25. Care of the elderly, and QALYS
26. Hospices and palliative care
27. Controversial pathways , passive euthanasia. Assisted life termination
28. Assisted life prolongation and end of life issues
Part 9. Physicians' oaths: 29. Lessons drawn from Duae Makaram Al Akhlaq
30. Hippocratic oath and contemporary faith based oaths.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalNancy Kirsch.Summary: "A collection of case studies exploring ethical decision making for physical therapy students and practicing physical therapists"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Part One: Ethics for the Physical Therapist
Chapter 1: Healthcare Ethics
Chapter 2: Professionalism
Chapter 3: Ethical Guidance: The Code of Ethics for Physical Therapists and Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant
Chapter 4: Ethical Risk Factors
Chapter 5: Applying Ethical Decision-Making Models in Clinical Practice
Chapter 6: The Ethical Challenges of the Future
Part Two: Types of Ethical Decisions: Case Analysis
Chapter 7: Introduction to Case Analysis
Chapter 8: Accountability
Chapter 9: Boundary Issues
Chapter 10: Practice Issues
Chapter 11: Professional Relationships
Chapter 12: Professional Responsibility
Chapter 13: Professional Self-Regulation
Chapter 14: Supervision
Chapter 15: The Student Physical Therapist
Appendix A: The Code of Ethics for Physical Therapists
Appendix B: Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant
Appendix C: Ideas to Consider Answers
Appendix D: References.Digital Access - DigitalMarike L. D. Broekman, editor.Summary: This book covers all ethical aspects of introducing novel implants and procedures in neurosurgery in a structured way, addressing the current knowledge gap concerning ethical innovations in neurosurgery. Initially it explores the difficulties involved in defining when a procedure should be considered innovation, research, or care. To this end, it presents not only an overview of current literature, but also data from a recent survey among neurosurgeons in Europe. The book subsequently discusses the ethical issues related to innovation. These include: informed consent (what should a surgeon tell the patient and how should he/she do so), oversight (can any surgeon simply implant a novel spinal device?), the learning curve (when should a surgeon be allowed to perform a novel procedure?), vulnerable patients (how to innovate in the pediatric population or in an emergency setting), and conflicts of interest, as well as the ethics of paying for innovative treatments. In turn, the closing chapters focus on the evaluation of neurosurgical research and innovation. Are cultural changes necessary and how could innovation benefit from (international) collaborations? Given the range of topics addressed, the book offers neurosurgeons, residents, scientists, companies and hospital administrations a valuable guide to introducing novel implants and techniques in neurosurgery.
Contents:
Innovation in neurosurgery: key ethical challenges
Payment for and right to innovation in neurosurgery
Evaluation of innovations in neurosurgery
Innovation in neurosurgery: required culture and team collaboration. - DigitalJenny Krutzinna, Luciano Floridi, editors.Summary: This open access book presents an ethical approach to utilizing personal medical data. It features essays that combine academic argument with practical application of ethical principles. The contributors are experts in ethics and law. They address the challenges in the re-use of medical data of the deceased on a voluntary basis. This pioneering study looks at the many factors involved when individuals and organizations wish to share information for research, policy-making, and humanitarian purposes. Today, it is easy to donate blood or even organs, but it is virtually impossible to donate one's own medical data. This is seen as ethically unacceptable. Yet, data donation can greatly benefit the welfare of our societies. This collection provides timely interdisciplinary research on biomedical big data. Topics include the ethics of data donation, the legal and regulatory challenges, and the current and future collaborations. Readers will learn about the ethical and regulatory challenges associated with medical data donations. They will also better understand the special nature of using deceased data for research purposes with regard to ethical principles of autonomy, beneficence, and justice. In addition, the contributors identify the key governance issues of such a scheme. The essays also look at what we can learn in terms of best practice from existing medical data schemes.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction (Jenny Krutzinna and Luciano Floridi).- Part I: Conceptualising the Ethics of Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 2. Data Donation: How to Resist the iLeviathan (Barbara Prainsack).- Chapter 3. Data Donations as Exercises of Sovereignty (Patrik Hummel, Matthias Braun and Peter Dabrock).- Chapter 4. The Ethics of Uncertainty for Data Subjects (Philip J. Nickel).- Chapter 5. Incongruities and Dilemmas in Data Donation: Juggling our 1s and 0s (Kerina H. Jones).- Part II: Governance and Regulation of Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 6. Posthumous Medical Data Donation: The Case for a Regulatory Framework (Edina Harbinja).- Chapter 7. Medical Data Donation, Consent and the Public Interest after Death: A Gateway to Posthumous Data Use (Annie Sorbie).- Part III: Implementing Ethical Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 8. The Personal Data is Political (Bastian Greshake Tzovaras and Athina Tzovara).- Chapter 9. Personal Data Cooperatives
A New Data Governance Framework for Data Donations and Precision Health (Ernst Hafen).- Chapter 10. Defining Data Donation After Death: Metadata, Families, Directives, Guardians and the Road to Big Consent (David M. Shaw).- Part IV: An Ethical Code for Posthumous Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 11. Enabling Posthumous Medical Data Donation: A Plea for the Ethical Utilisation of Personal Health Data (Jenny Krutzinna, Mariarosaria Taddeo and Luciano Floridi).- Chapter 12. An Ethical Code for Posthumous Medical Data Donation (Jenny Krutzinna, Mariarosaria Taddeo and Luciano Floridi). - Digital[edited by] Roxana Cobo.Digital Access
- DigitalPietro Amedeo Modesti, Francesco P. Cappuccio, Gianfranco Parati, editors.Summary: In the context of the most significant influx of migrants in European history, the objective of this book is to provide healthcare professionals with essential knowledge and skills to effectively treat and prevent cardiovascular diseases in ethnic minorities. Acknowledging that the scientific and cultural training of health professionals on the specific health needs of minority groups is still limited and likely biased, the book sheds light on the different health policies in European countries as well as epidemiologic data on cardiovascular events among migrants. In addition, it presents an in-depth analysis of potential ethnic-group-specific drivers of global cardiovascular risk within this new and challenging framework - as well as issues related to its prevention and treatment. The prevalence of hypertension, diabetes, chronic kidney disease, obesity, and metabolic syndrome is found to be higher among most minority groups than in the native population, yet their access to treatment and health services may be limited by cultural and language barriers. As health professionals are confronted with such intercultural challenges on a daily basis, specific training and dedicated publications are thus essential to accompany and foster a constructive development towards a pluralist and healthier society. This book addresses that need, offering a unique and revealing resource.
- DigitalBecky S. Li, Howard I. Maibach, editors.Summary: This book is written to help educate dermatologists and general physicians of the challenges involved in treating those with darker skin tones in culturally appropriate ways. Distinctly broken up into three sections for ease of use, the reader enters the text through a series of chapters meant to introduce the physician to the anatomical structure and makeup of patient with skin of color as well as the evolution basic concepts for understanding and treatment. The second and longest section looks at diseases and cosmetic concerns covering some of the most common issues for patients with skin of color. The last section offers cultural considerations to treatment and care. Socially conscious and comprehensive, Ethnic Skin and Hair is written by some of the leading names in dermatological treatment of skin of color, and functions as a concise and thorough tool for dermatologists at every stage in their career.
Contents:
Part I. Introduction/Overview
Chapter 1. Defining Skin of Color
Chapter 2. Skin of Color: Biology, Physiology, Structure, and Function
Chapter 3. Biology of Hair
Chapter 4. Physiology of Skin Pigmentation
Part II. Skin Diseases and Concerns in Ethnic Skin.-Chapter 5. Skin Cancer Knowledge, Awareness, and Perception
Chapter 6. Other Effects of Ultraviolet Light: Photosensitivity, Photoreactivity, and Photoaging
Chapter 7. Inflammatory Disorders: Acne Vulgaris, Atopic Dermatitis, Seborrheic Dermatitis, Lupus Erythematosus, Dermatomyositis, and Scleroderma
Chapter 8. Inflammatory Disorders: Psoriasis, Lichen Planus, Pityriasis Rosea, Sarcoidosis
Chapter 9. Pigmentary Disorders
Chapter 10. Management of Pigmentary Disorders
Chapter 11. Hair Loss in Women of Color
Chapter 12. Ethnic Skin Disorders
Part III: Other Considerations.-Chapter 13. Multicultural Competence and Other Considerations
Chapter 14. The Impact of Skin and Hair Disease in Ethnic Skin. - Digitaledited by Gwen Yeo, Linda A. Gerdner and Dolores Gallagher-Thompson.Summary: In recent years, the literature on the topic of ethnic and racial issues in Alzheimer's disease and other dementias has increased dramatically. At the same time, the need for cultural competence in all of geriatric care, including dementia care, is increasingly being acknowledged. Dementia is a large societal problem affecting all communities, regardless of race or ethnicity, and understanding dementia for specific groups is tremendously important for both clinical knowledge and for health planning as a nation. This third edition of Ethnicity and the Dementias offers invaluable background information in this area, while also examining how those suffering from dementia and their family members respond or adapt to the challenges that follow. Thoroughly updated and revised throughout, the book features contributions from leading clinicians and researchers in the field, with particular attention given to genetic and cultural factors related to dementia, effective prevention and treatment strategies, and issues in caregiving and family support.
Contents:
Incidence and prevalence of dementia in U. S. race and ethnic populations
Risk factors for dementia among race and ethnic populations in the United States
Assessment of cognitive Impairment, alzheimer's disease, and other forms of dementia
Dementia assessment in African Americans
Dementia assessment in American Indians
Dementia assessment in Asian Americans
Dementia assessment in Latino Americans
Treatment and management of dementia in the context of family care
Working with lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender families
Working with African American families
Working with American Indian and Alaska native families
Working with Asian Indian and South Asian American families
Working with Chinese American families
Working with Filipino American families
Working with Hmong American families
Working with Japanese American families
Working with Korean American families
Working with Vietnamese American families
Working with Cuban American families
Working with Mexican American families
Future directions and recommendations.Digital Access TandFonline 2019 - DigitalArshad Mehmood Abbasi, Rainer W. Bussmann, editors.Summary: Natural resources and associated biological diversity provide the basis of livelihood for human population, particularly in the rural areas and mountain regions across the globe. Asia is home to the world's highest mountain regions including the Himalayas, Karakorum and Hindukush. These regions are renowned around the globe because of their unique beauty, climate, and biocultural diversity. Because of geoclimatic conditions, the mountains of Asia are medicinal and food plant diversity hot spots. The indigenous communities residing in the valleys of these mountains have their own culture and traditions, and have a long history of interaction with the surrounding plant diversity. Local inhabitants of these mountains areas possess significant traditional knowledge of plant species used as food, medicine, and for cultural purposes. So far, many workers have reported traditional uses of plant species from different regions of Asia including some mountain areas; however, there is not one inclusive document on the ethnobotany of mountains in Asia. This book provides a comprehensive overview on ethno-ecological knowledge and cross cultural variation in the application of plant species among various communities residing in the mountains of Asia; cross cultural variation in traditional uses of plant species by the mountain communities; high value medicinal and food plant species; and threats and conservation status of plant species and traditional knowledge. This book should be useful to researchers of biodiversity and conservation, ethnobiologists, ethnoecologists, naturalists, phytochemists, pharmacists, policy makers, and all who have a devotion to nature.
Contents:
Medicinal, Nutritional, and Spiritual Significance of Plants in Bhutan: Their Biodiscovery Potential and Conservation Status
Ethnobotany of the Himalayas--Kashmir, India
Food from Forest: Diversity of Wild Vegetables Used by Pwo People Thailand
Study of Medicinal Plants of the Chitral Gol National Park (CGNP) with Special Emphasis on Future Conservation and Sustainability
Ethnobotany of Western Himalayan Region, Azad Jammu and Kashmir, Pakistan
Floral Composition, Sustainable Utilization, and Conservation of Important Medicinal Plants in the Ayubia National Park, Abbottabad, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, Pakistan
Ethnomedicinal Uses of Plant Species from the Himalayas
Plant Resources and Their Uses in Salt Range, Pakistan
Ethno-Medicinal Uses of Wildlife in Azad Jammu and Kashmir, Pakistan
Ethnobotanical Study of Traditional Medicinal Plants of Tharu Community in Swathi Village, Nawalparasi District Nepal
Ethnomedicinal Uses of Animals in Vicinity of Ayubia National Park, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa-Pakistan
Ethnobotany of Karakorum, Pakistan
Ethnobotany of Mountain Region of Himalaya, District Poonch, Azad Kashmir
Diversity and Uses of Wild Animals in Bagh, AJ&K, Pakistan
Ethnobotanical Appraisal of Medicinal Plants from Bajaur; A Remote Area of the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Province of Pakistan
Folk Formulations of Asteraceae Species as Remedy for Different Ailments in Lesser Himalayas, Pakistan
Medicinal Flora and Cultural Values of Arkot-Biakand Valley Hindu Kush Region Swat, Pakistan
Healthcare Choices and Use of Medicinal Plants: An Ethnobotanical Study in Kanda Area of Bajhang District, Kailash Sacred Landscape, Nepal
Exploration, Conservation, and Utilization of Ethnobotanical Knowledge: Sri Lankan Perspective. - Digitaledited by Ketevan Batsatsashvili, Zaal Kikvidze, Rainer W. Bussmann.Summary: Research in recent years has increasingly shifted away from purely academic research, and into applied aspects of the discipline, including climate change research, conservation, and sustainable development. It has by now widely been recognized that "traditional" knowledge is always in flux and adapting to a quickly changing environment. Trends of globalization, especially the globalization of plant markets, have greatly influenced how plant resources are managed nowadays. While ethnobotanical studies are now available from many regions of the world, no comprehensive encyclopedic series focusing on the worlds mountain regions is available in the market. Scholars in plant sciences worldwide will be interested in this dynamic content. The field (and thus the market) of ethnobotany and ethnopharmacology has grown considerably in recent years. Student interest is on the rise, attendance at professional conferences has grown steadily, and the number of professionals calling themselves ethnobotanists has increased significantly. Various societies of such professionals include the Society for Economic Botany, the International Society of Ethnopharmacology, the Society of Ethnobiology, the International Society for Ethnobiology, and many regional and national societies in the field that currently have thousands of members. Growth has been most robust in BRIC countries. The objective of this new MRW on Ethnobotany of Mountain Regions is to take advantage of the increasing international interest and scholarship in the field of mountain research. We anticipate including the best and latest research on a full range of descriptive, methodological, theoretical, and applied research on the most important plants for each region. Each contribution will be scientifically rigorous and contribute to the overall field of study.
Contents:
Central Asia and Altai
Introduction to the Region
Kazakhstan
Kyrgystan and Tadjikistan
Mongolia
Siberian Russia
Plant profiles. - DigitalLenise Cummings-Vaughn, Dulce M. Cruz-Oliver, editors.Contents:
Part I: Ethnogeriatric Foundations
Why Ethnogeriatrics is Important.- Theoretical Foundations
Demographic Trends in Aging for Ethnogeriatrics
Impact of Immigration: Disease Exposure and Health Maintenance
Part II: Research Issues on Ethnogeriatrics
Clinical and Translational Research
Trial Participation and inclusion
Measurement and Instrumentation
Part III: Clinical Care in Ethnogeriatrics
Health Disparities: Access and Utilization
Epidemiology of Aging: Racial/Ethnic Specific Disease Prevalence
Caregivers: Roles in Health Management
Hospice/Palliative Care: Concepts of Disease and Dying
Geriatric Psychiatry: Perceptions, Presentations and Treatments
Part IV: Education in Ethnogeriatrics
Incorporating Ethnogeriatrics into Training Competencies
Assessments for the Practicing Clinicians: Practical Tools
Part V: Policy and Economics
Policy: Impact on Delivery and Access
The Future of Ethnogeriatrics.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalLyndy J. McGaw, Muna Ali Abdalla, editors.Summary: The importance of a complementary approach to animal health is highlighted in this book, with core themes encompassing reviews of traditional veterinary medicine for common diseases afflicting livestock, as well as local practices in different areas of the world. The book includes chapters on ethnoveterinary medicine used to prevent and treat ticks and tick-borne diseases, infectious diseases and parasites. Ethnoveterinary practices in parts of the world which have not been comprehensively reviewed before are highlighted, including Estonia, Belarus and the Maghreb-- the north-western tip of Africa. A fascinating account of African ethnoveterinary medicine and traditional husbandry practices is provided by a veteran in the field with a wealth of practical experience in the area. Neglected areas of research involve the relationship of ethnoveterinary medicine with environmental, ethical, cultural and gender aspects, and leading experts explore these issues. The book is intended to provide an informative compilation of current research and future prospects in ethnoveterinary medicine, which hopes to inform and encourage investigations in new directions. Sustainable development requires a concerted effort to combine indigenous knowledge systems with scientific research to improve animal health. This is the case not only in rural areas where access to orthodox veterinary health care may be limited, but also against the backdrop of antibiotic resistance and increased demand for alternative and complementary therapies to enhance the health of both production and companion animals. Students, academics and veterinary professionals will find this book a useful addition to knowledge on present and future aspects of ethnoveterinary research.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Conclusion
Part I: The Role of Natural Products and Remedies in Treating Animal Diseases
Chapter 2: The Pharmacological and Nutritional Significance of Plant-Derived Natural Products: An Alternative for Animal Health
2.1 Introduction
2.2 The Effect of Dietary Plant Natural Products on Animal Performance
2.3 Reported Plant Natural Products with Pharmacological Significance Against Animal Diseases
2.3.1 Animal Infectious Diseases
2.3.1.1 Parasitic Diseases
2.3.1.2 Bacterial and Fungal Infections 2.3.1.3 Viral Diseases
2.3.1.4 Inflammatory Diseases
2.4 Conclusion and Future Prospects
References
Chapter 3: Alternative Antimicrobials: Medicinal Plants and Their Influences on Animal Infectious Diseases
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Novel Antimicrobials and the Need for Ethnoveterinary Studies
3.3 In Vitro Studies
3.4 Discussion
3.5 Conclusion
References
Chapter 4: Ethnoremedies Used for Horses in British Columbia and Trinidad and Tobago
4.1 Background
4.2 Methods
4.3 Results
4.3.1 Commercial Products
4.3.2 Ocular Remedies
4.3.3 Injuries 4.3.4 Nutrition
4.3.5 Stress
4.3.6 Cultural Practices
4.3.7 Broodmares
4.3.8 Insect Repellents
4.3.9 Poultices
4.3.10 Illegal Practices
4.3.11 Canada
4.4 Discussion
4.4.1 Trinidad and Tobago
4.4.2 Canada
4.5 Conclusion
References
Chapter 5: Plants for Controlling Parasites in Goats
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Gastrointestinal Parasitism in Goats
5.3 External Parasitism in Goats
5.4 Conventional Methods of Controlling Parasites
5.5 Plant-Derived Ethnoveterinary Medicaments for Controlling Parasites 5.6 Preparation of Plant-Derived Ethnoveterinary Medicines and Administration
5.7 Anthelmintic and Acaricidal Efficacy of Plants Indigenous to South Africa
5.8 Phytochemical Composition and Their Health Beneficial Activities
5.9 Toxicity Effects of Medicinal Plants
5.10 Mechanism of Action of Plants Used to Control Parasites in Goats
5.11 Challenges in the Use of Plant-Derived Ethnomedicines
5.12 Future Potential of Plant-Derived Ethnomedicines
5.13 Conclusion
References
Chapter 6: Ethnoveterinary Practices for Control of Ticks in Africa
6.1 Introduction 6.2 Source of Information
6.3 Southern Africa
6.4 East and North Africa
6.5 West and Central Africa
6.6 Evaluation and Validation of Medicinal Plants
6.7 Cultivation and Commercialization of Ethnoveterinary Plants
References
Part II: Sociological Aspects and Considerations Relating to Documentation of Ethnoveterinary Medicine
Chapter 7: Gender Aspects and Multiple Contexts in Ethnoveterinary Practice and Science
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Rise and Embedding of Ethnoveterinary Medicine as a Science 7.3 Cultural and Ethical Context of Ethnoveterinary Scientists and Practices. - DigitalBernd Würsig, editor.Summary: This book concentrates on the marine mammalian group of Odontocetes the toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises. In 23 chapters, a total of 40 authors describe general patterns of ethological concepts of odontocetes in their natural environments, with a strong bent towards behavioral ecology. Examples are given of particularly well-studied species and species groups for which enough data exist, especially from the past 15 years. The aim is to give a modern flavor of present knowledge of ethology and behavior of generally large-brained behaviorally flexible mammals that have evolved quite separately from social mammals on land. As well, the plight of populations and species due to humans is described in multiple chapters, with the goal that an understanding of behavior can help to solve or alleviate at least some human-made problems.
Contents:
Part I. Patterns of odontocete ethology and behavioral ecology. 1. Grouping behaviors of dolphins and other toothed whales / Shannon Gowans ; 2. Communication by sound and by visual, tactile, and chemical sensing / Peter Tyack ; 3. Social ecology of feeding in an open ocean / Robin Vaughn-Hirshorn ; 4. Sexual strategies : male and female mating tactics / Dara N. Orbach ; 5. Maternal care and offspring development in odontocetes / Janet Mann ; 6. Movement patterns of odontocetes through space and time / Stefan Bräger and Zsuzsanna Bräger ; 7. Predator/prey decisions and the ecology of fear / Mridula Srinivasan ; 8. Odontocete social strategies and tactics along and inshore / Katherine McHugh ; 9. Oceanic dolphin societies : diversity, complexity, and conservation / Sarah L. Mesnick, Lisa T. Ballance, Paul R. Wade, Karen Pryor, and Randall R. Reeves ; 10. Odontocete adaptations to human impact and vice versa / Giovanni Bearzi, Sarah Piwetz, and Randall R. Reeves
Part II. Examples of odontocete ethology and behavioral ecology : present knowledge and ways forward. 11. Killer whales : behavior, social organization, and ecology of the oceans' apex predators / John K.B. Ford ; 12. Sperm whale : the largest toothed creature on earth / Mauricio Cantor, Shane Gero, Hal Whitehead, and Luke Rendell ; 13. Pilot whales : delphinid matriarchies in deep seas / Jim Boran and Sara Heimlich ; 14. Behavior and ecology of not-so-social odontocetes : Cuvier's and Blainville's beaked whales / Robin W. Baird ; 15. Common bottlenose dolphin foraging : behavioral solutions that incorporate habitat features and social associates / Randall S. Wells ; 16. The Indo-Pacific bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops aduncus) / Richard C. Connor, Mai Sakai, Tadamichi Morisaka, and Simon J. Allen ; 17. Spinner dolphins of islands and atolls / Marc O. Lammers ; 18. Dusky dolphins of continental shelves and deep canyons / Heidi C. Pearson ; 19. Cetacean sociality in rivers, lagoons, and estuaries / Dipani Sutaria, Nachiket Kelkar, Claryana Araújo-Wang, and Marcos Santos ; 20. Hector's and Māui dolphins : small shore-living delphinids with disparate social structures / Rochelle Constantine ; 21. Porpoises the world over : diversity in behavior and ecology / Jonas Teilmann and Signe Sveegaard ; 22. Endangered odontocetes and the social connection : selected examples of species at risk / Thomas A. Jefferson ; 23. Ethology and behavioral ecology of odontocetes : concluding remarks / Bernd Würsig. - DigitalKimberly C. Harper.Summary: This book discusses existing problems with Black maternal health and the rhetorical implications of ethos in American society. The Ethos of Black Motherhood in America: Only White Women Get Pregnant examines the ethos of Black and white mothers in America's racialized society. Kimberly C. Harper argues that the current Black maternal health crisis is not a new one, but an existing one rooted in the disregard for Black wombs dating back to America's history with chattel slavery. Examining the reproductive laws that controlled the reproductive experiences of black women, Harper provides a fresh insight into the “bad black mother” trope that Black feminist scholars have theorized and argues that the controlling images of black motherhood are a creation of the American nation-state. In addition to a discussion of black motherhood, Harper also explores the image of white motherhood as the center of the landscape of motherhood. Scholars of communication, gender studies, women's studies, history, and race studies will find this book particularly useful.
Contents:
Historical representations of Black motherhood
Setting the tone
The legislative decisions governing Black wombs
Ideology, ethos, and silence
Where are all the Black mothers in pregnancy books?
Reproductive justice and Black women's lives
Black midwives and reclaiming choice
The will to resist is a form of love
Conclusions.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2021] - Digitaledited by Toshio Nakanishi, Roger R. Markwald, H.Scott Baldwin, Bradley B. Keller, Deepack Srivastava, Hiroyuki Yamagishi.Contents:
Part I. From Molecular Mechanism to Intervention for Congenital Heart Diseases, Now and Future
Reprogramming Approaches to Cardiovascular Disease: From Developmental Biology to Regenerative Medicine
The arterial epicardium, a developmental approach to cardiac disease and repair
Cell sheet tissue engineering for heart failure
Future treatment of heart failure and pathophysiological analysis of various heart diseases using human iPS cell-derived cardiomyocytes
Congenital heart disease: in search of remedial etiologies
Part II. Left-Right Axis and Heterotaxy Syndrome
Left-right Asymmetry and Human Heterotaxy Syndrome
Roles of motile and immotile cilia in left-right symmetry breaking
Role of cilia and left-right patterning in congenital heart disease
Pulmonary arterial hypertension in patients with heterotaxy /polysplenia syndrome
Part III. Cardiomyocyte and Myocardial Development
Single Cell Expression Analyses of Embryonic Cardiac Progenitor Cells
Meis1 Regulates Post-Natal Cardiomyocyte Cell Cycle Arrest
Intercellular signalling in cardiac development and disease: NOTCH
The epicardium in ventricular septation during evolution and development
S1P-S1p2 signaling in cardiac precursor cells migration
Myogenic progenitor cell differentiation is dependent on modulation of mitochondrial biogenesis through autophagy
The role of the thyroid in the developing heart
Part IV. Valve Development and Diseases
Atrioventricular valve abnormalities: From molecular mechanisms underlying morphogenesis to clinical perspective
Molecular Mechanisms of Heart Valve Development and Disease
A novel role for endocardium in perinatal valve development: Lessons learned from tissue specific gene deletion of the Tie1 receptor tyrosine kinase
The Role of the Epicardium in the Formation of the Cardiac Valves in the Mouse
TMEM100, a novel intracellular transmembrane protein essential for vascular development and cardiac morphogenesis
Cell autonomous regulation of BMP-2 in endocardial cushion cells during AV valvuloseptal morphogenesis
Part V. The Second Heart Field and Outflow Tract
Properties of cardiac progenitor cells in the second heart field
Nodal signaling and congenital heart defects
Utilizing Zebrafish to Understand Second Heart Field Development
A history and interaction of outflow progenitor cells implicated in "Takao syndrome"
The loss of Foxc2 expression in the outflow tract links the interrupted arch in the conditional Foxc2 knockout mouse
Environmental modification for phenotype of truncus arteriosus in Tbx1 hypomorphic mice
Part VI. Vascular Development and Diseases
Extracellular matrix remodeling in vascular development and disease
The "cardiac neural crest" concept revisited
Roles of endothelial Hrt genes for vascular development
Placental Expression of Type 1 and 3 Inositol Trisphosphate Receptors is Required for the Extra-embryonic Vascular Development
Tissue Remodeling in Vascular Wall in Kawasaki Disease-related Vasculitis Model Mice
Part VII. Ductus Arteriosus
Progerin expression during normal closure of the human ductus arteriosus: A case of premature ageing?
The multiple roles of prostaglandin E2 in the regulation of the ductus arteriosus
Developmental Differences in the Maturation of Sarcoplasmic Reticulum and Contractile Proteins in Large Blood Vessels Influences Their Contractility
Fetal and Neonatal Ductus Arteriosus is Regulated with ATP-sensitive Potassium Channel
Part VIII. Conduction System and Arrhythmia
Regulation of vertebrate conduction system development
Cardiac Pacemaker Development from a Tertiary Heart Field
Endothelin receptor type A expressing cell population in the inflow tract contributes to chamber formation
Specific isolation of HCN4 positive cardiac pace-making cells derived from embryonic stem cell
Part IX. Current Molecular Mechanism in Cardiovascular Development
Combinatorial functions of transcription factors and epigenetic factors in heart development and disease
Pcgf5 contributes to PRC1 (Polycomb repressive complex 1) in developing cardiac cells
non-coding RNAs in cardiovascular disease
Part X. iPS Cells and Regeneration in Congenital Heart Diseases
Human pluripotent stem cells to model congenital heart disease
Engineered cardiac tissues generated from immature cardiac and stem-cell derived cells: Multiple approaches and outcomes
Dissecting the left heart hypoplasia by pluripotent stem cells
Lentiviral gene transfer to iPS cells; toward the cardiomyocyte differentiation of Pompe disease-specific iPS cells
Molecular analysis of long-term cultured cardiac stem cells for cardiac regeneration
Epicardial contribution in neonatal heart regeneration
Part XI. Current Genetics in Congenital Heart Diseases
Genetic discovery for congenital heart defects
Evidence that deletion of ETS-1, a gene in the Jacobsen syndrome (11q-) cardiac critical region, causes congenital heart defects through impaired cardiac neural crest cell function
Notch signaling in aortic valve development and disease
To detect and explore mechanism of CITED2 mutation and methylation in children with congenital heart disease. - DigitalJuan Manuel Mejía-Aranguré, editor.Summary: Childhood acute leukemias are one of the main causes of death in children aged 1 to 14 years in some countries; and unfortunately, we have been unable to prevent it. Certainly, a good parcel of it is due to the poor understanding about its etiology. This book aims to describe the most important theories and hypothesis regarding childhood acute leukemia. Written by the most outstanding researchers in the field, this book intends to contribute to a greater understanding of the etiology of this disease. It goes beyond the simple and common analysis of risk factors, which hardly allows us to draw definite conclusions. By addressing the etiology of the disease, discussing from molecular biology until epidemiology and clinical manifestations, this book will guide present and future approaches, contributing for a better clinical management of leukemia in children. The knowledge regarding etiology is a crucial step for a better evaluation, prevention and treatment of a disease. Thus, this book finally intends to provide such knowledge, allowing physicians and practitioners to a better manage of childhood acute leukemias.
Contents:
1. Acute leukemias
An introduction
2. Etiology and prevention of acute leukemias in children
3. Direct viral leukemogenesis hypothesis
4. Etiology of leukemia in children with Down syndrome
5. Origin of leukemia in children with Down syndrome
6. Model: Susceptibility, exposure and vulnerability period
7. Molecular origin of acute leukemias
8. When as environmental factor would be considered cause of acute leukemia in children
9. Early bone marrow hematopoietic differentiation in acute lymphoblastic leukemia.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalHerbert B. Allen.Summary: Atopic dermatitis has been called "the itch that rashes", and this book reveals what causes the "itch". It presents completely new and unique findings in eczema: sweat ducts that become occluded with staphylococcal biofilms trigger the innate immune system with TLR2 receptor activity and this leads to production of the "itching" and inflammation in this disease. The Etiology of Atopic Dermatitis details new concepts that bacterial biofilms occlude sweat ducts, trigger the innate immune system, and produce the lesions in atopic dermatitis. The author discusses the findings in terms of microbiology, pathology, immunology, genetics, physiology, treatment, diseases where eczema is considered a secondary component, and diseases not previously thought to be eczema, and followed by an epilogue where eczema and psoriasis are compared. Both these diseases are caused by bacteria, but neither one can be considered an infection. As such, this book is for all who take care of patients with atopic dermatitis, including dermatologists, pediatricians, family practice doctors, allergists and pathologists. It will also be interesting for those involved in research in microbiology, physiology, immunology, and genetics.
Contents:
Clinical presentations
Microbiology
Pathology
Immunology
Genetics
Physiology
Treatment
Diseases in which eczema is a secondary component (Meyerson?s nevus and Doucas Kapetanakis pigmented purpuric dermatosis)
Diseases with occluded sweat ducts other than eczema (tinea pedis, axillary granular parakeratosis, seborrheic dermatitis)
The Story of Eczema in Pictures
Epilogue: A comparison of psoriasis and eczema: both caused by bacteria, but neither an infection.Digital Access Springer 2015 - PrintGuillain, Georges; Alajouanine, Théophile; Mollaret, Pierre.
- DigitalAlexandra Minna Stern.Summary: "With an emphasis on the American West, Eugenic Nation explores the long and unsettled history of eugenics in the United States. This expanded second edition includes shocking details that demonstrate that the story is far from over. Alexandra Minna Stern explores the unauthorized sterilization of female inmates in California state prisons and ongoing reparations for North Carolina victims of sterilization, as well as the topics of race-based intelligence tests, school segregation, the U.S. Border Patrol, tropical medicine, the environmental movement, and opposition to better breeding. Radically new and relevant, this edition draws from recently uncovered historical records to demonstrate patterns of racial bias in California's sterilization program and to recover personal experiences of reproductive injustice. Stern connects the eugenic past to the genomic present with attention to the ethical and social implications of emerging genetic technologies"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Race betterment and tropical medicine in imperial San Francisco
Quarantine and eugenic gatekeeping on the U.S.-Mexican border
Instituting eugenics in California
"I like to keep my body whole" : reconsidering eugenic sterilization in California
California's eugenic landscapes
Centering eugenics on the family
Contesting hereditarianism : reassessing the 1960s.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digital/PrintSteven D. Schwartzbach, Shigeru Shigeoka, editors.Summary: "This much-needed book is the first definitive volume on Euglena in twenty-fire years, offering information on its atypical biochemistry, cell and molecular biology, and potential biotechnology applications. This volume gathers together contributions from well-known experts, who in many cases played major roles in elucidating the phenomenon discussed. Presented in three parts, the first section of this comprehensive book describes novel biochemical pathways which in some instances have an atypical subcellular localization. The second section details atypical cellular mechanisms of organelle protein import, organelle nuclear genome interdependence, gene regulation and expression that provides insights into the evolutionary origins of eukaryotic cells. The final section discusses how biotechnologists have capitalized on the novel cellular and biochemical features of Euglena to produce value added products. Euglena: Biochemistry, Cell and Molecular Biology will provide essential reading for cell and molecular biologists with interests in evolution, novel biochemical pathways, organelle biogenesis and algal biotechnology. Readers will come away from this volume with a full understanding of the complexities of the Euglena as well as new realizations regarding the diversity of cellular processes yet to be discovered"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Evolutionary origin of Euglena / Bożena Zakryś, Rafał Milanowski, Anna Karnkowska
The mitochondrion of Euglena gracilis / Verena Zimorski, Cessa Rauch, Jaap J. van Hellemond, Aloysius G.M. Tielens [and others]
C2 metabolism in Euglena / Masami Nakazawa
Biochemistry and physiology of reactive oxygen species in Euglena / Takahiro Ishikawa, Shun Tamaki, Takanori Maruta, Shigeru Shigeoka
Biochemistry and physiology of vitamins in Euglena / Fumio Watanabe, Kazuya Yoshimura, Shigeru Shigeoka
Biochemistry and physiology of heavy metal resistance and accumulation in Euglena / Rafael Moreno-Sánchez, Sara Rodríguez-Enríquez, Ricardo Jasso-Chávez [and others]
Cell and molecular biology. Euglena gracilis genome and transcriptome: organelles, nuclear genome assembly strategies and initial features / ThankGod Echezona Ebenezer, Mark Carrington, Michael Lebert [and others]
Euglena transcript processing / David C. McWatters, Anthony G. Russell
Photo and nutritional regulation of Euglena organelle development / Steven D. Schwartzbach
Protein targeting to the plastid of Euglena / Dion G. Durnford, Steven D. Schwartzbach
Photomovement in Euglena / Donat-P. Häder, Mineo Iseki
Gravitaxis in Euglena / Donat-P. Häder, Ruth Hemmersbach
Biotechnology. Wax ester fermentation and its application for biofuel production / Hiroshi Inui, Takahiro Ishikawa, Masahiro Tamoi
Large-scale cultivation of Euglena / Kengo Suzuki. - DigitalNancy Guillen, editor.Summary: The intestine is home to diverse bacterial communities forming the microbiome that influences host nutrition, immune functions and health. DNA-based methods have been instrumental to gain insight into the microbial eukaryotic diversity of the human gut. For instance, the microbiome share the intestinal ecosystem with a population of uni- and multi-cellular eukaryotic organisms. These eukaryotic organisms are very common and often very abundant in individuals with intestinal healthy conditions as well as those with intestinal diseases. The impact of the relationship between bacterial and eukaryotic organisms within the intestinal ecosystem on homeostasis and intestinal diseases is limited and can be considered an important emerging field of research. In addition, the factors that differentiate pathogenic eukaryotes from commensals are still unknown. Our interest focuses on the families of eukaryotic microbes inhabiting the intestine, called "intestinal eukaryome", that include fungi, protists and helminths. All these organisms and their interplay with bacteria and the human immune system are a challenge to assess the impact (present and future) of intestinal infectious diseases on public health. This book presents an overview of the science presented and discussed in the First Eukaryome Congress, held from October 16th to 18th, 2019 at Pasteur Institute in Paris, France. This contributed volume is of special interest for PhD students, postdoctoral fellows, researchers and clinicians interested in the effect of the eukaryotic microbiome on human health.
Contents:
Intro
Eukaryome Foreword
Preface
Contents
1 Eukaryome: Emerging Field with Profound Translational Potential
Introduction
The Diversity of Species Within the Human Intestinal Eukaryome
Evolution of Microbial Eukaryotes in the Human Intestine
Impact of Eukaryome Species in Human Populations
Protozoan Feed on Bacteria from the Microbiome
The Eukaryome, Public Health and Zoonosis
Tissue Homeostasis and Immune-Modulatory Roles of the Eukaryome
Cytokines as Major Players of Intestinal Immunity During Parasite Infection E. coli Confers Resistance to OS to E. histolytica and Has an Effect on the Redox Proteome of the Parasite
E. coli Has an Effect on the Transcriptome of E. histolytica Exposed to OS
Integration of Redox Omics and Transcriptomics Data on the Response of E. histolytica to OS in Presence of E. coli
Perspectives
References
4 Histomonas meleagridis Molecular Traits-From Past to Future
Introduction-Histomonas meleagridis and Histomonosis
Defined in Vitro Cultures-An Essential Fundament for Molecular Research
Histomonas meleagridis-Phylogenetic Positioning Genetic Diversity and Geographical Distribution of Blastocystis Subtypes
Clinical Association or Commensal Behavior of Blastocystis spp.
Interaction of Blastocystis spp. and the Gut Microbiota of Asymptomatic Individuals
Blastocystis spp. and Their Effect on the Immune Response
References
7 Cryptosporidium Infection in Bangladesh Children
Introduction
Genomic Diversity in Bangladesh Cryptosporidium hominis
Polymorphic DNA
Recombination
Conclusions
References Histomonas meleagridis-Omics Studies
Conclusions and Future Aspects
References
5 Exploring the Biology and Evolution of Blastocystis and Its Role in the Microbiome
General Introduction
Prevalence, Diversity and Biogeography
Blastocystis and Microbiome
Blastocystis Biology
Blastocystis MROs
Conclusion
References
6 Advances in the Study of Blastocystis spp. in Mexico: Prevalence, Genetic Diversity, Clinical Association and Their Possible Role in the Human Intestine
Background
Advances in the Study of Blastocystis spp. in Mexico Tissue Protection Against Microbial Eukaryotes
Intestinal Models to Study Eukaryome-Microbiome-Host Interplay
References
2 Resolving Amoebozoan Encystation from Dictyostelium Evo-Devo and Amoebozoan Comparative Genomics
Encystation as a Universal Protist Survival Strategy
Insights into Encystation from Dictyostelium Sporulation
References
3 Integrative Omics Analysis of the Effect of Bacteria on the Resistance of Entamoeba histolytica to Oxidative Stress
IntroductionDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalA.D. Katsambas, Torello M. Lotti, Clio Dessinioti, Angelo Massimiliano D'Erme editors.Digital Access Springer 2015
- Digital/PrintDigital Access Wiley v. 47-, 1987-
- DigitalSven Sebastian Uhlmann, Clara Ulrich, Steven J. Kennelly, editors.Summary: This open access book provides a comprehensive examination of the European Landing Obligation policy from many relevant perspectives. It includes evaluations of its impacts at economical, socio-cultural, ecological and institutional levels. It also discusses the feasibility and benefits of several potential mitigation strategies. The book was timely published, exactly at the time where the Landing Obligation was planned to be fully implemented. This book is of significant interest to all stakeholders involved, but also to the general public of Europe and to other jurisdictions throughout the world that are also searching for ways to deal with by-catch and discard issues.
Contents:
Part 1. Global and European perspectives on discard policies.- 1. Strategies used throughout the world to manage fisheries discards
lessons for implementation of the EU Landing Obligation.- 2. Discards in the Common Fisheries Policy: The evolution of the policy.- 3. Requirements for documentation, data collection and scientific evaluations.- Part II. Potential social, economic and ecological impacts of the Landing Obligation.- 4. Fishing Industry perspectives on the EU Landing Obligation.- 5. The implementation of the Landing Obligation in small-scale fisheries of southern European Union countries.- 6. Potential economic consequences of the Landing Obligation.- 7. The impact of fisheries discards on scavengers in the sea.- Part III. Cultural, institutional and multi-jurisdictional challenges.- 8. How the implementation of the Landing Obligation was weakened.- 9. Muddying the waters of the Landing Obligation: how multi-level governance structures can obscure policy implementation.- 10. The Baltic cod trawl fishery: the perfect fishery for a successful implementation of the Landing Obligation?.- 11. Creating a breeding ground for compliance and honest reporting under the Landing Obligation: insights from behavioural science.- Part IV. Tactical and technological options for reducing unwanted catches.- 12. A Marine Spatial Planning approach to minimize discards: challenges and opportunities of the Landing Obligation in European waters.- 13. The best way to reduce discards is by not catching them!.- 14. Discard avoidance by improving fishing gear selectivity: helping the fishing industry help itself.- 15. Mitigating slipping-related mortality from purse seine fisheries for small pelagic fish: Case studies from European Atlantic waters.- 16. Onboard and vessel layout modifications.- 17. What to do with unwanted catches: valorisation options and selection strategies.- Part V. Control, monitoring and surveillance.- 18. Tools and technologies for the monitoring, control and surveillance of unwanted catches.- 19. Monitoring the implementation of the Landing Obligation: The Last Haul programme.- 20. Possible uses of genetic methods in fisheries under the EU Landing Obligation. - DigitalTeresa Pinto-Correia (University of Évora, Portugal), Jørgen Primdahl (University of Copenhagen), Bas Pedroli (Wageningen University & Research).Summary: European rural landscapes as we experience them today are the result of ongoing processes and interactions between nature and society. These are changing fast: the future landscapes will be different from those we know currently. Written for academics, policy-makers and practitioners, this book is the first to explore the complex histories of rural landscapes in Europe as a basis for their sound governance in future. Tensions between the needs of agricultural spaces driven by economic incentives and a variety of non-agricultural functions are explored to demonstrate current challenges and the shortfalls in the policies that address them. Using inspiring case studies that highlight the roles of regional agents and communities, the authors go further than the usual analyses to illustrate the importance of local context. Written by experts currently working to revitalise the rural landscapes of Europe, the text concludes with suggestions for improving landscape policy and planning practice.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- DigitalJosé Carlos Santos, John R. Cutcliffe, editors.Summary: This groundbreaking book has a number of features that set it apart from other textbooks on this subject: Firstly, it focuses on interpersonal, humanistic and ecological views and approaches to P/MH nursing. Secondly, it highlights patient/client-centered approaches and mental-health-service user involvement. Lastly, it is a genuinely European P/MH nursing textbook - the first of its kind - largely written by mental health scholars from Europe, although it also includes contributions from North America and Australia/New Zealand. Focusing on clinical/practical issues, theory and empirical findings, it adopts an evidence-based or evidence-informed approach. Each contribution presents the state-of-the-art of P/MH nursing in Europe so that it can be transferred to and implemented by P/MH nurses and the broader mental health care community around the globe. As such, it will be the first genuinely 21st century European Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing book.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Section 1. Principles and Theories
Chapter 2. Taxonomies: Towards a shared nomenclature and language
Chapter 3. Interpersonal
Chapter 4. Humanistic
Chapter 5. Cognitive Behavioural
Chapter 6. Psychodynamic
Chapter 7. Biopsychosocial
Chapter 8. Two types of P/MH nurse
Section 2. Epidemiology
Chapter 9. European Mental Health Epidemiology and trends
Section 3. The person in mental distress
Chapter 10. Service User involvement and views
Chapter 11. Psychological adaptation
Chapter 12. Mental Health nurses and responding to suffering in the 21st century occidental world: Accompanying people on their search for meaning. Archives of Psychiatric Nursing, 29, 19-25
Chapter 13. Types of personality and how this effects responses to mental health challenges
Chapter 14. Trauma informed care
Section 4. Human experie nces of and P/MH nursing responses
Chapter 15 Problems effecting a person's mood
Chapter 16 Problems related to anxiety
Chapter 17 Problems related to schizophrenia
Chapter 18 Problems related to dementias and cognitive impairment
Chapter 19 Problems related to substance and alcohol misuse
Chapter 20 Problems related to eating disorders
Chapter 21 Problems related to PTSD
Section 5. P/MH Nursing competencies and ways of working
Chapter 22. Forming and maintaining Interpersonal Relationships
Chapter 23. Communication skills
Chapter 24. Working in groups
Chapter 25. Working with families
Chapter 26. Mental Health promotion
Chapter 27. Therapeutic Milieu
Chapter 28. Descalation and defusion
Section 6. Special Populations
Chapter 29. P/MH Nursing care of children and adolescents
Chapter 30. P/MH Nursing care of older adults
Chapter 31. P/MH Nursing care of clients with Dual diagnosis/concurrent disorder
Chapter 32. P/MH Nursing care of migrants and refugees
Chapter 33. P/MH Nursing care of the indigent and homeless
Section 7. Specific Challenges
Chapter 34. Suicide/Self harm
Chapter 35. Violence/aggression
Chapter 36. The withdrawn or recalcitrant client
Chapter 37. Combating stigma
Chapter 38. Navigating the legal minefield of mental health care- f) P/MH nursing: cultural and spiritual contexts and challenges
Section 8. Settings and Contexts
Chapter 39. Inpatient
Chapter 40. Day patient (out patient) and Community
Chapter 41. Green Care and Therapeutic Communities
Chapter 42. Prisons, Forensics and Correctional facilities
Chapter 43. "E" Health, telehealth and telematics
Chapter 44. Public Health or ecological approach.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalGeorge Bentley, editor.Summary: "This important reference textbook covers the surgical management of all major orthopaedic and traumatological conditions. The book will act as the major source of education and guidance in surgical practice for surgeons and trainees, especially those preparing for higher surgical examinations and the Board of Orthopaedics and Traumatology examinations within and beyond Europe. The emphasis throughout is on the application of current knowledge and research to technical problems, how to avoid operative problems, and how to salvage complications if they occur. The didactic text is complemented by abundant illustrations that highlight the essentials of each clinical scenario. The authors are all recognized international authorities active at congresses and workshops as well as in universities and hospitals across the world."--Publisher's website.
- Digitaledited by Cathy Willermet, Sang-Hee Lee.Summary: "Biological anthropology is a diverse field, with countless research methods and techniques in different subdisciplines. This book takes a critical perspective to the current state of the field, exploring theory and practice in paleoanthropology, bioarchaeology, and ecology. Contributors challenge how evidence is discovered, collected, and interpreted, and explain that researchers gain insights by defamiliarizing themselves from well-known methods and taking a different perspective - "making the familiar strange." The book covers how researchers' biases and assumptions affect the interpretation of topics such as human evolution and population movements; race, health, and disability; bodies and embodiment; and landscapes and ecology. A final chapter includes a critical assessment of new thinking about technology, in addition to the multilayered and complex nature of both research questions and evidence. This is an insightful text for researchers and graduate students in anthropology, biology, ecology, history, and philosophy of science"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalMbuso Precious Mabuza.Summary: This book makes an original contribution in addressing contemporary critical discussions and reflections on international health policies, strategies, programmes, systems, diseases, disasters, and public health issues. It includes reflections on how levels of governance, development and technical assistance affect countries disaster readiness and health systems. In addressing inequalities between the rich and the poor, and unpacking how this affects public health services, policies, strategies and their collective implementation, the book aspires to improve standards of public health and quality of life for sustainable development globally. It provides a comprehensive overview of international health policies and aid structures, and pays particularly close attention to policies on HIV/AIDS in the workplace, discussing how HIV/AIDS has overshadowed non-communicable diseases (NCDs) such as hypertension and stroke, which are on the rise. This book will be of great benefit to students and researchers, as well as policymakers in governmental and non-governmental organisations, who have an interest in achieving greater sustainability and improved health for populations in low-, middle- and high-income countries. It will be an indispensable book for students in Public Health programmes, and related courses.
Contents:
Chapter 1 International Public Health and the Burden of Diseases
Chapter 2 Inequity in Low- and Middle-Income Countries and the Colonial History of Public Health
Chapter 3 Health Systems
Chapter 4 The UN Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) and Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
Chapter 5 Diseases Control and the Promotion of Public Health Equity
Chapter 6 Adolescents, Sexual Reproductive Health (SRH) and Equity
Chapter 7 Globalisation, Climate Change, and Disasters
Chapter 8 Conclusions and Notes to the Reader. - Digitalby Jeffrey W. Alstete, Iona College, USa, Nicholas J. Beutell, Iona College, USA, John P. Meyer, Iona College, USA.Summary: Faculty members, scholars, and researchers often ask where they should publish their work; which outlets are most suitable to showcase their research? Which journals should they publish in to ensure their work is read and cited? How can the impact of their scholarly output be maximized? The answers to these and related questions affect not only individual scholars, but also academic and research institution stakeholders who are under constant pressure to create and implement organizational policies, evaluation measures and reward systems that encourage quality, high impact research from their members. The explosion of academic research in recent years, along with advances in information technology, has given rise to omnipresent and increasingly important scholarly metrics. These measures need to be assessed and used carefully, however, as their widespread availability often tempts users to jump to improper conclusions without considering several caveats. While various quantitative tools enable the ranking, evaluating, categorizing, and comparing of journals and articles, metrics such as author or article citation counts, journal impact factors, and related measures of institutional research output are somewhat inconsistent with traditional goals and objectives of higher education research and scholarly academic endeavors.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2018
- Digitaledited by Nick Heather, Matt Field, Antony C. Moss, and Sally Satel.Summary: "This ground-breaking book advances the fundamental debate about the nature of addiction. As well as presenting the case for seeing addiction as a brain disease, it brings together all the most cogent and penetrating critiques of the brain disease model of addiction (BDMA) and the main grounds for being skeptical of BDMA claims. The idea that addiction is a brain disease dominates thinking and practice worldwide. However, the editors of this book argue that our understanding of addiction is undergoing a revolutionary change, from being considered a brain disease to a disorder of voluntary behavior. The resolution of this controversy will determine the future of scientific progress in understanding addiction, together with necessary advances in treatment, prevention, and societal responses to addictive disorders. This volume brings together the various strands of the contemporary debate about whether or not addiction is best regarded as a brain disease. Contributors offer arguments for and against, and reasons for uncertainty; they also propose novel alternatives to both brain disease and moral models of addiction. In addition to reprints of classic articles from the addiction research literature, each section contains original chapters written by authorities on their chosen topic. The editors have assembled a stellar cast of chapter authors from a wide range of disciplines - neuroscience, philosophy, psychiatry, psychology, cognitive science, sociology, and law - including some of the most brilliant and influential voices in the field of addiction studies today. The result is a landmark volume in the study of addiction which will be essential reading for advanced students and researchers in addiction as well as professionals such as medical practitioners, psychiatrists, psychologists of all varieties, and social workers"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section I For the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
1. Introduction to Section I
2. Addiction is a brain disease, and it matters
3. Neurobiologic advances from the brain disease model of addiction
4. Time to connect: bringing social context into addiction neuroscience
5. Drug addiction: updating actions to habits to compulsions ten years on
6. Is addiction a brain disease? The incentive-sensitization view
7. Addiction is a brain disease (but does it matter?)
Section II Against the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
8. Introduction to Section II
9. Giving the neurobiology of addiction no more than its due
10. The brain disease model of addiction: is it supported by the evidence and has it delivered on its promises?
11. Brain disease model of addiction: why is it so controversial?
12. Brain disease model of addiction: misplaced priorities?
13. Addiction and the brain-disease fallacy
14. Recovery is possible: overcoming 'addiction' and its rescue hypotheses
15. Superpower rivalry, the American Grand Narrative, and the BDMA
16. My brain disease made me do it: bioethical implications of the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
17. Addiction is a human problem, but brain disease models divert attention and resources away from human-level solutions
18. Before 'rock bottom'? Problem framing effects on stigma and change among harmful drinkers
19. Brain change in addiction: disease or learning? Implications for science, policy, and care
20. Brains or persons? Is it coherent to ascribe psychological powers to brains?
21. The persistence of addiction is better explained by socioeconomic deprivation-related factors powerfully motivating goal-directed drug choice than by automaticity, habit or compulsion theories favored by the brain disease model
22. Addiction and criminal responsibility: the law's rejection of the disease model
23. One cheer for the brain-disease interpretation of addiction
Section III Unsure about the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
24. Introduction to Section III
25. In search of addiction in the brains of laboratory animals
26. Addiction treatment providers' engagements with the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
27. Balancing the ethical and methodological pros and cons of the BDMA
28. The making of the epistemic project of addiction in the brain
29. Addiction and the meaning of disease
30. The pitfalls of recycling substance-use disorder criteria to diagnose behavioral addictions
Section IV Alternatives to the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
31. Introduction to Section IV
32. Addiction is socially engineered exploitation of natural biological vulnerability
33. Toward an ecological understanding of addiction
34. Addiction biases choice in the mind, brain, and behavior systems: beyond the brain disease model
35. Multiple enactments of the brain disease model: which model, when, for whom, and at what cost?
36. The social perspective and the BDMA's entry into the non-medical stronghold in Sweden and other Nordic countries
37. Beyond the medical model: addiction as a response to trauma and stress
38. Psychotherapeutic strategies to enhance motivation and cognitive control
39. Addiction is not (only) in the brain: molar behavioral economic models of etiology and cessation of harmful substance use
40. Understanding substance use disorders among veterans: virtues of the Multitudinous Self Model
41. How an addiction ontology can unify competing conceptualizations of addiction
42. Looping processes in the development of and desistance from addictive behaviors
43. Recovery and identity: a socially focused challenge to brain disease models
44. Replacing the BDMA: a paradigm shift in the field of addiction.Digital Access TandFonline 2022 - Digitaleditors, Leonard G. Feld, John D. Mahan ; associate editor, Mary Anne Jackson.Contents:
Introduction: core knowledge for medical decision-making
Part I: Infectious diseases: Section 1: Common infectious conditions. Acute otitis media and acute bacterial rhinosinusitis
Central venous catheter-associated bloodstream infections
Gastroenteritis
Meningitis
Osteomyelitis and septic arthritis
Pneumonia and empyema
Skin and soft-tissue infections
Section 2: Bacterial infections. Anaerobic infections
Brucella
Cat-scratch disease
Cholera
Diphtheria
Group A streptococcal infections
Group B streptococcal infections
Helicobacter pylori infections
Listeria monocytogenes infections
Lyme disease
Meningococcal disease
Pertussis
Rat-bite fever
Staphylococcus aureus infections
Tetanus
Tick-borne rickettsial diseases
Tuberculosis and nontuberculous mycobacterial infections
Tularemia
Section 3: Viral infections. Cytomegalovirus
Encephalitis
Enteroviruses and Parechoviruses
Epstein-Barr virus
HIV
Influenza
Measles, mumps, rubella
Parvovirus
Rabies
Respiratory viruses
Rotavirus
Varicella-zoster virus
Section 4: Fungal infections. Aspergillosis
Candidiasis
Endemic mycoses
Mucormycosis
Section parasitic infections
Intestinal helminthic infections
Malaria
Pneumocystis jiroveci infection
Schistosomiasis
Toxoplasmosis
Part II: Dermatology. Acne
Alopecia
Atopic dermatitis and eczematous disorders
Diaper dermatitis
Erythema nodosum
Pigmented lesions
Pruritus
Psoriasis and papulosquamous disorders
Rashes
Scabies
Stevens-Johnson syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis
Warts and Molluscum contagiosum.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2017 - Digitaleditors, Leonard G. Feld, John D. Mahan ; associate editors, John M. Lorenz, Warren M. Siegel.Summary: Obtain evidence-based information to make timely and accurate diagnoses and treatment decisions. Continuing with this volume, Succinct Pediatrics is an ongoing series covering the entire scope of pediatric medicine. Each volume includes concise chapters with key features and invaluable tables and algorithms--resources health care professionals can use to deliver the highest quality of care. This third volume features 41 topics with key points and detailed therapies in neonatology, genetics, neurology, and developmental and behavioral disorders. Evidence-based levels of decision support are also provided throughout the book to provide insight into diagnostic tests and treatment modalities"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Pt. 1 Neonatology
1.Anemia / Sujit Sheth
2.Apnea of Prematurity / David G. Fisher
3.Birth Injuries / Catherine Hansen
4.Congenital Heart Disease / John M. Lorenz
5.Congenital Hypothyroidism / Thomas A. Wilson
6.Herpes Simplex Virus Infection / Samir S. Shah
7.Intestinal Obstruction in the Newborn / Robert A. Cowles
8.Neonatal Hypoglycemia / Richard A. Polin
9.Neonatal Neutropenia / Said Omar
10.Neonatal Polycythemia / Virginia Delaney-Black
11.Neonatal Sepsis / Richard A. Polin
12.Neonatal Thrombocytopenia / David A. Paul
13.Patent Ductus Arteriosus / Jeff Reese
14.Perinatal HIV Infection / Marc Foca
15.Prenatal Exposure to Substances of Abuse / Tove Rosen
16.Respiratory Distress Syndrome / Andrew C. Herman
17.Sudden Unexpected Infant Death / Rachel Y. Moon
pt. 2 Genetics
18.Down Syndrome and Turner Syndrome / J. Edward Spence
19.Chromosomal Abnormalities / Robert Marion Note continued: 20.Inborn Errors of Metabolism / Susan E. Sparks
21.Neurofibromatosis 1 / Laurie Demmer
22.Teratogens / Robert Marion
23.Tuberous Sclerosis Complex / John J. Bissler
pt. 3 Neurology
24.Altered Levels of Consciousness / Joshua Cappell
25.Ataxia and Movement Disorders / Phillip L. Pearl
26.Cerebral Palsy / Joelle Mast
27.Dizziness and Vertigo / Klaus Jahn
28.Epidural and Subdural Hematomas / Richard C. E. Anderson
29.Febrile Seizures / Russell C. Bailey
30.Headaches and Migraines / Marco A. Arruda
31.Hydrocephalus / George I. Jallo
32.Hypotonia / Lamar Davis
33.Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension / Shannon Standridge
34.Seizure Management / Lorraine M. Lazar
35.Weakness / Amy Harper
pt. 4 Development and Behavior
36.Autism Spectrum Disorder / Joseph Stegman
37.Behavior Patterns in Infancy and Preschool / Yasmin Suzanne N. Senturias
38.Depressive and Bipolar Disorders / David F. Lelio Note continued: 39.Fears, Phobias, and Panic Attacks / Mary K. Rogers
40.Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder / Anna Kerlek
41.Tourette Syndrome / David H. Dennison.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018 - DigitalJuan Idiaquez, Eduardo Benarroch, Martin Nogues, editors.Summary: This book approaches the basic features of autonomic dysfunction in a practical way, complemented by an examination of unique and didactic case reports. Unlike other books on autonomic disorders, its goal is to provide a brief, practical and ready to use resource for physicians faced with patients' autonomic complaints. Autonomic dysfunctions are specific disorders that affect or are related to the autonomic nervous system. Despite being primarily a field of neurology, it also has important ties to cardiology, endocrinology, gastroenterology and many other medical specialties. Moreover, as the action of the autonomous system tends to be diffuse, affecting different systems and organs throughout the body, its disorders may present a complex and multifaceted background, complicating its diagnosis, clinical evaluation and management. Thus, it is important to gather all the relevant information about autonomic dysfunction in a handy and practical way, providing an accessible guide for professionals and practitioners across a wide range of specialties. The content presented in this book is divided into two main parts: In the first part, the general principles of autonomic dysfunction are discussed. Here the reader will find information on the anatomy, physiology and pharmacology of the nervous system, the classification of autonomic disorders, general evaluation of these disorders and the principles of their management. In the second part, clinical cases for the most important autonomic disorders are presented and discussed in detail, particularly in light of their special importance for differential diagnosis. Using a clinical case-based approach, Evaluation and Management of Autonomic Disorders offers readers - primarily but not exclusively general practitioners in the fields of neurology, internal medicine, family medicine and cardiology - rapid access to the information required for the evaluation and management of these complex patients.
Contents:
PART A. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1. Anatomy, physiology and pharmacology of the Autonomic nervous system
2. Classification of Autonomic disorders
3. General evaluation of autonomic disorders
4. Principles of managements of autonomic disorders.- PART B. CLINICAL CASES
1. Acute or subacute Pure autonomic failure
2. Chronic and progressive Pure autonomic failure
3. Chronic autonomic failure associated with Parkinsonism, ataxia or dementia
4. Autonomic failure in chronic peripheral neuropathy
5. Autonomic failure in subacute sensory ganglioneuronopathies
6. Autonomic failure and acute motor weakness
7. Distal painful autonomic neuropathy
8. Orthostatic intolerance
9. Autonomic hyperactivity.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalBonnie Huang Hall, editor.Summary: Primary care physicians are often the first caretakers to whom patients present for chronic pain. The current literature targeted at these providers is sparse, and the existing literature is very broad and large in scope and size. There are no quick pocket guides on this topic that the general practitioner may use as a point of care reference. This first of its kind text provides a practical, hands-on approach to the evaluation and treatment of chronic pain in the family medicine setting. Divided into four main sections, the first part focuses on the general approach to any patient suffering from chronic pain. Chapters in this section include the physical exam, formulating a diagnosis, formulating a variety of treatment plans including medication, physical therapy and psychiatric therapy, and specialist referral, among others. The second section focuses on evaluation and management of the chronic pain patient who requires opioid therapy. This section includes useful guidance on how to convert into morphine equivalents, interpretation of urine drug tests, and helpful office procedures for managing refills. It gives practical guidance on how to prescribe opioid reversal agents and opioid tapering regimens. A systems based approach to managing the patient is also discussed. The third section informs the reader of viable alternative and complementary treatment options. Five main treatment types are discussed each with their own separate chapter. These include musculoskeletal-based therapy, medicinal therapies, sense-based therapy, relaxation-based therapy and physical/exercise-based therapy. Given the controversy and limited training primary care physicians have on marijuana and cannabis, one chapter is dedicated specifically to inform the primary care physician on marijuana as a medicinal therapy for chronic pain. The fourth section focuses entirely on myofascial pain and trigger point therapy. The chapters in this section teach the reader how to examine and diagnose m yofascial pain and distinguish between fibromyalgia. They also provide general principles of myofascial trigger point therapy and how to practically perform these in sthe clinical setting. Topics discussed include: trigger point massage, cold and stretch, isometric contraction, trigger point injection, and ischemic compression. It also includes general instruction so that the practitioner can teach patients how to perform trigger point therapy easily in their own home. The last chapter details chronic myofascial back pain and how to examine and practically treat with trigger point therapies. Evaluation and Management of Chronic Pain is a first-of-its-kind pocket-guide text specifically designed for primary care providers. It also appeals to residents, medical students and any other professional interested in treating chronic pain.
Contents:
Introduction
Part 1 GENERAL EVALUATION AND MANAGEMENT OF CHRONIC NONCANCER PAIN
Chapter 1 History Taking for Chronic Pain
Chapter 2 Physical Examination for Chronic Pain
Chapter 3 Diagnostic Evaluation for Chronic Pain
Chapter 4 Specialist Evaluation for Chronic Pain
Chapter 5 Formulating a Diagnosis for Chronic Pain
Chapter 6 Management of Chronic Pain: Medication
Chapter 7 Management of Chronic Pain: Nonpharmacological and Multidisciplinary approach
Pat 2 THE OPIOID REQUIRING PATIENT
Chapter 8 The Opioid Requiring Patient: Evaluation and Management
Chapter 9 The Opioid Requiring Patient: Office Level Management
Chapter 10 The Opioid Requiring Patient: Systems Level Management
Chapter 11 Implementing and following a safe and compassionate opioid-prescribing policy
Part 3 COMPLEMENTARY AND ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE AND CHRONIC NONCANCER PAIN.-Introduction to Complementary and Alternative medicine
Chapter 12 Manipulative Therapies for Chronic Pain
Chapter 13 Energy based Therapies for Chronic Pain
Chapter 14 Medical Marijuana for Chronic Pain
Chapter 15 Medicinal Therapies for Chronic Pain
Chapter 16 Exercise or Movement based Therapies for Chronic Pain
Chapter 17 Mental based Therapies for Chronic Pain
Part 4 CHRONIC MYOFASCIAL PAIN
Chapter 18 Chronic Myofascial Pain, Fibromylagia, and Myofascial Trigger Points
Chapter 19 Treatment principles of myofascial pain syndrome
Chapter 20 Example Myofascial Pain Case: Quadratus lumborum trigger point and chronic low back pain.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalDhyanesh A. Patel, Robert T. Kavitt, Michael F. Vaezi, editors.Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of dysphagia. The text reviews current evidence behind the diagnosis, evaluation, and management of esophageal disorders that cause dysphagia, including GERD, eosinophilic esophagitis, achalasia, and spastic motor disorders. The book also focuses on the different variants of dysphagia, from oropharyngeal dysphagia to functional dysphagia, highlights advances in testing for dysphagia, and features evidence-based algorithms. Written by experts in the field, Evaluation and Management of Dysphagia: An Evidence-Based Approach is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists, otolaryngologists, and other clinicians and practitioners who treat patients afflicted with dysphagia.
Contents:
Dysphagia: How to Recognize and Narrow the Differential
Advances in Testing for Dysphagia
Oropharyngeal Dysphagia
Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
Non-Reflux Mediated Esophageal Strictures
Eosinophilic Esophagitis
Achalasia
Spastic Motor Disorders
Ineffective Motility Disorder
Functional Dysphagia.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLewis R. Roberts, Ju Dong Yang, Sudhakar K. Venkatesh, editors.Summary: This text provides a comprehensive and state-of-the-art overview of the evaluation and management of liver mass lesions. Major topics covered include epidemiology, the use of different imaging modalities in the differential diagnosis of liver lesions, the use of biomarkers and immunohistochemical stains for diagnosis, and treatment of the different types of liver masses. These include hepatocellular adenoma and hepatocellular carcinoma, fibrolamellar carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, hemangioma, focal nodular hyperplasia, liver masses in adult patients with congenital heart disease, and other infectious, inflammatory, and cystic lesions of the liver. The volume presents highly practical case presentations of typical patients seen in a clinical hepatobiliary practice. Written by experts from multiple disciplines, Evaluation and Management of Liver Masses is a valuable resource for clinicians and professionals who manage patients with these conditions.
Contents:
Hepatocellular Carcinoma
Cholangiocarcinoma
Biphenotypic Tumors
Hepatacellular Adenoma
Infectious and Inflammatory Lesions of the Liver
Focal Nodular Hyperplasia
Hemangiomas and Other Vascular Tumors
Rare Liver Tumors
Liver Lesions in Congestive Hepatopathy
Fibrolamellar Carcinoma
Gallbladder Carcinoma
Cystic Lesions of the Liver. - Printedited by Emma Ciafaloni, Patrick F. Chinnery, Robert C. Griggs.Contents:
Structure and function of normal muscle / Robert C. Griggs
Evaluation of the patient with myopathy / Robert C. Griggs, Emma Ciafaloni
Genetic evaluation of the patient and family / Gerald Pfeffer, Patrick F. Chinnery
The muscular dystrophies / Emma Ciafaloni, Robert C. Griggs
Myofibrillar myopathies / Duygu Selcen
Congenital myopathies / Francesco Muntoni, Caroline Sewry, Heinz Jungbluth
Metabolic myopathies / Gráinne S. Gorman, Patrick F. Chinnery
Mitochondrial myopathy / Gerald Pfeffer, Patrick F. Chinnery
Muscle channelopathies / Araya Puwanant, Robert C. Griggs
Inflammatory myopathies / Anthony A. Amato, Andrew Mammen
Myopathies of systemic disease and toxic myopathies
Muscle pain and fatigue / Michael R. Rose, Dr. Patrick Gordon
Prevention and management of systemic complications of myopathies / Wendy M. King, Robert C. Griggs. - DigitalCharles P. Friedman, Jeremy C. Wyatt, Joan S. Ash.Summary: This 3rd edition of Evaluation Methods in Biomedical and Health Informatics has been extensively revised and expanded. It builds on a solid foundation of evaluation theory to explain methods and techniques within health informatics, using many examples, real-world case studies and numerous self-tests with answers. Expanded to 20 rather than 12 chapters, new chapters have been added on qualitative methods, ethics, mixed methods, evidence-based informatics and how to conduct evaluation studies using routine, real-world data. Designed as a practical guide for masters and PhD students, informatics researchers and seasoned professionals seeking a comprehensive resource, this book describes health and biomedical information resource evaluation in a practical stepwise manner. Critiques and discussion of actual evaluation studies help to build the readers knowledge of the judicious application of the techniques described. As information and communications technologies take on increasingly central roles in self-care, healthcare, biomedical research and education, understanding how to design and carry out successful rigorous evaluation studies becomes more imperative. Evaluation Methods in Biomedical and Health Informatics is an unparalleled reference for a broad range of health information professionals and is usable as both a textbook to support formal courses and a reference book for researchers and practitioners. From those training for careers in informatics to on-site biomedical information systems staff, this is an invaluable guide to the successful evaluation of digital healthcare, eHealth, telemedicine, electronic health records and other clinical and non-clinical information systems.
Contents:
Challenges of Evaluation in Biomedical Informatics
Evaluation as a Field
Determining What to Study
The Structure of Objectivist Studies
Measurement Fundamentals
Developing and Improving Measurement Methods
The Design of Demonstration Studies
Analyzing the Results of Demonstration Studies
Subjectivist Approaches to Evaluation
Performing Subjectivist Studies in the Qualitative Traditions Responsive to Users
Economic Aspects of Evaluation
Proposing and Communicating the Results of Evaluation Studies: Ethical, Legal, and Regulatory Issues. - DigitalUday C. Ghoshal, editor.Summary: This volume features chapters written by experts from global academia, including from India, Singapore, Japan, Taiwan, Europe and USA, integrating knowledge on evaluation methods with evidence of best practices for the management of motility disorders.Digital Access Springer 2016
- DigitalRichard A. Windsor, MS, PHD, MPH.Contents:
Introduction to evaluation
Planning an evaluation
Efficacy and effectiveness evaluation
Measurement and analysis in evaluation
Process and qualitative evaluation
Cost analysis and economic evaluation.Digital Access Oxford 2015 - Digital[edited by] Joanne V. Hickey, Eileen R. Giardino.Summary: "The preface for the third edition builds on the intent described in the preface for the second edition, which is, to provide a high-quality resource on evaluation for nurses. The intent of this book is to address the special needs of DNP nurses to understand the principles of conducting large scale evaluations, and translating those principles into developing smaller projects, such as unit-based projects or projects required in DNP degree programs. Five years after the preparation of the second edition of this book, some things (principles/concepts/content) have stayed the same while significant changes in other areas of content and knowledge are noteworthy. First, what has stayed the same is the expectation of competency in evaluation of patient outcomes of all professional nurses. However, the competency bar is raised for Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) nurses for evaluating health care and health care systems from a systematic and comprehensive science-based data driven perspective. Evaluation occurs in all areas of healthcare including populations, organizations, systems, programs/projects, health informatics, practice guidelines/protocols, health policy, and other health-related entities. Along with the higher expectations for DNP nurses come greater opportunities to lead evaluation teams and influence high-level decision making in all areas of health care"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Evaluation and Advanced Nursing Practice : The Mandate for Evaluation / Joanne V. Hickey
The Nature of Evidence as a Basis for Evaluation / Joanne V. Hickey
Models for Evaluation in Advanced Nursing Practice / Joanne V. Hickey
Evaluation and Outcomes / Eileen G. Giardino
Financial Evaluation / Eileen R. Giardino and Angelo P. Giardino
Evaluation of Organizations and Systems / Nancy Manning Crider and Beth Ulrich
Evaluation of Health Care Information Systems and Patient Care Technology / Juliana J. Brixey and V. Gail Roberson Turner
Planning a Program or Project Evaluation / Joanne V. Hickey
Evaluation in Quality Improvement / Eileen R. Giardino
Evaluation of Patient Care Based on Standards, Guidelines, and Protocols / Ronda G. Hughes
Evaluation of Interprofessional Health Care Teams / Joanne V. Hickey
Evaluation of Simulation to Support Ongoing Competency of the Health
Care Workforce / Kristen Starnes-Ott and M. Roseann Diehl
Evaluation of Populations and Population Health / Joanne V. Hickey
Evaluation of Health Policy: From Problem to Practice / Joyce Batcheller, Peggy L. Landrum, Nancy Manning Crider, and Patricia S. Yoder-Wise
Drivers of Change, Impact, and Challenges for Evaluation of Health Care / Joanne V. Hickey and Eileen R. Giardino.Digital Access R2Library 2022 - Printeditors, Frederic J. Zucchero, Mark J. Hogan, Christine D. Schultz.Print Access
- PrintEvaporated Milk Association.
- PrintDarren Diess, BAS, and Michelle Gilmore, CFRE.Summary: Plain and simple, people donate to causes because they want to be part of something larger than themselves. They want to make a difference. In "Eventology", Darren Diess and Michelle Gilmore skillfully combine the art, science, and math of event fundraising to create a comprehensive resource guide to help you flawlessly execute a successful fundraising event and build long-term donor relationships that equate to sustainability for your cause. After reading "Eventology", you will come away with the skills to develop an iron-clad event plan, build an interdisciplinary winning team, leverage technoogy to measure effectiveness, implement innovative funding techniques, expertly engage sponsors, and create a tailored event experience to build deep and lasting commitments from your donors. -- back cover
Contents:
Acknowledgments
Preface
Chapter 1: The hidden cost of tradition
Chapter 2: Mindset
a new way of thinking
Chapter 3: Collaborative fundraising: 2 + 2 = 10
Chapter 4: The art & science of delivering your message
Chapter 5: Different types of giving
Chapter 6: People
your most important asset
Chapter 7: Going digital
the importance of technology in fundraising. EVENTOLOGY 101 : Chapter 8: Guest focused event management
Chapter 9: Fundraising math
Chapter 10: Before the event
Chapter 11: The event
Chapter 12: Post-event
Conclusion
About the authors
Glossary
Bibliography. - Digital/PrintWes Ely, MD.Summary: "Over the next ten years, 40 to 60 million people in this country will be admitted to the ICU. Most of these hospitalizations will be sudden, unexpected, and harrowing, experiences that can alter patients and their families physically and emotionally, with effects that endure for years. Every Deep-Drawn Breath is a rich blend of science, medical history, profoundly humane patient stories, and personal reflection. Dr. Wes Ely's mission is to prevent patients from being inadvertently harmed by the technology that is keeping them alive. Readers will experience the world of critical care through the eyes of this physician who drastically changed his clinical practice, and through cutting-edge research convinced others to do the same. For decades, millions of ICU survivors left the hospital with disabling symptoms including newly acquired dementia, depression, PTSD, and nerve damage, all now recognized as Post Intensive Care Syndrome, or PICS (a severe subset of Long Covid symptoms). Dr. Ely's groundbreaking investigations advanced the understanding of PICS and introduced crucial changes that reshaped intensive care: minimizing sedation, maximizing mobility, attending to the family, and providing supportive aftercare. Dr. Ely shows that this new way-technology plus touch-is the future of healthcare, and is a proven path toward reclaiming life. Full of wisdom and heart, Every Deep-Drawn Breath is an essential resource for anyone who will be affected by critical illness, which is all of us"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Prologue
Fractured Lives : Embracing a New Normal
Early History of Critical Care : Bumpy Gravel Roads to ICU Interstates
Culture of Critical Care : The Era of Deep Sedation and Immobilization
The World of Transplant Medicine : Harvesting the Right Path Forward
Delirium Disaster : An Invisible Calamity for Patients and Families
The View from the Other Side of the Bed : Illness Revisited
Deciding My Path : Combining Research with Clinical Care
Unshackling the Brain : Finding Consciousness in the ICU
Awakening Change : Patients Are Resurfacing
Spreading the Word : Putting New Ideas into Practice
Finding the Person in the Patient : Hope through Humanization
End-of-Life Care in the ICU : Patient and Family Wishes Can Come True
Epilogue.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021Limited to 3 simultaneous users - PrintHoward J. Ross.Summary: If you are human, you are biased. From this fundamental truth, Howard Ross explores the biases we each carry within us. Most people do not see themselves as biased towards people of different races or different genders. And yet in virtually every area of modern life disparities remain. Even in corporate America, which has for the most part embraced the idea of diversity as a mainstream idea, patterns of disparity remain rampant. Why? Breakthroughs in the cognitive and neurosciences give some idea why our results seem inconsistent with our intentions. Bias is natural to the human mind, a survival mechanism that is fundamental to our identity. And overwhelmingly it is unconscious. Incorporating anecdotes from today's headlines alongside case studies from over 30 years as a nationally prominent diversity consultant, Ross help readers understand how unconscious bias impacts our day-to-day lives and particularly our daily work lives. And, he answers the question: Is there anything we can do about it? by providing examples of behaviors that the reader can engage in to disengage the impact of their own biases. With an added appendix that includes lessons for handling conflict and bias in the workplace, this book offers a resource for a broad audience, from individuals seeking to understand and confront their own biases to human resource professionals and business leaders determined to create more bias-conscious organizations in the belief that productivity, personal happiness, and social growth are possible if we first understand the widespread and powerful nature of the biases we don t realize we have.
Contents:
Introduction: Blinded by the light of our bias
If you are human, you are biased
Thinking about thinking
The many faces of bias
Life, death and unconscious bias on a rainy night
Who has the power?
Like water for the fish: Networks of bias in everyday life
Shifting to neutral: How we can learn to disengage from bias
Incubators of consciousness: Creating more conscious organization
Conclusion: A brave new world, a grand new journey. - PrintEdwidge Danticat.Summary: A romance unexpectedly sparks between two wounded friends. A marriage ends for what seem like noble reasons, but with irreparable consequences. A young woman holds on to an impossible dream even as she fights for her survival. Two lovers reunite after unimaginable tragedy, both for their country and in their lives. A baby's christening brings three generations of a family to a precarious dance between old and new. A man falls to his death in slow motion, reliving the defining moments of the life he is about to lose. Set in locales from Miami and Port-auPrince to a small unnamed country in the Caribbean and beyond, here are eight emotionally absorbing stories, rich with hard-won wisdom and humanity. At once wide in scope and intimate, Everything Inside explores with quiet power and elegance the forces that pull us together or drive us apart, sometimes in the same searing instant. -- back cover.
Contents:
Dosas
In the old days
The Port-au-Prince marriage special
The gift
Hot-air balloons
Sunrise, sunset
Seven stories
Without inspection. - Digital[edited by] Jerome, J. Terrence Jose.
- Digitaledited by James J. Ponzetti, Jr.Summary: "This is the first book to provide a multidisciplinary and global overview of evidence-based sexuality education (SE) programs and practices. Readers are introduced to the fundamentals of creating effective programs to prepare them to design new or implement existing programs that promote healthy sexual attitudes and relationships. Noted contributors from various disciplines critically evaluate evidence --based programs from around the globe and through the lifespan. Examples and discussion questions encourage application of the material. Guidance for those who wish to design, implement, and evaluate SE programs in various social contexts is provided." -- publisher.
Contents:
Sexuality education : yesterday, today, and tomorrow / James J. Ponzetti, Jr.
Part I. Frameworks. International framework for sexuality education : UNESCO's international technical guidance / Ekua Yankah
Framing sexuality education discourses for programs and practice / Tiffany Jones
A practical guide to holistic sexuality education / Erika Frans
Part II. Program development and implementation. Sexuality education program development and implementation / Karen S. Myers-Bowman
Between worlds : releasing sexuality education from bondage / Mary Crewe
Obstacles to teaching ethics in sexuality education / Sharon Lamb and Renee Randazzo
Part III. Social contexts. Families and sexuality education / Suzanne Dyson
Schools and sexuality education / Karin Coyle, Pamela Anderson, and B.A. Laris
Community-based sexuality education / Nicole Cushman
Religion and sexuality education / Katia Moles
Part IV. Developmental contexts and special populations. Early childhood sexuality education / Larry Bobier and Karin A. Martin
Sexuality education during adolescence / Eva S. Goldfarb and Lisa Lieberman
Sexuality education in adulthood / Peggy Brick
Sexuality education with LGBT young people / Eleanor Formby
Sexuality education and persons with disabilities / Sigmund Hough, Anne Marie Warren, and Eileen T. Crehan
Part V. Global perspectives on sexuality education. Sexuality education in Latin America / Silvana Darré, Elena Jerves, Jéssica Castillo, and Paul Enzlin
Openness and opposition : sexuality education in Europe / Hans Olsson
Sexuality education in Asia / Wenli Liu and Jingru Sun
Sexuality education in Africa / Rosemary W. Eustace, Gladys B. Asiedu, and William N. Mkanta
Advancing sexuality education in developing countries : evidence and implications / Heather D. Boonstra
Conclusion. Future trends and directions in sexuality education / James J. Ponzetti, Jr. - DigitalEric Swanson.
- Digitaledited by Elizabeth S. Sburlati, Heidi J. Lyneham, Carolyn A. Schniering, and Ronald M. Rapee.Contents:
Machine generated contents note: 1. An Introduction to the Competencies-Based Approach
2. Effective Training Methods / Carolyn A. Schniering / Heidi J. Lynehanti / Elizabeth S. Sburlati
3. Self-Assessment of Our Competence as Therapists / Emily Jones / Katharina Manassis
4. Professional Evidence-Based Practice with Children and Adolescents / James Bennett-Levy / Elizabeth S. Sburlati
5. Child and Adolescent Characteristics that Impact on Therapy / Rinad S. Beidas / Julie Edmunds / Matthew Ditty / Margaret Mary Downey
6. Building a Positive Therapeutic Relationship with the Child or Adolescent and Parent / Caroline L. Donovan / Sonja March
7. Assessing Child and Adolescent Internalizing Disorders / Michael A. Southam-Gerow / Bryce D. McLeod / Ruth C. Brown / Kimberly M. Palter
8. Theoretical Foundations of CBT for Anxious and Depressed Youth / Sophie C. Schneider / Carol Newall / Jennifer L. Hudson / Talia Morris
9. Case Formulation and Treatment Planning for Anxiety and Depression in Children and Adolescents / Sarah J. Perini / Ronald M. Rapee
10. Effectively Engaging and Collaborating with Children and Adolescents in Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Sessions / Heidi J. Lyneham
11. Facilitating Homework and Generalization of Skills to the Real World / Philip C. Kendall / Cara A. Settipani / Jeremy S. Peterman
12. Managing Negative Thoughts, Part 1: Cognitive Restructuring and Behavioral Experiments / Nikolaos Kazantzis / Philip C. Kendall / Colleen M. Cummings
13. Managing Negative Thoughts, Part 2: Positive Imagery, Self-Talk, Thought Stopping, and Thought Acceptance / Shirley Reynolds / Gemma Bowers / Sarah Clark
14. Changing Maladaptive Behaviors, Part 1: Exposure and Response Prevention / Sarah Clark / Shirley Reynolds / Maria Loades
15. Changing Maladaptive Behaviors, Part 2: The Use of Behavioral Activation and Pleasant Events Scheduling with Depressed Children and Adolescents / Stephen P. Whiteside / Thomas H. Ollendick / Brennan J. Young
16. Managing Maladaptive Mood and Arousal / Sandra L. Mendlowitz
17. Problem-Solving Skills Training / Caroline E. Kerns / Christina Hardway / Jonathan S. Comer / Donna B. Pincus / Ryan J. Madigan
18. Social Skills Training / Ana M. Ugueto / John R. Weisz / Lauren S. Krumholz / Lauren C. Santucci
19. Modifying the Family Environment / Lauren C. Santucci / John R. Weisz / Ana M. Ugueto / Lauren S. Krumholz.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalDerek Milne.Contents:
Recognising supervision
Understanding supervision
Reframing supervision
Relating in supervision
Applying supervision
Learning from supervision
Supporting and guiding supervision
Developing supervision
Concluding supervision.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalCharlie Changli Xue, RMIT University, Australia, Chuanjian Lu, Guangdong Provincial Hospital of Chinese Medicine, China.Summary: "In the third volume of the Evidence-based Clinical Chinese Medicine series, the authors focus on a challenging dermatological condition -- chronic urticaria. Chronic urticaria can have a significant impact on quality of life, and while medical management can be effective, many people experience frequent and unpredictable recurrence. This book unearths treatments used in classical Chinese medicine textbooks, many of which are inaccessible to non-Chinese speaking Chinese medicine practitioners. Oral and topical Chinese herbal medicines used in pre-modern China for urticaria are identified, some of which are still in use today. Evidence from clinical studies has been subject to rigorous evaluation, with analyses conducted using the internationally recognized Cochrane-GRADE approach. Chinese herbal medicine formulas and acupuncture therapies which offer the most potential for treatment of chronic urticaria are highlighted. This book provides an easy to use reference for clinicians who are interested in Chinese medicine management of chronic urticaria. The authors are internationally recognized, well-respected leaders in the field of Chinese medicine and evidence-based medicine with strong track records in research."--Publisher's website.Digital Access World Scientific 2017
- DigitalEric Swanson.Summary: Insisting on an evidence-based approach, Dr. Swanson brings the light of science to bear on the many controversies in cosmetic breast surgery today. Conventional wisdom is challenged with factual analysis, made possible by Dr. Swansonℓ́ℓs large body of published research. In his hallmark detailed style, the author lays the foundation with clinical studies, measurements, and patient-reported outcomes. The work is all here in one place for the first time, leading to some surprising conclusions. For plastic surgeons who prefer data to dogma, Evidence-Based Cosmetic Breast Surgery provides a unique and invaluable resource.
- DigitalPaul Ellis Marik.
- DigitalRobert C. Hyzy, Jakob McSparron, editors.Summary: This extensively updated textbook comprehensively reviews the latest developments in evidence-based critical care. Topics are covered in a case study format with an emphasis on the principles of diagnosis and therapy. Each topic is covered using a variety of case studies and features a case vignette, clinical question and an additional discussion section to clarify areas of particular importance. Topics including cytokine release syndrome, sympathomimetic overdose and palliative care in the intensive care unit have been extensively revised, while new sections focusing on neuromuscular disease and subarachnoid hemorrhages have been added. Evidence-Based Critical Care, 2nd edition is a critical resource for critical care practitioners, fellows, residents; allied health professionals and medical students who wish to expand their knowledge within critical care. The case study-based approach taken in the textbook makes this an ideal resource for those preparing for board examinations.
Contents:
Sympathomimetic overdose (designer drugs)
Cardiac Arrest Management
Beta blocker overdose
Post- Cardiac Arrest Management
Undifferentiated Shock
Hypovolemic Shock and Massive Transfusion
Acute Respiratory Failure
Encephalitis
Hyperkalemia NIV Implementation and Intubation
Subarachnoid Hemorrhages
Diagnosis and Management of Tricyclic Antidepressant Ingestion
Hypernatremia
Management of Calcium Channel Blocker Poisoning
ICU Care Delivery and Medical Ethics
Diagnosis and Management of Ethylene Glycol Ingestion
Accidental Hypothermia
Management of Cardiogenic Shock
Management of Acute Heart Failure
Management of Acute Coronary Syndrome
Complications of Myocardial Infarction
Management of Cardiac Tamponade
Hypertensive Crises
Atrial Fibrillation and Other Supraventricular Tachycardias
Ventricular Arrhythmias
Management of Acute Aortic Syndromes
Management of Endocarditis
Community Acquired Pneumonia
^Management of Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
Acute Exacerbation of COPD: Non-Invasive Positive Pressure Ventilation
Management of Status Asthmaticus
Immunocompromised Pneumonia
Venous Thromboembolism in the Intensive Care Unit
Massive Hemoptysis
Sedation and Delirium
Prolonged Mechanical Ventilation
Complications of trach
Ventilator-Associated Pneumonia and Other Complications
Respiratory Failure in a Patient with Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
Weaning from Mechanical Ventilation
The Post-Intensive Care Syndrome
Management of Decompensated Right Ventricular Failure in the Intensive Care Unit
Multi-disciplinary care/communication in the ICU
Palliative care in ICU
Family involvement in ICU
Diffuse Alveolar Hemorrhage
Acute Stroke Emergency Management
Bacterial Meningitis in the ICU
Management of Intracerebral Hemorrhage
Status Epilepticus
Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome
Traumatic Brain Injury
^Management of Anoxic Brain Injury
Traditional and Novel Tools for Diagnosis of Acute Kidney Injury
Management of Acute Kidney Injury
Rhabdomyolysis
Hyponatremia
Management of Severe Hyponatremia and SIADH
Diabetic Ketoacidosis
Thyroid Storm
Adrenal Insufficiency
Management of Hyperglycemic Hyperosmolar Syndrome
Management of Myxedema Coma
Urosepsis
Management of Sepsis and Septic Shock
Invasive Aspergillus
Management of Strongyloides Hyperinfection Syndrome
Treatment of Viral Hemorrhagic Fever in a Well-Resourced Environment
Management of Severe Malaria
Dengue
Chikungunya
Leptospirosis
Management of Acute Upper Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
Variceal Hemorrhage
Acute Pancreatitis
Management of Acute Liver Failure
Acute Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
Diagnosis and Management of Clostridium Difficile Infection (CDI)
Principles of Nutrition in the Critically Ill Patient
Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis
^ICU Management of the Patient with Alcoholic Liver Disease
Diagnosis and Management of Thrombotic
Thrombocytopenic Purpura
Acute Leukemia Presentation with DIC
Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis
ICU Complications of Hematopoietic Stem Cell
Transplantation Including Graft vs. Host Disease
Tumor Lysis Syndrome
Management of Hyperviscosity Syndromes
Thoracic Trauma
Blunt Abdominal Trauma
Oncologic emergencies
Abdominal Sepsis and Complicated Intraabdominal Infection
Intestinal Obstruction: Small and Large Bowel
Management of Acute Compartment Syndrome
Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (ECMO) and Extracorporeal CO2 Removal (ECCO2R)
Coagulopathy Management of Acute Thermal Injury
Acute Arterial Ischemia
Management of Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infection
Cytokine release syndrome
Biliary Infections
Peripartum Cardiomyopathy
Obstetric haemorrhage
^Management of Amniotic Fluid Embolism
Respiratory Diseases of Pregnancy
Preeclampsia, Eclampsia and HELLP Syndrome
Management of Severe Skin Eruptions
Management of Alcohol Withdrawal Syndromes
End of Life Care in the ICU
Neuromuscular Disease. - Digitaledited by Hywel C. Williams ; associate editors, Michael Bigby, Andrew Herxheimer, Luigi Naldi, Berthold Rzany, Robert P. Dellavalle, Yuping Ran, Masutaka Furue.Digital Access Wiley 2014
- DigitalArianne Verhagen, Jeroen Alessie.Summary: Valid diagnostic strategies are the basis of good clinical care. This book provides an overview of the evidence that underpins history taking, physical examination, specific tests and diagnostic imaging in patients with musculoskeletal disorders that consult primary care. Alongside this book there is a website presenting videos showing the up-to-date performance of diagnostics that are regarded valid together with their psychometric properties. In the introduction, we present various ways of clinical reasoning followed by three chapters on 'validity', 'reproducibility' and the differences between a single test compared to a combination of tests. Next the chapters each deal with the diagnostic of patients with low back pain, hip, knee, foot/ankle, neck, shoulder, elbow and hand/wrist pain. Each chapter starts with a case study and ends with a conclusion that reflects on the case study presented. In addition, in each chapter attention is paid to red flags (alarm signals) that could be an indicator of serious pathology. Evidence based diagnostics of musculoskeletal disorders offers a wealth of information for physiotherapists, general practitioners, students and other people with professional interest in the actual evidence underpinning the diagnostic strategies in patients with musculoskeletal disorders. Arianne P Verhagen is a physiotherapist, manual therapist and clinical epidemiologist by background. She received her PhD in 1999 and from 1999 to January 2018 she worked at the Erasmus University Medical Centre Rotterdam at the department of General Practice. From 2009 - 2014 she was also a professor 'Diagnostics' at the School of Physiotherapy of Avans University of Applied Sciences in Breda, where this book was initiated. Since February 2018 Arianne is the Head of Discipline and professor Musculoskeletal Research at the School of Physiotherapy at UTS (University of Technology Sydney) in Australia. Jeroen Alessie is physiotherapist, educational science & technologist and senior teacher at the School of Physiotherapy of Avans University of Applied Sciences in Breda.
Contents:
Validity
Reproducibility
Test versus model
Low back
Hip
Knee
Ankle-foot
Neck
Shoulder
Elbow
Wrist. - DigitalAine Kelly, Paul Cronin, Stefan Puig, Kimberly E. Applegate, editors.Summary: This book presents evidence-based criteria to systematically assess the appropriate use of medical imaging in the emergency department and other acute care settings. Over the last decade, there have been profound changes in the diagnostic testing and work-up of patients presenting to the emergency department with emergent symptoms. One of the most far-reaching changes has been the increased availability, speed, and accuracy of imaging due, in part, to technical improvements in imaging modalities such as CT, MR, and PET. Although the use of high-end imaging has plateaued in general, increased utilization continues in the ED. These patients are more acutely ill and there is additional pressure to make an accurate diagnosis as quickly as possible to facilitate prompt disposition or treatment. There is also strong evidence for the beneficial use of imaging in the emergency setting that results in improved patient outcomes. This book answers that need by providing protocols and guidelines for neuroradiological, cardiothoracic, abdominal and pelvic, musculoskeletal, and pediatric imaging are reviewed in terms of the available imaging modalities, diagnostic criteria, and treatment options. Distinguished by its unique focus on evidence-based emergency imaging in adults, children, and special populations, this book is a unique resource for radiologists, emergency medicine physicians, and physicians in other specialties who need to be informed about the most appropriate uses of diagnostic imaging in the emergency care setting.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalRajeev Parameswan, Amit Agarwal, editors.Summary: In this textbook, leading experts from highly acclaimed institutions describe evidence-based best practice in the management of a wide range of benign and malignant thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal, and neuroendocrine conditions. Detailed attention is devoted to the current role of surgery, including minimally invasive surgery and robotic surgery, in different endocrine disorders. The reader will also learn how best to respond to the problems that may be encountered during endocrine surgical practice. While much of the focus is on surgical aspects, the approach is multidisciplinary, with inclusion of information on recent advances in epidemiology, genetics, cytology, pathology, imaging modalities, and other treatment options. The clear text is complemented by instructive clinical cases as well as numerous high-quality illustrations and tables summarizing key points. This book will be of value for specialists in endocrine medicine and surgery as well as general surgeons with an interest in endocrine surgery.
Contents:
THYROIDOLOGY
Benign thyroid disease: Overview
Chapter. Anatomy and Physiology of the thyroid
Chapter. Genetics of thyroid disease
Chapter. Investigating a thyroid nodule
Chapter. Nodular goiter
Chapter. Investigating hyperthyroidism
Chapter. Thyroiditis
Chapter. Subclinical thyroid disease
Chapter. Grave's disease
Chapter. Cytology of benign disease
Thyroid oncology: Overview
Chapter. Molecular pathogenesis of thyroid cancer
Chapter. Cytology of malignant disease
Chapter. Differentiated thyroid cancer
Chapter. Medullary thyroid cancer
Chapter. Anaplastic thyroid cancer
Chapter. Imaging in thyroid cancer
Chapter. Locally Advanced Thyroid cancer
Chapter. Neck dissection in thyroid cancer
Chapter. RAI ablation in cancer
Chapter. Management of metastatic thyroid cancer
Thyroid technology& outcomes: Overview
Chapter: Neuromonitoring in thyroid surgery
Chapter: Robotic and Endoscopic thyroid surgery
^Chapter: Outcomes in thyroid surgery
PARATHYROID
Benign disease overview
Chapter: Anatomy and Physiology of the parathyroidgland
Chapter: Investigating primary hyperparathyroidism
Chapter: Asymptomatic and normocalcaemic HPT
Chapter: Managing primary HPT and related complications
Chapter: Parathyroid surgery
Chapter: Adjuncts in parathyroid surgery
Chapter: Renal hyperparathyroidism
Chapter: Outcomes of parathyroid surgery
Chapter: Reoperative parathyroid surgery
Malignant disease and miscellaneous
Chapter: Genetics of parathyroid disease
Chapter: Parathyroid cancer
Chapter: Ethanol ablation for parathyroid disease
ADRENAL
Overview
Chapter: Anatomy and Physiology of the adrenal gland
Chapter: Genetics of adrenal tumours
Chapter: Incidentaloma
Chapter: Cushing's syndrome
Chapter: Conn's syndrome
Chapter: Adrenocortical cancer
Chapter: Paraganglionomas
^Chapter: Perioperative management of endocrine hypertension
Chapter: Laparoscopic adrenalectomy
Chapter: Complications of adrenal surgery
NEUROENDOCRINE
Overview
Chapter: Epidemiology of NET's
Chapter: Pathology of NET's
Chapter: Imaging in NET's
Chapter: Gastric NET's
Chapter: Pancreatic NET's
Chapter: Carcinoid tumours
Chapter: Chemotherapy and adjuvant treatment
Chapter: Outcomes in NET's. - Digitaledited by Peter J. Kertes, T. Mark Johnson.Summary: "Now in a revised and updated Second Edition, this handy guide to eye care uses evidence from the latest clinical trials to deliver practical advice directly applicable to the challenges of daily ophthalmic practice. Helpful illustrations and tables support the text and improve outcomes, summarizes the major clinical trials in ophthalmology that support the current standard of care. Practical focus helps readers apply research findings to day-to-day practice. Logical organization guides readers from general epidemiology to disease-specific sections. Broad scope addresses the full range of ophthalmologic subspecialties--from treatment of corneal defects, glaucoma, and cataracts to management of vitreo-retinal disorders. NEW in the Second Edition ... Results from the latest clinical trials let readers put current findings into practice. Coverage of new pharmacologic agents broadens therapeutic choices. Three new chapters address arterial occlusive disease, non-exudative age-related macular degeneration, and biostatistics"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: ch. 1 Clinical Epidemiology / Sanjay Sharma
ch. 2 Biostatistics / Hussein Hollands
ch. 3 Health Economics / Sanjay Sharma
ch. 4 Anterior Segment: Cornea and External Diseases / Qais A. Farjo
ch. 5 Refractive Surgery / Clara C. Chan
ch. 6 Glaucoma: Clinical Trials in Glaucoma Therapy / Robert J. Campbell
ch. 7a Diabetic Retinopathy: Prevention and Screening / Yoshihiro Yonekawa
ch. 7b Diabetic Macular Edema: Clinical Trials / Dean Eliott
ch. 7c Proliferative Diabetic Retinopathy: Clinical Trials / Dean Eliott
ch. 8a Clinical Trials in Nonneovascular Age-Related Macular Degeneration / Emily Y. Chew
ch. 8b Clinical Trials in Wet Age-Related Macular Degeneration / Peter K. Kaiser
ch. 9 Retinal Vein Occlusions (Evidence-Based Eye Care) / Sharon Fekrat
ch. 10 Evidence-Based Ophthalmology: Clinical Trials and Beyond Retinal Detachment and Proliferative Vitreoretinopathy / T. Mark Johnson
Contents note continued: ch. 11 Evidence-Based Medicine: The Prophylaxis and Treatment of Endophthalmitis / William F. Mieler
ch. 12 Arterial Occlusive Disease / Mark O. Baerlocber
ch. 13 Retinopathy of Prematurity (ROP) / Antonio Capone
ch. 14 Amblyopia / Raymond T. Kraker
ch. 15 Uveal Melanoma: Approaches to Management / Ernest Rand Simpson
ch. 16 Optic Neuritis / Jonathan D. Trobe
ch. 17 Thyroid-Associated Orbitopathy: An Evidence-Based Approach to Diagnosis and Management / HarmeetS. Gill
ch. 18 Traumatic Optic Neuropathy: An Evidence-Based Perspective on Management / Robert A. Kersten.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - DigitalMarie Boltz, executive editor ; Elizabeth Capezuti, DeAnne Zwicker, Terry Fulmer, editors.Summary: "Across health care settings, older adults represent the majority of consumers served. They present with the most clinically and socially complex situations, and thus require nurses to possess highly developed assessment competencies, critical thinking abilities, and relationship-based skills. Nurses have an enormous responsibility when providing care to older adults in this rapidly changing health care environment with its increasing regulatory requirements, variable staffing levels, and unpredictable reimbursement. Nurses also have an amazing opportunity to positively change the daily experiences and health of older adults. The nurse who is armed with an understanding of the unique clinical presentations and response to treatment in older adults, and who has knowledge about evidence-based assessment and interventions, is situated to not only prevent and manage health problems, but also to promote function and quality of life"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Contributors
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
PART I. INCORPORATING EVIDENCE INTO PRACTICE. 1. Developing and evaluating clinical practice guidelines: a systematic approach / Kathleen Phillips
2. Measuring performance and improving quality / Lenard L. Parisi
3. Informational technology: embedding geriatric clinical practice guidelines / Rebecca L. Trotta and Terese Kornet.
4. Organizational approaches to promote person-centered care / Andrea Yevchak Sillner and Liza Behrens
5. Environmental approaches to support aging friendly care / Rana Sagha Zadeh
PART II. ASSESMENT AND MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES. 6. Age-related changes in health / Marianne Logan Fingerhood
7. Healthcare decision-making / Joanne Roman Jones and Marie Boltz
8. Sensory changes in the older adult / Pamela Z. Cacchione
9. Assessing cognitive function in the older adult / Donna M. Fick, Pieter Heeren, and Koen Milisen
10. Assessment of physical function in the older adult / Denise M. Kresevic
11. Oral healthcare in the older adult / Linda J. O'Connor
12. Managing oral hydration in the older adult / Phyllis M. Gaspar and Janet C. Mentes
13. Nutrition in the older adult / Rose Ann DiMaria-Ghalili
14. Family caregiving / Deborah C. Messecar
15. Issues regarding sexuality in older adults / Elaine E. Steinke
16. Elder mistreatment detection / Billy A. Caceres, Neelima Kurup, Terry Fulmer
17. Advance care planning / Joanne Roman Jones and Marie Boltz
PART III. CLINICAL INTERVENTIONS. 18. Preventing functional decline in the acute care setting / Marie Boltz, Barbara Resnick, and Elizabeth Galik
19. Late life depression / Glenise McKenzie and Kathryn Sexson
20. Delirium: prevention, early recognition, and treatment / Cheri Blevins
21. Dementia: assessment and care strategies / Marie Boltz
22. Pain management in the older adult / Ann L. Horgas, Joanne Laframboise-Otto, Karen Aul, and Saunjoo L. Yoon
23. Assessing, managing and preventing falls in acute care / Deanna Gray-Miceli and Patricia A. Quigley
24. Reducing adverse drug events in the older adult / DeAnne Zwicker, Carolina Carvajal, and Terry Fulmer
25. Urinary incontinence in the older adult / Annemarie Dowling-Castronovo, Joanna Long, and Christine Bradway
26. Prevention of catheter-associated urinary tract infection / Michelle Kidd and Mary Beth Flynn Makic
27. Physical restraints and side rails in acute and critical care settings / Cheryl M. Bradas, Satinderpal K. Sandhu, and Lorraine C. Mion
28. Preventing pressure injuries and skin tears / Reneeka Persaud-Jaimangal, Elizabeth A. Ayello, and R. Gary Sibbald
29. Optimizing mealtimes for persons living with dementia / Melissa Batchelor
30. Disorders of sleep in the older adult / Jonna L. Morris, Lynn Baniak, Michelle L. Klimpt, Eileen R. Chasens, and Grace E. Dean
31. The frail hospitalized older adult / Stewart M. Bond
32. HIV prevention and care for the older adult / Rosanna F. DeMarco and Simon Manga
33. LGBTQ perspectives for older adult care / Janejira J. Chaiyasit and Anthony R. Lutz
PART IV. INTERVENTIONS IN SPECIALTY PRACTICE. 34. Substance misuse and alcohol use disorder in the older adult / Donna E. McCabe, Michelle M. Knapp, and Madeline A. Naegle
35. Comprehensive assessment and management of the critically ill older adult / Michele C. Balas, Lee Cordell, Paige Donahue, and Mary Beth Happ
36. Fluid overload: identifying and managing heart failure patients at risk of hospital readmission / Ameera Chakravarthy and Joan Davenport
37. Cancer assessment and intervention strategies in the older adult / Janine Overcash
38. Perioperative care of the older adult / Fidelindo Lim and Larry Z. Slater
39. General surgical care of the older adult / Fidelindo Lim and Larry Z. Slater
40. Care of the older adult with fragility hip fracture / Anita J. Meehan, Ann Butler Maher, Valerie MacDonald, Karen Hertz, and Ami Hommel
PART V. MODELS OF CARE. 41. Acute care models / Elizabeth Capezuti, Marie Boltz, Michael L. Malone, and Robert M. Palmer
42. Transitional care / Fidelindo Lim and Janice B. Foust
43. Palliative care models / Constance Dahlin
44. Care of the older adult in the emergency department / Rachel Arendacs and Marie Boltz
Index.Digital Access R2Library 2021 - DigitalDilly OC Anumba, Shamanthi M. Jayasooriya, editors.Summary: This is an open access book. In this open access book the NIHR Global Health research group on preterm birth, PRIME, prioritizes the development of prenatal risk assessment guidance for preterm birth. This book is based on global literature, published international, national and regional guidance and it is structured into six chapters providing: an overview of the domains for risk assessment and the summary recommendations in greater depth maternal demographics and past pregnancy histories, accurate pregnancy dating, and the contribution of infection, nutritional status and substance misuse to preterm birth risk. Each chapter has structured sections which include a) background information, b) an evidence statement highlighting the risk factors covered, and c) practical recommendations for evaluating those risks as well as the evidenced recommended and effective interventions for women deemed to be at risk. The chapter ends with clinical and research recommendations regarding factors of unknown or unproven risk "myth busters". This open access book will be a very useful guide for all health care professionals involved in delivering pregnancy care.
Contents:
Antenatal Risk Assessment for Preterm Birth: A guidance Document for Healthcare Providers
Prenatal Risk Assessment for Preterm Birth in Low-resources Settings: Demographics and Obstetric History
Pregnancy Dating Guidance
Prenatal Risk Assessment for Preterm Birth in Low-resources Settings: Infections
Nutritional Status and the Risk of Preterm Birth
Evaluating Alcohol, Tobacco and other Substance Use in Pregnancy Women. - DigitalDavid Camfield, Erica McIntyre, Jerome Sarris, editors.Contents:
Introduction
Part I: Clinical evidence in support of herbal and nutritional treatments for anxiety: Herbal Anxiolytics with sedative actions
Adaptogens
Cognitive Anxiolytics
Nutritional-based Nutraceuticals
Treatments for comorbid anxiety and mood disorders
Part II: Traditional Treatments in Need of further study: Plant-based Psychotropics
Other Potential anxiolytic Phytotherapies
Part III: Clinical Perspectives and Case Studies
Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD) and Panic
Obsessive Compulsive Disorder
Comorbid Anxiety and Depression
Appendix: Herb-drug Interactions table.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalDavid E. Rosow, Chandra M. Ivey, editors.Summary: This text provides a critical look at the state of the evidence in the most compelling areas of laryngology. Rather than being a comprehensive text covering every single possible area, it focuses on published works in the 9 areas that are of the most interest to laryngologists as well as speech pathologists, general otolaryngologists, and head and neck oncologists managing laryngologic issues. The state of the literature is succinctly summarized and tabulated in each area, allowing the reader to see which areas have high-grade evidence (Levels 1 or 2) to support decision making, and which areas are in need of better quality studies. Each chapter is divided into three main sections: Diagnosis and Pathophysiology, Surgical management, and Non-surgical management. This makes it easier for the reader to browse to the area of interest in each section and to find the evidence basis for a given concept. Evidence-Based Laryngology will be an invaluable resource to otolaryngologists, residents, speech-language pathologists, and other clinicians who manage laryngological problems and would like to know the evidence basis behind different treatment options.
Contents:
Vocal Fold Nodules
Recurrent Respiratory Papillomatosis
Early Glottic Cancer
Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis and Paresis
Spasmodic Dysphonia and Vocal Tremor
Laryngopharyngeal Reflux
Chronic Cough
Laryngotracheal Stenosis
Evidence Based Practice in Dysphagia. - Digital[edited by] Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Tim Raderstorf.Summary: "Evidence from numerous studies support that leadership and innovation are critical factors for organizational success and improved outcomes. Further, no change takes place and sustains without strong leadership. Although the United States spends more money on healthcare than any western world country, our health outcomes are poor. For example, the U.S. is the worst western world country for a women to give birth. Sick care continues to be the predominant paradigm and needs to be shifted to well care since 80 percent of chronic conditions can be prevented with healthy lifestyle behaviors. We also are living during a time when over 50 percent of clinicians are suffering from burnout, which is affecting the quality and safety of care. Solutions, including strong leaders and innovators, are urgently needed"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Making the Case for Evidence-Based Leadership and Innovation / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Tim Raderstorf
Important Lessons Learned from a Personal Leadership, Innovation, and Entrepreneurial Journey / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk
Understanding and Developing Yourself as a Leader / T. Scott Graham
Key Strategies for Optimizing Personal Health and Well-being : A Necessity for Effective Leadership / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Susan Neale
Learning from a History of Great Leaders / T. Scott Graham
Forming and Leading a High-Performing Team / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, and Robert Smith
Leading Organizational Change and Building Wellness Cultures for Maximum ROI and VOI / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Sharon Tucker
Achieving the Quadruple Aim in Healthcare with Evidence-based Practice : A Necessary Leadership Strategy for Improving Quality, Safety, Patient Outcomes and Cost Reductions / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Lynn Gallagher-Ford
Healthcare Finance for Leaders / Cheryl L. Hoying, Courtney Campbell-Saxton, and Alma Helping
Healthcare Innovation : Bringing the Buzzword to Real World Healthcare Settings / Nancy Albert and Tim Raderstorf
Emerging Trends in Healthcare Innovation / Bonnie Clipper and Tami H. Wyatt
Patient-Centered Innovation / Adrienne Boissy
Positive Deviance : Advancing Innovation to Transform Healthcare / Kathy Malloch and Tim Porter-O'Grady
Measuring Innovation and Determining Return on Investment (ROI) / Deborah Mills-Scofield, Sidney Kushner, Stefanie Lyn Kaufman, and Eli MacLaren
Design Thinking for Healthcare Leadership and Innovation / Jess Roberts and Suratha Elango
Negotiating Complex Systems / Dan Weberg
Entrepreneurship in Healthcare / Tim Raderstorf
Identifying Opportunities to Innovate and Creating Your Niche / David Putrino
Intrapreneurship, Business Models, and How Companies Make Money / Tim Raderstorf, Michelle Podlesni, Christine Meehan, Joe Novello, Pamala Wilson
Legal Considerations in Starting a Healthcare Business / Jonathon Vinocur
Building and Pitching Your Plan / Tim Raderstorf
Starting and Sustaining a Healthcare Business / Gary L. Sharpe
Starting and Sustaining a Healthcare Practice / Candy Rinehart and John McNamara
Key Strategies for Moving from Research to Commercialization with Real World Success Stories / Caroline Crisafulli, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, and Mary Beth Happ
Leveraging Social Media and Marketing for Professional Branding and Business Influence / Betsy Sewell, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, Linsey Grove, and Vibeke Westh.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaledited by Robert F. LaPrade, Jorge Chahla.Contents:
Comprehensive clinical examination
Plain radiography of the knee
Magnetic resonance imaging of the knee: conventional and novel techniques
Computed tomography of the knee joint: indications and significance
Mechanical malalignment of the knee joint: how and when to address
Anterior cruciate ligament
Posterior cruciate ligament
Repair and reconstruction of the superficial medial collateral ligament and the posteromedial corner
Posterolateral corner of the knee
Anterolateral ligament and the anterolateral corner
Multiligament knee injuries
Arthroscopic primary repair of the cruciate ligaments
Meniscal pathology: meniscus anatomy
Meniscus biomechanics
Meniscal tears: meniscectomy versus repair
Meniscal root tears
Meniscal radial tears
Meniscal ramp lesions
Meniscus deficiency and meniscal transplants
Synthetic meniscal substitutes
A basic science understanding of cartilage repair and its clinical application
Focal chondral injuries
Ocd injuries in the paediatric and adult population
How to manage the active patient with osteoarthritis:: biological approaches
Osteonecrosis of the knee
Patellofemoral anatomy and its surgical implications
Treatment algorithm in patellofemoral disorders: 'le menu à la carte'
Tibial tuberosity osteotomies
Pathological torsion of the lower limb
Lateral patellar instability:: diagnosis, treatment algorithm, conservative approaches, surgical techniques, outcomes, rehabilitation and future directions
Medial patellar instability: primary and iatrogenic
Trochleoplasty
Injuries of the patellar tendon
Quadriceps tendon injuries
Knee arthrofibrosis: how to prevent and how to treat
The paediatric knee
Miscellaneous complex pathological conditions of the knee
Intraoperative management: anaesthesia, tourniquet, tranexamic acid, blood loss and fluid management
Preparing the surgical team for a quick and efficient procedure
Postoperative management
Postoperative rehabilitation concepts.Digital Access - DigitalJonathan A. Perkins, Karthik Balakrishnan, editors.Summary: This text addresses vascular anomalies and the management of these diverse and clinically challenging set of conditions which have significant impact on patient function, quality of life and, in certain cases, survival. The text covers each category and type of vascular anomaly and the unique diagnostic and therapeutic challenges they pose. The chapters will also include fundamental scientific literature pertaining to each specific condition to help clinicians and clinical researchers better assess and manage vascular anomalies of the head and neck. Each vascular condition will be supported with medical photographs and radiographic images, summaries of diagnostic and therapeutic options, a list of syndromes and genetic mutations known to be associated with each anomaly, case studies, and clinical and research pearls from national and international leaders in the field. Management of Head and Neck Vascular Anomalies: Evidenced-based Assessment will be an invaluable resource for otolaryngologists, plastic surgeons, general and general pediatric surgeons, orthopaedic surgeons, dermatologists, interventional radiologists, residents and fellows in these fields, and researchers with interest in vascular anomalies of the head and neck.
- PrintSharon E. Straus, Paul Glasziou, W. Scott Richardson, R. Brian Haynes.Summary: Constitutes a traditional way of presenting ideas about EBM. It explains how to ask answerable clinical questions, translate them into effective searches for the best evidence, critically appraise that evidence for its validity and importance, integrate it with patients' values and preferences, assess the practice of EBM. Additional materials, including resources for practicing EBM can be downloaded to PDAs, contain clinical examples, critical appraisals and background papers from other healthcare disciplines such as nursing and occupational therapy with links to various evidence resources. A supporting website for this book also provides updates and new materials.
Contents:
Asking answerable clinical questions
Acquiring the evidence: how to find current best evidence and have current best evidence find us
Appraising the evidence
Therapy
Diagnosis and screening
Prognosis
Harm
Evaluation
Teaching evidence-based medicine. - DigitalDavid Isaacs.Contents:
How to search for evidence
Epidemiology
Clinical manifestations
Laboratory tests
Rational antibiotic use
Adjunctive treatment
Bacterial meningitis
Respiratory tract infections
Osteomyelitis and septic arthritis
Urinary tract infections
Necrotizing enterocolitis and gastrointestinal infections
Eye infections
Skin and soft tissue infections
Bacterial infections
Mycoplasmas
Fungal infections
Viral infections
Other congenital infections
Breast milk
Surveillance
Infection control
Developing countries
Prevention of neonatal infections
Neonatal antimicrobials.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalElie M. Ferneini, Michael T. Goupil, editors.Summary: This book is designed to guide the dental practitioner in the medical and surgical management of the oral surgery patient. It provides dentists and dental professionals with up-to-date, evidence-based information on how to handle any oral surgical problem and how to work up a patient. The book is divided into five sections, the first two of which present overviews of general and basic perioperative topics and the principles of exodontia. Management of oral pathology is then discussed in detail, covering odontogenic infections, osteonecrosis, preprosthetic surgery, common oral pathology, biopsy techniques, and dentoalveolar trauma. The fourth section is devoted to topics in advanced oral surgery, such as disturbances of the temporomandibular joint apparatus, facial deformities, and dental implants. Finally, a series of illustrative case reports and unusual surgical cases is presented. The book is multi-institutional and multispecialty based. Both editors have extensive academic experience and have authored numerous scientific publications.
Contents:
Patient assessment
Principles of exodontia
Management of oral pathology
Advanced oral surgery
Illustrative case reports. - Digitaledited by Mohit Bhandari.Summary: "Surgical orthopedic procedures such as hip replacements, arthroscopy or knee replacements are surrounded by pre- and post-operative complications, and there are varying different methods for the procedures themselves. This book brings together the best evidence for treatments as well as any complications. Not only does it cover the evidence base for orthopedic surgery, but also orthopedic conditions requiring medical treatment, and pediatric orthopedics. Using the approved EBM methodology, and edited by teachers of evidence-based medicine this EBM textbook is an essential resource for all orthopedic specialists and trainees"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2020
- DigitalSteven McGee, M.D., Professor of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA.Contents:
What is evidence-based physical diagnosis?
Diagnostic accuracy of physical findings
Using the tables in this book
Using the evidence-based medicine calculator (expert consult)
Reliability of physical findings
Mental status examination
Stance and gait
Jaundice
Cyanosis
Anemia
Hypovolemia
Protein-energy malnutrition and weight loss
Obesity
Cushing syndrome
Pulse rate and contour
Abnormalities of pulse rhythm
Blood pressure
Temperature
Respiratory rate and abnormal breathing patterns
Pulse oximetry
The pupils
Diabetic retinopathy
The red eye
Hearing
Thyroid and its disorders
Meninges
Peripheral lymphadenopathy
Inspection of the chest
Palpation and percussion of the chest
Auscultation of the lungs
Ancillary tests
Pneumonia
Chronic obstructive lung disease
Pulmonary embolism
Pleural effusion
Inspection of the neck veins
Percussion of the heart
Palpation of the heart
Auscultation of the heart : general principles
The first and second heart sounds
The third and fourth heart sounds
Miscellaneous heart sounds
Heart murmurs : general principles
Aortic stenosis
Aortic regurgitation
Miscellaneous heart murmurs
Disorders of the pericardium
Congestive heart failure
Coronary artery disease
Inspection of the abdomen
Palpation and percussion of the abdomen
Abdominal pain and tenderness
Auscultation of the abdomen
Peripheral vascular disease
The diabetic foot
Edema and deep vein thrombosis
Examination of the musculoskeletal system
Visual field testing
Nerves of the eye muscles (iii, iv, and vi) : approach to diplopia
Miscellaneous cranial nerves
Examination of the motor system : approach to weakness
Examination of the sensory system
Examination of the reflexes
Disorders of the nerve roots, plexuses, and peripheral nerves
Coordination and cerebellar testing
Tremor and Parkinson disease
Hemorrhagic versus ischemic stroke
Acute vertigo and imbalance
Examination of nonorganic neurologic disorders
Examination of patients in the intensive care unit
Likelihood ratios, confidence intervals, and pre-test probability.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digital[edited by] Kate Gawlik, DNP, RN, ANP-BC, FNP-BC, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, PhD, APRN-CNP, FAANP, FNAP, FAAN, Alice M. Teall, DNP, APRN-CNP, FAANP.Summary: "We begin this preface by emphasizing that the only way to ensure an accurate diagnosis for an individual's health and well-being is through a thorough history and evidence-based health and well-being assessment. Learning to effectively assess the health and well-being of an individual involves integrating skills of history taking, physical exam, and diagnostic decision-making within the context of patient-centered, culturally-sensitive, evidence-based clinical practice. The process of teaching and learning assessment is complex"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- Digitaledited by Kari Bø, Bary Berghmans, Siv Mørkved, Marijke Van Kampen ; forewords by Robert Freeman, Christopher Chapple.Contents:
Overview of physical therapy for pelvic floor dysfunction / Kari Bo
Critical appraisal of randomized trials and systematic reviews of the effects of physical therapy interventions for the pelvic floor / Rob Herbert
Functional anatomy of the female pelvic floor / James A. Ashton-Miller, John O.L. DeLancey
Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of pelvic floor muscles / David B. Vodusek
Measurement of pelvic floor muscle function and strength and pelvic organ prolapse
Pelvic floor and exercise science
Female pelvic floor dysfunctions
Male pelvic floor dysfunctions and evidence-based physical therapy
Evidence-based physical therapy for pelvic floor dysfunctions affecting both women and men
Evidence for pelvic floor physical therapy in children / Wendy F. Bower
Pelvic floor physical therapy in the elderly: where's the evidence? / Adrian Wagg
Evidence for pelvic floor physical therapy for neurological disease / Marijke Van Kampen, Inge Geraerts
Pelvic floor dysfunction, prevention and treatment in elite athletes / Kari Bo
The development of clinical practice guidelines / Bary Berghmans [and others].Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - DigitalDyane E. Tower, editor.Summary: This practical text reviews the most recent literature supporting clinical decisions regarding over a dozen common foot and ankle conditions, along with presentations of the techniques themselves, both surgical and non-surgical. The conditions are presented anatomically from forefoot to ankle, beginning with issues surrounding toenails, such as fungal infection and treatment of ingrown toenails, then proceeds to discuss the toes and toe joints, including hammertoe fixation, 2nd MPJ pathology, and Lapidus bunionectomy. Treatmentsfor arthritis of the midfoot and flatfoot follow, along with arthroscopy and arthroplasty of the ankle, surgical and non-surgical approaches for Achilles tendon ruptures, and treatments for Charcot neuroarthropathy, clubfoot and general considerations of wound care of the foot and ankle. Throughout, an emphasis is placed on the best available evidence for each treatment strategy. Evidence-Based Podiatry will be a valuable resource for podiatrists, orthopedic surgeons, and residents, fellows and trainees treating these common foot and ankle conditions.
Contents:
Permanent Ingrown Toenails
The Fungal Toenail
Hammertoe Fixation
2nd Metatarsophalangeal Joint Pathology
Lapidus Bunionectomy
Midfoot Arthritis
Flatfoot Deformity
Ankle Arthroscopy
Achilles Tendon Ruptures
Charcot Neuropathy
Clubfoot
Podiatric Wound Care
Total Ankle Arthroplasty. - Digital[edited by] Heather Hall, Linda Roussel.Summary: "This text is intended for graduate-level audiences in nursing research courses and is particularly well suited for those in administration tracks. It focuses on understanding how research-based evidence drives scholarly practice and how that evidence can justify innovation and policy change to improve patient outcomes. The new edition will add implementation and dissemination science applications to the EBP framework. It will feature health policy content and incorporate global and population health perspectives, content on informatics and technology, and educational strategies for patient and provider practices"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Quantitative research
Qualitative research
Mixed methods research
Data analysis
Navigating the institutional review board
Critical appraisal of research-based evidence.Digital Access R2Library 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digital[edited by] Nola A. Schmidt, Janet M. Brown.Summary: "Evidence-Based Practice for Nurses: Appraisal and Application of Research, Fifth Edition is an essential resource for teaching students how to translate research into practice. The text is based on the five step IDP process (knowledge, persuasion, decision, implementation, and confirmation). The authors employ a fresh and updated approach to teaching nursing research using evidence-based practice. This text is incredibly inclusive and a terrific fit for undergraduate classrooms. The Fifth Edition features a new chapter on evidence hierarchy, new information on mixed-methods research, updated "Apply What You've Learned" articles, and more. Additional content has been added on the evolution of nursing science, quality improvement projects and how they relate to evidence-based practice, and search strategies and authentic web content. Chapters throughout the text have been updated, with significant changes made in chapters on evidence appraisal, quality and outcomes, and change theories. This new edition pays great attention to detail to the Magnet Recognition Program, which is becoming increasingly important for hospitals"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
What Is Evidence-Based Practice?
What is Nursing Research?
Using Evidence Through Collaboration to Promote Excellence in Nursing Practice
Identifying Research Questions
Finding Sources of Evidence
Linking Theory, Research, and Practice
Key Concepts and Principles of Quantitative Designs
Quantitative Designs: Using Numbers to Provide Evidence
Epidemiologic Designs: Using Data to Understand Populations
Qualitative Designs: Using Words to Provide Evidence
Using Samples to Provide Evidence
Collecting Evidence
What Do the Quantitative Data Mean?
What Do the Qualitative Data Mean?
Appraising Evidence to Determine Best Practice
Transitioning Evidence to Practice
Developing Oneself as an Innovator
Evaluating Outcomes of Innovation
Sharing the Insights with Others.Digital Access R2Library 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalGeri LoBiondo Wood, Judith Haber, Marita G. Titler.Summary: "A straightforward yet comprehensive guide to planning, implementation, and evaluation of EBP and QI projects to improve quality of care and health outcomes. This brand-new, full-color, richly illustrated textbook begins with foundational content and then works through the processes of developing and exploring clinical questions, implementing results, and disseminating information." -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I. Introduction
Overview of evidence-based practice
Models and evidence
Part II. Processes of developing EBP and questions in various clinical settings
Developing compelling clinical questions
Search and critical appraisal of the literature
Principles of assessing research quality
Intervention studies
Observational studies
Systematic reviews and clinical practice guidelines
Qualitative studies
Understanding statistics for evidence-based practice
Part III. Implementation
Evidence-based approaches for improving healthcare quality
Planning for success
Launching implementation
Implementation strategies for stakeholders
Patient-centered evidence-based practices
Part IV. Evaluation and dissemination
Evaluation of evidence-based practice
Dissemination
Appendices.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019 - DigitalLaura Cullen, Kirsten Hanrahan, Michele Farrington, Jennifer DeBerg, Sharon Tucker, Charmaine Kleiber.Summary: One of the biggest challenges of evidence-based practice (EBP) is translating knowledge, research, and clinical expertise into action. Failure to execute EBP well is rarely due to a lack of information, understanding, or experience; rather, it comes down to the lack of tools and practicality of implementing EBP into nursing care.
Contents:
Identifying triggering issues/opportunities
State the question or purpose
Is the topic a priority?
Form a team
Assemble, appraise, and synthesize body of evidence
Is there sufficient evidence?
Design and pilot the practice change
Implementation
Evaluation
Is change appropriate for adoption in practice?
Integrate and sustain the practice change
Disseminate results.Digital Access AccessAPN 2018 - DigitalLaura Cullen, Kirsten Hanrahan, Michele Farrington, Sharon Tucker, Stephanie Edmonds.Summary: "Evidence-based practice (EBP) is a process of shared decision-making between clinicians and patients based on research evidence, the patient's experiences and preferences, and the clinician's clinical expertise. We are now well beyond the Institute of Medicine (IOM) goal that 90% of healthcare be evidence-based by 2020 (IOM, 2010), and a gap persists. The need for EBP is more crucial than ever and must consider value-based care; patient preferences; diversity, equity, and inclusion; regulatory standards; costs; and implementation science. EBP in Action addresses the need for a clear EBP process along with precise, accurate, and effective selection of implementation strategies and resources to promote adoption and sustainability of EBP recommendations. In this book, we will inspire you to use the EBP process, think creatively, and engage patients in EBP co-design for improved outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Identify Triggering Issues/Opportunities
State the Question or Purpose
Is This Topic A Priority?
Form a Team
Assemble, Appraise, and Synthesize Body of Evidence
Is There Sufficient Evidence?
Design and Pilot the Practice Change
Evaluation
Implementation
Is Change Appropriate for Adoption in Practice?
Integrate and Sustain the Practice Change
Disseminate Results.Digital Access AccessAPN 2023 - DigitalSupriya Mallick, Prashanth Giridhar, Goura K. Rath, editors.Summary: This book provides evidence-based management in neuro-oncology covering all aspects such as pathology, radiology, surgery, radiation, and chemotherapy. The field of neuro-oncology is rapidly evolving and new evidence is coming out every day towards the optimal management of brain tumors. This necessitates a requirement of a complete guide that shall provide an evidence-based and personalized approach towards dealing with patients. This book also covers recent advances in personalized treatment formed through the relevant basis of anatomy, imaging, radiology, surgical, radiation and systemic treatment of brain and spinal tumors. In addition it also covers the , practical aspects of the planning of the Gamma knife and other radio surgical aspects. The book shall provide valuable assistance to practicing neuro-oncologists to practice better evidence-based personalized medicine.
Contents:
Part 1 Epidemiology, neuro-anatomy and neuro- pathology for a neuro-oncologist
1 Epidemiology and demography of brain tumours
2 Neuro-anatomy for Oncologist
3 Pathology, Molecular Biology and classification of Gliomas
4 Pathology and Molecular pathology of ependymoma
5 Pathology and Molecular pathology of meningioma
6 Pathology and Molecular pathology of medulloblastoma
Part 2 Clinical examination, neuro-imaging and basics of radiotherapy in neuro-oncology
7 Radiology in modern neuro-oncology practice
8 PET in Brain Tumors
9 Fundamentals of Radiation for Neuro-oncology
10 Stereotactic Radiosurgery: Planning and Evaluation
11 Radiation induced brain injury
Part 3 Management of brain tumours
12 Glioblastoma
13 Oligodendroglioma
14 Anaplastic Astrocytoma
15 Grade 2 Gliomas
16 Grade 1 Gliomas
17 Mixed Gliomas or Oligoastrocytoma
18 Pleomorphic Xanthoastrocytoma
19 Astroblastoma
20 Management of Gliomatosis Cerebri
21 Nervous System Hemangioblastoma
22 Rare/Uncommon brain tumors
23 Medulloblastoma & other embryonal brain tumors
24 Ependymoma
25 Intracranial germ cell tumour
26 Management of Pineal region tumors
27 Skull Base Chordoma and Chondrosarcoma
28 Intracranial Hemangiopericytoma
29 Management of Choroid Plexus Carcinoma
30 Meningioma
31 Pituitary tumors: Diagnosis and management
32 Craniopharyngioma
33 Acoustic Neuroma
34 Spinal cord tumors
35 Brain metastases
36 Paediatric CNS tumours
37 Primary central nervous system lymphoma
Part 4 Miscellaneous
38 Neurocognition in Neurooncology
39 Syndromes associated with Brain Tumors
40 Endocrine management in Neuro-oncology. - DigitalThomas L. Christenbery, editor.Summary: "Delivers unique systematic guidelines for understanding and applying EBP in nursing programs. A fundamental, reader-friendly guide to evidence-based practice (EBP) for BSN, MSN, and DNP nursing students, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing explains the conceptual underpinnings of EBP and demonstrates how nurses can put EBP concepts into practice. Replete with critical knowledge, skills, tools, and scholarly development to enable nurses to fully and confidently deliver the highest-quality EBP care, this book eschews a one-size-fits-all approach in favor of unique systematic guidelines for understanding and applying EBP. Building blocks of information grow progressively more complex, enabling their application to any point along nursing's academic trajectory. Thoughtfully organized to fit a variety of EBP-related course objectives, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing easily adapts for standalone EBP courses at any level as well as advanced practice specialty courses that integrate EBP content. This book addresses the needs of all nursing instructors, including those who teach at multiple levels simultaneously. Key content includes requisite conceptual knowledge of EBP for building clinical decision-making skills; conceptualizing, implementing, and evaluating EBP projects; applying translational science; quality improvement for implementation and evaluation of EBP; developing leadership and structural empowerment strategies; and analyzing how students at each degree/level work with EBP independently, interprofessionally, and intraprofessionally. Chapters align with American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN) essentials."--Back cover.
Contents:
Nursing's commitment to best clinical decisions / Thomas L. Christenbery
Using evidence to inform and reform clinical practice / Thomas L. Christenbery
Integrating best evidence into practice / Phillip Walker and Thomas L. Christenbery
Setting the boundaries for nursing evidence / Donna McArthur, Rene Love
Using nursing phenomena to explore evidence / Joanne Duffy
Evidence-based practice : success of practice change depends on the question / Mary Meyer
Change theories : the key to knowledge translation / Lydia Rotondo
How to read and assess for quality of research / Rene Love, Donna McArthur
Clinical practice guidelines / Molly Bradshaw
Identifying significant evidence-based practice problems within complex health environments / Nancy Wells, Elizabeth Card
Organizing an evidence-based practice implementation plan / Alison Edie
Translational research / Lianne Jeffs, Marianne Saragosa, Michelle Zahradik
Translational science : bridging the gap between science and application / Lianne Jeffs, Marianne Saragosa, Michelle Zahradik
Quality improvement processes and evidence-based practice / Susie Leming Lee, Richard Watters
Evidence-based practice : a culture of organizational empowerment / Thomas L. Christenbery
Nursing leadership : the fulcrum of evidence-based practice culture / Thomas L. Christenbery
A prosperous evidence-based culture : nourishing resources / Thomas L. Christenbery
Advancing evidence-based practice through mentoring and interprofessional collaboration / Elaine Kauschinger
Evidence-based practice : sequential layering of BSN, MSN, and DNP competencies and opportunities / Thomas L. Christenbery
Evidence-based practice : empowering nurses / Thomas L. Christenbery.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - PrintBernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Ellen Fineout-Overholt.Summary: "The go-to guide to evidence-based practice in nursing for more than a decade, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing & Healthcare: A Guide to Best Practice, 5th Edition, presents the latest perspectives on research-backed nursing practice in an engaging, user-friendly approach that has made this the bestselling resource of its kind. AJN award-winning authors Bernadette Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt combine straightforward, conversational storytelling, inspiring quotes, and engaging case studies to make evidence-based practice accessible for students at any level of familiarity. With real-world examples and meaningful strategies in every chapter, this revised and reimagined 5th Edition gives students the confidence to meet today's clinical challenges and ensure the most effective patient outcomes for years to come. New to this edition: NEW! Reimagined coverage and a new chapter on applying implementation science to clinical practice settings familiarize students with the latest evidence and emerging implementation and evaluation tools.. UPDATED! Content throughout empowers you to more effectively teach evidence-based practice principles in academic and clinical settings. UPDATED! Making EPB Real case studies reinforce clinical application through real-world examples"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Unit 1. Steps 0, 1, and 2 : getting started: Chapter 1. Making the case for evidence-based practice and cultivating a spirit of inquiry / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
Chapter 2. Asking compelling clinical questions / Ellen Fineout-Overholt and Shelly J. Johnson
Chapter 3. Finding relevant evidence to answer clinical questions / Tami A. Hartzell, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, and Cyndi B. Kelley
Unit 1 making EBP real, a success story: Improving outcomes in intensive care through adherence to evidence-based sedation protocol.
Unit 2. Step 3 : critically appraising evidence: Chapter 4. Critically appraising knowledge for clinical decision making / Ellen Fineout-Overholt
Chaper 5. Clinician expertise and patient-valued preferences as context for critical appraisal for evidence-based decision making / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Gina M. Nickels-Nelson, and Lisa English Long
Chapter 6. Critically appraising quantitative evidence for clinical decision making / Dónal P. O'Mathúna, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Debra B. Graham, and Amanda Canada
Chapter 7. Critically appraising qualitative and mixed methods evidence for clinical decision making / Mikki Meadows-Oliver and Chaluza Kapaale
Chapter 8. Advancing optimal care with robust clinical practice guidelines / Doris Grinspun, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Shanoja Naik, and Katherine Wallace
Unit 2 making EBP real, a success story: Diabetic foot care in Hispanic females with type II diabetes : an evidence-based quality improvement initiative.
Unit 3. Steps 4 and 5 : moving from evidence to sustainable practice change: Chapter 9. Key strategies for implementing evidence in real-world clinical settings / Lynn Gallagher-Ford, Kevin P. Browne, Amanda Shrout, and Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk
Chapter 10. The role of quality improvement and evidence-based quality improvement in practice change / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Tracy L. Brewer, Deana Hays, and Dana Tschannen
Chapter 11. Implementing the evidence-based practice competencies in clinical and academic settings to enhance healthcare quality, safety, and patient outcomes / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Lynn Gallagher-Ford, and Cindy Zellefrow
Chapter 12. Leadership strategies for creating and sustaining evidence-based practice organizations / Lynn Gallagher-Ford, Penelope F. Gorsuch, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, and Jacalyn S. Buck
Unit 3 making EBP real, a success story: Improving outcomes for depressed adolescents with the brief cognitive behavioral skills building COPE intervention delivered in 30-minute out-patient visits.
Unit 4. Creating and sustaining a culture and environment for evidence-based practice: Chapter 13. Innovation and evidence : a partnership in advancing best practice and high quality care / Kathy Malloch and Timothy Porter-O'Grady
Chapter 14. Models to guide implementation and sustainability of evidence-based practice / Sandra L. Dearholt [and 13 others]
Chapter 15. Implementation science to clinical practice settings : accelerating the uptake of evidence into practice for best outcomes / Sharon Tucker and Molly McNett
Chapter 16. Evidence-based practice mentors : the key to sustaining evidence-based practice in clinical and educational settings / Ellen Fineout-Overholt and Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk
Chapter 17. Creating a vision and motivating a change to evidence-based practice in individuals, teams, and organizations / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
Chapter 18. Teaching evidence-based practice in academic settings / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Alice E. Dupler, and Heather Carter-Templeton
Chapter 19. Teaching evidence-based practice in clinical settings / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Marcella Upshaw, and Kathleen M. Williamson
Unit 4 making EBP real, a success story: Skilled nursing facility readmissions : an evidence-based telemedicine innovation project.
Unit 5. Step 6 : disseminating evidence and evidence-based practice implementation outcomes: Chapter 20. Using evidence to influence health and organizational policy / Todd E. Tussing, John C. Welch, and Jacqueline M. Loversidge
Chapter 21. Disseminating evidence through presentations, publications, health policy briefs, and the media / Cecily L. Betz, Kathryn A. Smith, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, and Philip J. Saken
Unit 5. Making EBP real, a success story: Taking a moment : evaluating preceptions of burnout and wellbeing in bone marrow transplant nurses using a mindfulmess smartphone app.
Unit 6. Generating external evidence and writing successful grant proposals: Chapter 22. Generating evidence through quantitative and qualitative research / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, and Denise Cote-Arsenault
23. Writing a successful grant proposal to fund research and evidence-based practice implementation projects / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
Chapter 24. Ethical considerations for evidence implementation and evidence generation / Dónal P. O'Mathúna, Joanne Cleary-Holdforth, and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
Unit 6 making EBP real, a success story: COPE/Healthy lifestyles TEEN : a school-based RCT.
Appendix A. Question template for asking PICOT questions
Appendix B. PICOT questions to systematic search strategy : development and use worksheet example
Appendix C. General appraisal overview for all studies
Appendix D. Evaluation table template and synthesis table examples for critical appraisal
Appendix E. ARCC model timeline for an EBP in educational settings
Appendix F. Sample instruments to evaluate EBP in educational settings
Appendix G. Title short versions of instruments to evaluate EBP in clinical settings
Appendix H. Instruments to assess the EBP competencies and EBP mentorship in any setting.
Glossary
Index. - PrintEvidence-based Practice in Nursing & Healthcare : a Guide to Best Practice. Third edition. [3rd ed.]Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Ellen Fineout-Overholt.Contents:
Making the case for evidence-based practice and cultivating a spirit of inquiry
Asking compelling, clinical questions
Finding relevant evidence to answer clinical questions
Critically appraising knowledge for clinical decision making
Critically appraising quantitative evidence for clinical decision making
Critically appraising qualitative evidence for clinical decision making
Integration of patient preferences and values and clinician expertise into evidence-based decision making
Advancing optimal care with rigorously developed clinical practice guidelines and evidence-based recommendations
Implementing evidence in clinical settings
The role of outcomes and quality improvement in enhancing and evaluating practice changes
Leadership strategies and evidence-based practice competencies to sustain a culture and environment that supports best practice
Innovation and evidence: a partnership in advancing best practice and high quality care
Models to guide implementation and sustainability of evidence-based practice
Creating a vision and motivating a change to evidence-based practice in individuals, teams, and organizations
Teaching evidence-based practice in academic settings
Teaching evidence-based practice in clinical settings
ARCC evidence-based practice mentors : the key to sustaining evidence-based practice
Disseminating evidence through publications, presentations, health policy briefs, and the media
Generating evidence through quantitative research
Generating evidence through qualitative research
Writing a successful grant proposal to fund research and evidence-based practice implementation projects
Ethical considerations for evidence implementation and evidence generation. - PrintBernadette Mazurek Melnyk, PhD, RN, APRN-CNP, FAANP, FNAP, FAAN, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, PhD, RN, FNAP, FAAN.Summary: "Enhance your clinical decision-making capabilities and improve patient outcomes through evidence-based practice. Develop the skills and knowledge you need to make evidence-based practice (EBP) an integral part of your clinical decision-making and everyday nursing practice with this proven, approachable text. Written in a straightforward, conversational style, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing and Healthcare delivers real-world examples and meaningful strategies in every chapter to help you confidently meet today's clinical challenges and ensure positive patient outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Unit 1: Steps zero, one, two; getting started :
Making the case for evidence-based practice and cultivating a spirit of identity
Asking compelling clinical questions
Finding relevant evidence to answer clinical questions
Unit 1 making EBP real: A success story. Using an evidence-based, autonomous nurse protocol to reduce catheter-associated urinary tract infections in a long-term acute care facility
Unit 2: Step three: critically appraising evidence :
Critically appraising knowledge for clinical decision making
Critical appraising quantitative evidence for clinical decision making
Critically appraising qualitative evidence for clinical decision making
Integration of patient preferences and values and clinician expertise into evidence-based decision making
Advancing optimal care with robust clinical practice guidelines
Unit 2 making EBP real: A success story. Intradermal lidocaine intervention on the ambulatory unit : an evidence-based implementation project
Unit 3: Steps four and five: moving from evidence to sustainable practice change :
Implementing evidence in clinical settings
The role of outcomes and evidence-based quality improvement in enhancing and evaluating practice changes
Implementing the evidence-based practice competencies in clinical and academic settings to ensure healthcare quality and improved patient outcomes
Leadership strategies for creating and sustaining evidence-based practice organizations
Unit 3 making EBP real: A success story. Improving outcomes for depressed adolescents with the brief cognitive behavioral COPE intervention delivered in 30-minute outpatient visits
Unit 4: Creating and sustaining a culture and environment for evidence-based practice :
Innovation and evidence : a partnership in advancing best practice and high quality care
Models to guide implementation and sustainability of evidence-based practice
Creating a vision and motivating a change to evidence-based practice in individuals, teams, and organizations
Teaching evidence-based practice in academic settings
Teaching evidence-based practice in clinical settings
ARCC evidence-based practice mentors : the key to sustaining evidence-based practice
Unit 4 making EBP real: A success story. Mercy heart failure pathway
Unit 5: Step six: Disseminating evidence and evidence-based practice implementation outcomes :
Using evidence to influence health and organizational policy
Disseminating evidence through presentations, publications, health policy briefs, and the media
Unit 5 making EBP real: A success story. Research projects receive worldwide coverage
Unit 6: Generating external evidence and writing successful grant proposals :
Generating evidence through quantitative and qualitative research
Writing a successful grant proposal to fund research and evidence-based practice implementation projects
Ethical considerations for evidence implementation and evidence generation
Unit 6 making EBP real: Selected excerpts from a funded grant application. COPE/healthy lifestyles for teens : a school-based RCT
Appendix A: Question templates for asking PICOT questions
Appendix B: Rapid critical appraisal checklists
Appendix C: Evaluation table template and synthesis table examples for critical appraisal
Appendix I: ARCC model timeline for an EBP implementation project
Appendix J: Sample instruments to evaluate EBP in educational settings
Appendix K: Sample instruments to evaluate EBP in clinical settings. - DigitalDavy C.H. Cheng, Janet Martin, Tirone David, editors.Summary: This comprehensive yet concise book addresses current best practice in the combined areas of cardiac surgery and anesthesia, interventional minimally invasive cardiac procedures, perioperative management and monitoring, and critical care recovery. This book not only provides the latest best practices in the perioperative management of cardiac surgical patients, but also it summarizes the current clinical guidelines and algorithms from leading cardiac programs and professional societies. Contemporary best practice approaches are written by experts from leading cardiac surgical centers. The preoperative, intraoperative and postoperative management and recovery of surgical patients, including medication, monitoring techniques, and innovative surgical procedures, are presented by experts in the field of cardiac anesthesia and surgery. Perioperative clinical care guidelines, postoperative recovery pathways and models of care are presented with supporting protocols. Evidence-Based Practice in Perioperative Cardiac Anesthesia and Surgery is aimed at all cardiac anesthesiology consultants, fellows, and trainees; all cardiac surgery consultants, fellows, and trainees; nurses in perioperative care and those involved in patient recovery management; cardiac program administrative professionals; and all critical care consultants and trainees looking after cardiovascular surgical patients in the modern era. .
Contents:
Section I. Introduction
Overview of a Cardiac Anesthesia & Surgical Program
Overview of a Cardiology Interventional Program
Prognostic Risks and Preoperative Assessment
Section II. Anesthesia and Cardiopulmonary Bypass Management
Fast Track Cardiac Anesthesia Management in On-Pump and Off-Pump Coronary Artery Bypass Surgery
Anesthetic Management in Valvular Heart Surgery
Anesthetic Management in Robotic Cardiac Surgery
Anesthetic Management in Interventional Cath Lab Procedures
Circulatory Arrest and Neuroprotection
Anesthesia for Combined Cardiac and Thoracic Surgery
Anesthesia for Intrathoracic Transplantation
Anesthesia for Patients with Ventricular Assist Devices
Anesthesia in Pediatric Cardiac Surgery
Anesthetic Management of Co-Morbid Diseases Affecting Cardiopulmonary Bypass
Regional Anesthesia Techniques and Management
Perioperative Monitoring in Cardiac Surgery
Perioperative Transesophageal Echocardiography
Essence of CP B Circuit and Intra-aortic Balloon Pump
Cardiac Pharmacology
Weaning From Cardiopulmonary Bypass and Low Output Syndrome
Pulmonary Hypertension and Right Ventricular Dysfunction Post-CPB
Perioperative Blood Conservation
Antifibrinolytics and Coagulation Management
Heparin Associated Thrombocytopenia and Alternatives to Heparin
Management of Cardiac Surgical Emergency
Section III. Perioperative Echocardiography Monitoring and Management
Perioperative Transesophageal echocardiography
Perioperative Transthoracic echocardiography
Section IV. Surgical Technique and Postoperative Consideration
Myocardial Protection During Cardiac Surgery
On-Pump Aorto-Coronary Bypass Surgery
Off-Pump Coronary Revascularization Surgery
Robotic Coronary Artery Revascularization Surgery
Surgery of the Aortic Valve
Surgery of the Mitral Valve
Surgery of the Tricuspid Valve
Robotic Cardiac Valvular Surgery
Surgery of the Transverse Arch and Cerebral Protection
Surgery of Descending Thoracic Aorta
Combined Cardiac and Vascular Surgery
Surgery for Mechanical Complications of Myocardial Infarction
Surgery for End-Stage Heart Disease and Heart Transplantation
Lung and Heart-Lung Transplantation Surgery
Ventricular Assist Devices Implantation
Congenital Heart Surgery
Ventricular Aneurysm Resection & Partial Left Ventriculotomy
AICD and Pacemakers Insertion
Section V. Cardiac Surgical Recovery Unit and Postoperative Complications Management
Routine Cardiac Surgery Recovery Care: Extubation to Discharge Pathway
Common Problems in Cardiac Surgery Recovery Unit
Atrial and Ventricular Arrhythmia Management
Tamponade and Chest Reopening
Infection, Sternal Debridement and Muscle Flap
Difficult Weaning From Mechanical Ventilation and Tracheotomy Care
Renal Failure and Dialysis
Neurological Complications and Management
Section VI. Surgical Ward Management
Routine Surgical Ward Care
Common Ward Complications and Management
Section VII. Appendices. - DigitalClifford S. Deutschman, Patrick J. Neligan.Contents:
PrefaceIs
hypothermia useful to prevent brain injury after cardiac arrest? In other settings?
1. Has evidence-based medicine changed the practice of critical care?
2. Do protocols/guidelines actually improve outcomes?
3. What happens to critically ill patients after they leave the ICU?
4. What can be done to enhance recognition of the post-ICU syndrome (PICS)? What can be done to prevent it? What can be done to treat it?
5. How have genomics informed our understanding of critical illness?
6. Is oxygen toxic?
7. What is the role of noninvasive respiratory support and high-flow nasal cannula in the intensive care client?
8. What is the role of PEEP and recruitment maneuvers in ARDS?
9. What is the best way to wean and liberate patients from mechanical ventilation?
10. How does mechanical ventilation damage lungs? What can be done to prevent it?
11. How should exacerbations of COPD be managed in the intensive care unit?
12. Is diaphragmatic dysfunction a major problem following mechanical ventilation?
13. ARDS: Are the current definitions useful?
14. What are the pathologic and pathophysiologic changes that accompany ARDS?
15. What factors predispose patients to acute respiratory distress syndrome?
16. What is the best mechanical ventilation strategy in ARDS?
17. Is carbon dioxide harmful or helpful in ARDS?
18. Does patient positioning make a difference in ARDS?
19. Do inhaled vasodilators in ARDS make a difference?
20. Does ECMO work?
21. What lessons have we learned from epidemiologic studies of ARDS?
22. What are the long-term outcomes after ARDS?
23. How do I approach fever in the intensive care unit and should fever be treated?
24. What fluids should be given to the critically ill patient? What fluids should be avoided?
25. Should blood glucose be tightly controlled in the intensive care unit?
26. Is there a role for therapeutic hypothermia in critical care?
27. How do I manage the morbidly obese critically ill patient?
28. How do I safely transport the critically ill patient?
29. What are the causes of and how do I treat critical illness neuropathy/myopathy?
30. What is sepsis? What is septic shock? What are mods and persistent critical illness?
31. How do I identify the patient with "sepsis"?
32. Is there immune suppression in the critically ill patient - pro?
33. Is there immune suppression in the critically ill patient--con?
34. Does the timing of antibiotic administration matter in sepsis?
35. What is the role of vasopressors and inotropes in septic shock?
36. Does monitoring the microcirculation make a difference in sepsis? Outcome?
37. Are we getting any better at diagnosing sepsis?
38. Do the surviving sepsis campaign guidelines work?
39. Has outcome in sepsis improved? What works? What does not?
40. What happens to the autonomic nervous system in critical illness?
41. Is persistent critical illness a syndrome of ongoing inflammation/immunosuppression/catabolism? --42. How do I optimize antibiotic use in critical illness?
43. How do I identify pathologic organisms in the 21st century?
44. How do I diagnose and manage catheter-related bloodstream infections?
45. How do I manage central nervous system infections (meningitis/encephalitis)?
46. How can biomarkers be used to differentiate between infection and non-infectious causes of inflammation?
47. What is ventilator-associated pneumonia? How do I diagnose it? How do I treat it?
48. What is the role of invasive hemodynamic monitoring in critical care?
49. Does the use of echocardiography aid in the management of the critically ill?
50. How do I manage hemodynamic decompensation in a critically ill patient?
51. What are the best tools to optimize the circulation?
52. How should cardiogenic shock be managed (including assist devices)?
53. How do I manage acute heart failure?
54. How do I diagnose and manage myocardial ischemia in the ICU?
55. How do I prevent or treat atrial fibrillation in postoperative critically ill patients?
56. How do I rapidly and correctly identify acute kidney injury? --57. What is the role of renal replacement therapy in the intensive care unit?
58. What is the value of nondialytic therapy in acute kidney injury?
59. How should acid-base disorders be diagnosed?
60. Is hyperchloremia harmful?
61. Dysnatremias--what causes them and how should they be treated?
62. Why is lactate important in critical care?
63. How does critical illness alter metabolism?
64. How should traumatic brain injury be managed?
65. How should aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage be managed?
66. How should acute ischemic stroke be managed in the intensive care unit?
67. How should status epilepticus be managed?
68. When and how should I feed the critically ill patient?
69. What does critical illness do to the liver?
70. How do I manage a patient with acute liver failure?
71. Is there a place for anabolic hormones in critical care?
72. How do I diagnose and manage acute endocrine emergencies in the ICU?
73. What is the current role for corticosteroids in critical care?
74. How should trauma patients be managed in the intensive care unit?
75. What is abdominal compartment syndrome and how should it be managed?
76. How should patients with burns be managed in the intensive care unit?
77. What is the best approach to resuscitation in trauma?
78. How do I diagnose and treat major gastrointestinal bleeding?
79. How should the critically ill pregnant patient be managed?
80. How do I diagnose and manage patients admitted to the intensive care unit after common poisonings?
81. When is transfusion therapy indicated in critical illness and when is it not?
82. Is there a role for granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor and/or erythropoietin in critical illness?
83. What anticoagulants should be used in the critically ill patient? How do I choose?-- 84. Is there a better way to deliver optimal critical care services?
85. How do critical care pharmacists contribute to team-based care?
86. What is the role of advanced practice nurses and physician assistants in the ICU?
87. Do the guidelines for brain death determination need to be revised?
88. How do I diagnose, treat, and reduce delirium in the intensive care unit? --Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digital[edited by] Nathan E. Goldstein, Christopher D. Woodrell, R. Sean Morrison.Summary: Using a practical, question-and-answer approach, Evidence-Based Practice of Palliative Medicine, 2nd Edition, helps you provide optimal care for patients and families who are dealing with serious illness. This unique reference focuses on patient and family/caregiver-centered care, highlighting the benefits of palliative care and best practices for delivery. The highly practical, user-friendly format sets it apart from other texts in the field, with concise, readable chapters organized around clinical questions that you're most likely to encounter in everyday care.
Contents:
Symptom management
Communication
Disease-specific topics
Special topics.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - DigitalMurad Alam, editor.Summary: This book compiles the best evidence in procedural dermatology, including skin cancer surgery, laser techniques, minimally invasive cosmetic surgery, and emerging techniques. Building on the highly successful first edition, this volume provides much expanded coverage of a range of topics. The best information is provided to reveal the most appropriate interventions for particular indications, optimal treatment techniques, and strategies for avoiding adverse events. Evidence-Based Procedural Dermatology, 2nd edition, includes two types of chapters: procedures and indications. Each chapter is designed to be clear and concise, with tables and flowcharts to showcase main findings. Each cited study is tagged with a level of evidence, and every recommendation includes a strength of evidence score. More than double the length of the first edition, this newest edition includes added procedures and interventions like: new lasers and energy devices for skin resurfacing and pigmentation; non-invasive fat reduction and skin tightening using cryolipolysis, radiofrequency, ultrasound, and chemical adipocytolysis; specific post-skin cancer excision reconstruction techniques; and novel approaches for melanoma.
- DigitalTina Bhutani, Wilson Liao, Mio Nakamura, editors.Summary: Given the multitude of new treatment options for psoriasis, including topicals, phototherapy, oral systemic therapy, and injectable biologics, the treatment of the disease has truly become an art. Evidence-Based Psoriasis passes on this art to practicing physicians in a very practical and easy-to-use format, focusing on mild, moderate, and severe psoriasis. Offering evidence-based information in a concise text, this book discusses new treatment options, including topicals, phototherapy, oral systemic therapy, and injectable biolgoics. This text also describes unique methods of use, such as sequential and combination therapy, and is written for practicing dermatologists, residents, and primary care physicians. Evidence-Based Psoriasis also includes high quality color photographs and tables for quick and easy reference.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Psoriasis: Overview and Diagnosis
Chapter 2. Topical Treatments
Chapter 3. Phototherapy and Photochemotherapy
Chapter 4. Oral Agents for Psoriasis
Chapter 5. Biologics
Chapter 6. Future Therapeutics in Psoriasis
Chapter 7. Combination Therapy
Chapter 8. Maximizing Treatment Compliance in Psoriasis. - Digitaledited by Daniel David, Steven Jay Lynn, Guy Montgomery.Contents:
An introduction to the science and practice of evidence-based psychotherapy : a framework for evaluation and a way forward / Daniel David, Steven J. Lynn and Guy H. Montgomery
Varieties of psychotherapies for major depressive disorder in adults : an evidence-based evaluation / Daniel David, Ioana A. Cristea and Aaron T. Beck
Evidence-based psychological interventions for bipolar disorder / Aurora Szentágotai-Tatar and Daniel David
Panic and phobias disorders / Barbara Depreeuw, Leigh A. Andrews, Sharon Eldar and Stefan G. Hofmann
Generalized anxiety disorder / Hanna McCabe-Bennett, Katie Fracalanza, and Martin M. Antony
Obsessive-compulsive disorder / Lindsey M. Collins, Laura B. Bragdon and Meredith E. Coles
Evidence based practice for posttraumatic stress disorder / B. Christopher Frueh, Anouk L. Grubaugh, Alok Madan, Sandra Neer, Jon Elhai and Deborah C. Beidel
Evidence-based psychological interventions for eating disorders / Diana M. Cândea, Daniel David and Aurora Szentágotai-Tatar
Evidence-based treatment for alcohol use disorders : a review through the lens of the theory : efficacy matrix / James MacKillop, Monika Stojek, Lauren VanderBroek and Max Owens
Psychotherapeutic treatments for male and female sexual dysfunction disorders / Jessica C. Emanu, Isabelle Avildsen and Christian J. Nelson
The psychological treatment of psychopathy : theory and research / Lisa K. Hecht, Robert D. Latzman and Scott O. Lilienfeld
Borderline personality disorder / Lorie A. Ritschel, Colleen M. Cowperthwait, Lindsay M. Stewart and Noriel E. Lim
The treatment of dissociation : an evaluation of effectiveness and potential mechanisms / Reed Maxwell, Harald Merckelbach, Scott O. Lilienfeld and Steven Jay Lynn
Psychotherapy for schizophrenia-spectrum disorders / Stacy Ellenberg, Steven Jay Lynn and Gregory P. Strauss
Psychotherapy and autism spectrum disorder : conceptual and pragmatic challenges / Raymond G. Romanczyk, Rachel N.S. Cavalari and Jennifer M. Gillis
Varieties of psychotherapies for ADHD : an evidence-based evaluation / Anca Dobrean, Costina R. Păsărelu and Manfred Döpfner
Insomnia / Elisabeth Hertenstein, Bogdan Voinescu and Dieter Riemann
The scientific status of evidence-based psychotherapies : concluding thoughts / Daniel David, Steven J. Lynn and Guy H. Montgomery.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalRoss C. Brownson, Elizabeth A. Baker, Anjali D. Deshpande, Kathleen N. Gillespie.Summary: The acclaimed textbook for navigating the practice and challenges of public health, now updated and completely revised ""It should be recommended or assigned to all students in public health.""--American Journal of Epidemiology This fully revised and updated edition Evidence-Based Public Health offers an essential primer on how to choose, carry out, and evaluate evidence-based programs and policies in public health settings. It addresses not only how to locate and utilize scientific evidence, but also how to implement and evaluate interventions in a way that generates new evidence.
Contents:
The need for evidence-based public health
Building capacity for evidence-based public health
Assessing scientific evidence for public health action
Understanding and applying economic evaluation and other analytic tools
Conducting community assessment
Developing an initial statement of the issue
Quantifying the issue
Searching the scientific literature and using systematic reviews
Developing and prioritizing intervention options
Developing an action plan and implementing interventions
Evaluating the program or policy
Opportunities for advancing evidence-based public health.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - DigitalSiu-Wai Leung, Hao Hu, editors.Summary: This book is a practical guide to the evidence-based medicine (EBM) research methods that are applicable to Chinese medicine (CM). It includes 3 parts: clinical research, healthcare data research and laboratory research. In each chapter, it explains how to acquire, analyze and evaluate a specific kind of CM research result. Authors exemplify the most important methods with successful cases in transforming reliable data into new knowledge of CM. This book emphasizes the requirements for CM researchers to design and conduct CM studies by following the best available principles, standards and guidelines.
- DigitalAchilles Thoma, [and 3 others], editors.Summary: The purpose of this book specifically is to teach surgeons (academic or community), surgical fellows and surgical residents regardless of the surgical specialty, the skills to appraise what they read in the surgical literature. Surgeons need to be able to understand what they read before applying the conclusions of a surgical article to their practice. As most surgeons do not have the extra training in health research methodology, understanding how the research was done, how to interpret the results and finally deciding to apply them to the patient level is indeed a difficult task. Chapters explain the methodological issues pertaining to the various study designs reported in the surgical literature. Most chapters begin with a clinical scenario with uncertain course of action with which most surgeons are struggling. Readers are taught how to search the literature for the best evidence that will answer the surgical problem under discussion. An identified article that seems relevant to the problem you are investigating can be appraised by addressing 3 key questions: 1). Is the study I am reading valid? 2). What are the results of this study? 3). Can I apply these results to my patients? While the primary goal of Evidence-Based Surgery is to teach surgeons how to appraise the surgical literature, an added benefit is that the concepts explained here may help research-minded surgeons produce higher quality research.
- Digitaledited by Michele Berk.Summary: The book includes a chapter, written by the treatment developer(s), on each of the six treatments that have been shown in randomized controlled trials to reduce suicidal and/or self-harm behavior in adolescents with prior histories of these behaviors.
Contents:
Risk and protective factors for suicidal thoughts and behaviors in adolescents / Andrew C. Porter, Jaclyn C. Kearns, Erika C. Esposito, and Catherine R. Glenn
Safety planning and risk management / Michele Berk and Stephanie Clarke
Dialectical behavior therapy for suicidal multiproblem adolescents / Alec L. Miller, Jill H. Rathus, Michele Berk, and Amy S. Walker
Mentalization-based therapy for adolescents / Peter Fonagy, Chloe Campbell, Trudie Rossouw, and Anthony Bateman
Cognitive-behavioral therapy for co-occurring suicidal behavior and substance use / Christianne Esposito-Smythers, Anthony Spirito, and Jennifer Wolff
A psychiatric adaptation of multisystemic therapy for suicidal youth / Melisa D. Rowland
Attachment-based family therapy for suicidal youth and young adults / Guy S. Diamond, Quintin A. Hunt, Bora Jin, and Suzanne A. Levy
The SAFETY program : a youth and family centered cognitive-behavioral intervention informed by dialectical behavior therapy / Jennifer L. Hughes, Kalina Babeva, and Joan R. Asarnow
Pharmacological approaches for treating suicidality in adolescents / Isheeta Zalpuri and Manpreet K. Singh.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - DigitalUlrich Schnyder, Marylène Cloitre, editors.Summary: This book offers an evidence based guide for clinical psychologists, psychiatrists, psychotherapists and other clinicians working with trauma survivors in various settings. It provides easily digestible, up-to-date information on the basic principles of traumatic stress research and practice, including psychological and sociological theories as well as epidemiological, psychopathological, and neurobiological findings. However, as therapists are primarily interested in how to best treat their traumatized patients, the core focus of the book is on evidence based psychological treatments for trauma-related mental disorders. Importantly, the full range of trauma and stress related disorders is covered, including Acute Stress Reaction, Complex PTSD and Prolonged Grief Disorder, reflecting important anticipated developments in diagnostic classification. Each of the treatment chapters begins with a short summary of the theoretical underpinnings of the approach, presents a case illustrating the treatment protocol, addresses special challenges typically encountered in implementing this treatment, and ends with an overview of related outcomes and other research findings. Additional chapters are devoted to the treatment of comorbidities, special populations and special treatment modalities, and to pharmacological treatments for trauma-related disorders. The book concludes by addressing the fundamental question of how to treat whom, and when.
Contents:
Traumatic stress: The basic principles
Epidemiology of trauma and trauma-reated disorders
Trauma as a public mental health issue
Psychological and sociological theories
Neurobiological findings
Trauma and physical health
The diagnostic spectrum of trauma-related disorders
Acute Stress Disorder
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Complex PTSD
Enduring Personality Change After Catastrophic Experience
Beyond DSM-IV and ICD-10
Evidence based psychological treatments for trauma-related disorders
Prolonged Exposure Therapy
Cognitive Processing Therapy
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing
Narrative Exposure Therapy
Brief Eclectic Psychotherapy for PTSD
STAIRS for Complex PTSD
Evidence based trauma-focused psychotherapies for children
Evidence based trauma-focused psychotherapies for elderly people
Treating special populations: Tortured refugees
Chronic pain
Combat veterans
Special treatment settings: Group treatment
Couples treatment
Web based treatment
Pharmacological treatment for trauma-reated disorders
How to treat whom and when?. - DigitalUlrich Schnyder, Marylène Cloitre, editors.Summary: The second, completely updated edition of this book offers an evidence based guide for clinical psychologists, psychiatrists, psychotherapists and other clinicians working with trauma survivors in various settings. It provides easily digestible, up-to-date information on the basic principles of traumatic stress research and practice, including psychological and sociological theories as well as epidemiological, psychopathological, and neurobiological findings. However, as therapists are primarily interested in how to best treat their traumatized patients, the core focus of the book is on evidence based psychological treatments for trauma-related mental disorders. The full range of trauma and stress related disorders is covered, including Acute Stress Reaction, Complex PTSD and Prolonged Grief Disorder, reflecting important anticipated developments in diagnostic classification. Each of the treatment chapters begins with a short summary of the theoretical underpinnings of the approach, presents a case illustrating the treatment protocol, addresses special challenges typically encountered in implementing this treatment, and ends with an overview of related outcomes and other research findings. Additional chapters are devoted to the treatment of comorbidities, special populations and special treatment modalities and to pharmacological treatments for trauma-related disorders. A novel addition is the chapter on Innovative interventions to increase global mental health. The book concludes by addressing the fundamental question of how to treat whom, and when--Pulisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction
Traumatic Stress : The Basic Principles. Trauma as a public health issue : epidemiology of trauma and trauma-related disorders
Psychological and sociological theories of PTSD
An integrative view on the biopsychology of stress and posttraumatic stress disorder
Understanding pathways from traumatic exposure to physical health
Stress and Trauma Related Disorders. The diagnostic spectrum of trauma-related disorders
Psychotherapy. Early intervention after trauma
Prolonged exposure therapy
Cognitive therapy for PTSD : updating memories and meanings of trauma
Cognitive processing therapy
EMDR therapy for trauma-related disorders
Narrative exposure therapy (NET) : reorganizing memories of traumatic stress, fear and violence
Brief eclectic psychotherapy for PTSD
STAIR narrative therapy
Prolonged grief disorder therapy (PGDT)
Innovative interventions to increase global mental health
Treating Comorbidities. Trauma and addiction : a clinician's guide to treatment
Treating PTSD and borderline personality disorder
The complexity of chronic pain in traumatized people : diagnostic and therapeutic challenges
Treating Special Populations. Evidence-based treatments for children and adolescents
Treating PTSD symptoms in older adults
Treatment of traumatized refugees and immigrants
Considerations in the treatment of veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder
Special Treatment Modalities. Group treatment for trauma-related psychological disorders
Couple treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder
Telemental health approaches for trauma survivors
Pharmacotherapy. Pharmacological treatment for trauma-reated psychological disorders
Conclusions. Next steps : building a science for improving outcomes. - DigitalSubhash C. Mandal, Raja Chakraborty, Saikat Sen, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: The demand for traditional medicines, herbal health products, herbal pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, food supplements and herbal cosmetics etc. is increasing globally due to the growing recognition of these products as mainly non-toxic, having lesser side effects, better compatibility with physiological flora, and availability at affordable prices. In the last century, medical science has made incredible advances all over the globe. In spite of global reorganization and a very sound history of traditional uses, the promotion of traditional medicine faces a number of challenges around the globe, primarily in developed nations. Regulation and safety is the high concern for the promotion of traditional medicine. Quality issues and quality control, pharmacogivilane, scientific investigation and validation, intellectual property rights, and biopiracy are some key issues that restrain the advancement of traditional medicine around the globe. This book contains diverse and unique chapters, explaining in detail various subsections like phytomolecule, drug discovery and modern techniques, standardization and validation of traditional medicine, and medicinal plants, safety and regulatory issue of traditional medicine, pharmaceutical excipients from nature, plants for future. The contents of the book will be useful for the academicians, researchers and people working in the area of traditional medicine. .
Contents:
Chapter 1. Global Approach for Drug Discovery and Development from Indian Traditional Medicine
Chapter 2. Bioactive Natural Leads TargetingCancer Cell Metabolism
Chapter 3. Omics Technologies and Development of Anti-diabetic Therapies from Prospective Natural Products
Chapter 4. Amaryllidaceae Alkaloids as Anti-inflammatory Agents Targeting Cholinergic Anti-inflammatory Pathway: Mechanisms and Prospects
Chapter 5. Neurodegenerative Diseases and Small Molecule Protein Chaperone Activator of Natural Origin
Chapter 6. Role of Phytomolecules on the Basic Biology of Aging
Chapter 7. Role of phytomedicine in alleviating oxidative stress mediated vascular complications in diabetes
Chapter 8. Plant Based #xF062;-Secretase (BACE-1) Inhibitors: A Mechanistic Approach to Encounter Alzheimer's Disorder
Chapter 9. Bioactive Compounds of Mangroves as Potent Drug and in Nanoparticle Synthesis
Play a Pivotal Role in Combating Human Pathogens. Chapter 10. Medicinal Plants: A Rich Source of Bioactive Molecules Used in Drug Development
Chapter 11. Cell-based Assays in Natural Product-based Drug Discovery
Chapter 12. Allelochemicals: An Emerging Tool for Weed Management
Chapter 13. Secondary Metabolites of Higher Plants as Green Preservatives of Herbal Raw Materials and Their Active Principles During Postharvest Processing
Chapter 14. Importance of Chromatography Techniques in Phytomedicine Research
Chapter 15. Reverse Pharmacology - A Tool for Drug Discovery From Traditional Medicine
Chapter 16. Role of Modern Biological Techniques in Evidence-Based Validation of Ayurvedic Herbometallic Preparations
Chapter 17. HPTLC Fingerprinting analysis of Phytoconstituents from Indigenous Medicinal Plants
Chapter 18. Climate Change,Geographical Location and Other Allied Triggering Factors Modulate the Standardization and Characterization of Traditional Medicinal Plants: AChallenges and Prospect for Phyto-Drug Development
Chapter 19. Molecular Docking Studies of Plant-Derived Bioactive Compounds: A Comprehensive in silico Standardization Approach
Chapter 20. Standardization and Quality Evaluation of Botanicals with Special Reference to Marker Components
Chapter 21. Analytical Standardization of Haridra Formulation by UV-VIS Spectrophotometry and RP-HPLC
Chapter 22. Ethnobotanical survey: the foundation to evidence based validation of medicinal plants
Chapter 23. Phytotherapeutics: The Rising Role of Drug Transporters in Herb-Drug Interactions with Botanical Supplements
Chapter 24. An Insight into Herb Interactions: Clinical Evidence Based Overview
Chapter 25. Pharmacovigilance of Herbal Medicines: An Overview
Chapter 26. Herbal Drugs: Efficacy, Toxicity and Safety Issues
Chapter 27. Herbal Drug Patenting
Chapter 28. Safety and Regulatory Issues on Traditional Medicine Entrusted Drug Discovery
Chapter 29. Pharmacovigilance of Herbal Medicine: An Evolving Discipline
Chapter 30. Toxicity Studies Related to Medicinal Plants
Chapter 31. Herb-Drug Interactions
Chapter 32. Plant Based Traditional Herbal Contraceptive Use in India: Safety and Regulatory Issues
Chapter 33. Traditional Medicine Stability and Pharmacokinetic Issue
Chapter 34. Pharmacovigilance: Methods in developing the safety and acceptability of traditional medicines
Chapter 35. Zoopharmacognosy (Plant-Animal Interaction)
Chapter 36. Significance of Stability and Pharmacokinetic issues in Traditional Medicine
Chapter 37. Pharmaceutical Formulations Development Based on the Polymers Obtained from Edible Plants: An Excellent Approach for the Betterment in Health Care Services
Chapter 38. Evaluation of bioactivity of green nanoparticles synthesized from traditionally used medicinal plants: a review
Chapter 39. Physicochemical, Micromeritics, Biomedical and Pharmaceutical Applications of Assam Bora Rice Starch
Chapter 40. Natural Excipients in Pharmaceutical Formulations
Chapter 41. A Wonder Plant Withania: Pharmacological and Chemical Perspectives
Chapter 42. Immunomodulators and Phyto Drugs
Chapter 43. Combined Effects of Plant Extracts on Ovarian Cell Functioning
Chapter 44. Pterocarpussantalinus: A Wonder Gift of Nature
Chapter 45. Phytochemicals And Investigations On Traditionally Used Medicinal Mushrooms
Chapter 46. A Review On Investigational Studies Of Marine Macroalgae Spogomorpha Indica L
Chapter 47. Validation of Traditional Claim of Oxalis debilis Kunth., An Ethnomedicinal Plant from North-eastern Region of India
Chapter 48. Traditional Herbal Medicine Practiced in Plateau-Fringe and Rarh Districts of West Bengal, India
Chapter 49. Pharmacology and Mechanisms of Natural Medicine in Treatment of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
Chapter 50. Indian Traditional Herbs and Alzheimer's Disease: Integrating Ethnobotany and Phytotherapy. . - DigitalRonald H.M.A. Bartels, Maroeska M. Rovers, Gert P. Westert, editors.Summary: This book covers spinal, cranial and peripheral nerve surgeries. Each chapter has a uniform format for ease of reading, including a description of the problem, a literature summary and analysis, and conclusions made using evidence-based medicine (including the GRADE method). The scientific evidence for a selection of neurosurgical procedures for well-known pathologic entities is thoroughly summarized and analysed in order to provide an overview of the efficacy and effectiveness of procedures in relation to the target patient population. Evidence for Neurosurgery: Effective Procedures & Treatment is aimed at a professional audience of junior and consultant neurosurgeons, researchers in the area, and policy makers.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalJacqueline M. Loversidge, Joyce Zurmehly.Summary: "What happens in health policy at local, state, and federal levels directly affects patients, nurses, and nursing practice. Some healthcare professionals, though, are intimidated by the complex and often nonlinear policy process or simply don't know how to take the first step toward implementing policy change. In the second edition of Evidence-Informed Health Policy, authors Jacqueline M. Loversidge and Joyce Zurmehly demystify health policymaking and equip nurses and other healthcare professionals with the knowledge, tools, and confidence to navigate the first of many steps into health policy. This book translates the EBP language of clinical decision-making into an evidence-informed health policy (EIHP) model-a foundation for integrating evidence into health policymaking and leveraging dialogue with stakeholders. Readers will develop a stronger understanding of policymaking and its role within government, learn strategies for influencing policymakers, and help shape future healthcare policy that makes the best use of evidence. This new edition includes: Fresh perspectives on the use of evidence to inform smart health policy, learned knowledge of the COVID-19 pandemic and global crisis to more effectively strategize for sound policy informed by the best science, a new visual graphic representation of the EIHP Model with added descriptions of the EIHP process, and additional breadth and depth on policymaking theories and models"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library [2023]
- Digitaledited by Donatella Marazziti, Stephen M. Stahl.Contents:
Evil, terrorism and psychiatry / Donatella Marazziti and Stephen M. Stahl
To die to kill : suicide as a weapon. some historical antecedents of suicide terrorism / Stefano Salvatori and Donatella Marazziti
The philosophy of hate and anger / Claudio Bonito and Guido Traversa
Identity, alienation and violent radicalisation / Antonio Ventriglio and Dinesh Bhugra
The mind of suicide terrorists / Donatella Marazzitti, Antonello Veltri and Armando Piccinni
Psychopathology of terrorists / Armando Piccinni, Donatella Marazziti and Antonello Veltri
Why is terrorism a man's business? / Anne Maria Moller-Leimkuhler
Religion, violence, and the brain : a neuroethical perspective / Alberto Carrara
Brain alterations potentially associated with aggression and terrorism / Bernhard Bogerts, Maria Schone, and Stephanie Breitschuh
Political terrorism and affective polarization in "black" and "red" terrorists in Italy during the years 1968-1988 / Matteo Pacini and Icro Maremmani
Conditions of life and death of psychiatric patients in France during world war II : euthanasia or collateral casualties? / Patrick Lemoine and Stephen M. Stahl
Neuropsychiatric characteristics of antiterrorist operation combatants in the Donbass (Ukraine) / Konstantin N. Loganovsky, Natalia A. Zdanevich, Marina V. Gresko, Donatella Marazziti, and Tatiana K. Loganovskaja
The international scenario of terrorism / Donato Marzano
Identification and prevention of radicalisation. Practice and experiences with a multidisciplinary working model / Dorte Sestoft
How to fight terrorism? Political and strategic aspects / Erich Vad.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - Digital/PrintWaclaw Tworzydlo, Szczepan M. Bilinski, editors.Contents:
Part I. Theoretical background. 1. Reflections on model organisms in evolutionary developmental biology / Alan C. Love and Yoshinari Yoshida ; 2. Hourglass or twisted ribbon? / Peter K. Dearden ; 3. Ambulacrarians and the ancestry of deuterostome nervous systems / Laurent Formery, Michael Schubert, and Jenifer C. Croce
Part II. New and emerging model systems in evo-devo research. 4. Oikopleura dioica : an emergent chordate model to study the impact of gene loss on the evolution of the mechanisms of development / Alfonso Ferrández-Roldán, Josep Martí-Solans, Cristian Cañestro, and Ricard Albalat ; 5. Neuropeptides, peptide hormones, and their receptors of a tunicate, Ciona intestinalis / Honoo Satake, Shin Matsubara, Akira Shiraishi, Tatsuya Yamamoto, Tomohiro Osugi, Tsubasa Sakai, and Tsuyoshi Kawada ; 6. Emergence of embryo shape during cleavage divisions / Alex McDougall, Janet Chenevert, Benoit G. Godard, and Remi Dumollard ; 7. Sex determination, sexual development, and sex change in slipper snails / Maryna P. Lesoway and Jonathan Q. Henry ; 8. The cricket Gryllus bimaculatus : techniques for quantitative and functional genetic analyses of cricket biology / Arpita Kulkarni and Cassandra G. Extavour ; 9. The rove beetle Creophilus maxillosus as a model system to study asymmetric division, oocyte specification, and the germ-somatic cell signaling / Malgorzata Kloc ; 10. Cell biology of the tardigrades : current knowledge and perspectives / K. Ingemar Jönsson, Ingvar Holm, and Helena Tassidis ; 11. Development of Xenoturbellida / Hiroaki Nakano ; 12. Cellular and molecular mechanisms of hydra regeneration / Puli Chandramouli Reddy, Akhila Gungi, and Manu Unni ; 13. Paramecium biology / Judith Van Houten
Part III. Evo-devo in comparative context. 14. Insights into germline development and differentiation in molluscs and reptiles : the use of molecular markers in the study of non-model animals / Liliana Milani and Maria Gabriella Maurizii ; 15. Molecular markers in the study of non-model vertebrates : their significant contributions to the current knowledge of tetrapod glial cells and fish olfactory neurons / Simone Bettini, Maurizio Lazzari, and Valeria Franceschini ; 16. Embryogenesis of marsupial frogs (Hemiphractidae), and the changes that accompany terrestrial development in frogs / Eugenia M. del Pino ; 17. Evolution and regulation of limb regeneration in arthropods / Yuichiro Suzuki, Jacquelyn Chou, Sarah L. Garvey, Victoria R. Wang, and Katherine O. Yanes ; 18. Viviparity in two closely related epizoic dermapterans relies on disparate modifications of reproductive systems and embryogenesis / Szczepan M. Bilinski, Mariusz K. Jaglarz, and Waclaw Tworzydlo ; 19. Morphology of ovaries and oogenesis in chelicerates / Izabela Jędrzejowska ; 20. Reproduction, gonad structure, and oogenesis in tardigrades / Izabela Poprawa and Kamil Janelt ; 21. Architecture and life history of female germ-line cysts in clitellate annelids / Piotr Świątek and Anna Z. Urbisz. - Digital/PrintGraham A.W. Rook, Christopher A. Lowry, editors.Summary: This edited collection of 12 chapters by research workers from a wide range of disciplines resolves the confusion that currently surrounds the "hygiene hypothesis" by considering the human need for exposure to microorganisms from an evolutionary point of view. The book explains why we evolved a requirement for exposure to microbiota from our mothers, from other people, and from the natural environment. It also explains the physiological roles of these exposures, what goes wrong when the exposures are distorted and how human lifestyles and activities, including degradation of the natural environment, are leading to this distortion. Particular attention is given to the range of pathologies associated with inappropriate microbial exposures and inappropriate colonization, including immunoregulatory problems such as allergies and autoimmunity, metabolic problems such as obesity and diabetes, and problems of central nervous system function and neurodegeneration. This book is of profound relevance to most medical disciplines, but also to those concerned with preserving the natural environment and with developing healthier urbanisation.
Contents:
Chapter 1. From observing children in traditional upbringing to concepts of health
Chapter 2. Human evolution, microorganisms, socioeconomic status and reconciling necessary microbial exposures with essential hygiene
Chapter 3. Biodiversity, microbiomes, and human health
Chapter 4. Regulation of host immunity by the gut microbiota
Chapter 5. The gut microbiota and host metabolism
Chapter 6. The impacts of the microbiota on animal development and physiology
Chapter 7. The development of the gut microbiota in childhood, and its distortion by lifestyle changes
Chapter 8. Distortion of the microbiota of the natural environment by human activities
Chapter 9. The nature and functions of vertebrate skin microbiota
Chapter 10. The influence of the microbiota on brain structure and function: Implications for stress-related neuropsychiatric disorders
Chapter 11. Neurodegenerative diseases and the gut microbiota
Chapter 12. Clinical application of the biodiversity hypothesis in the management of allergic disorders. . - DigitalPierre Pontarotti, editor.Summary: This book presents 15 selected contributions to the 22nd Evolutionary Biology Meeting, which took place in September 2018 in Marseille. They are grouped under the following major themes: · Origin of Life · Concepts and Methods · Genome and Phenotype Evolution The aims of these annual meetings in Marseille are to bring together leading evolutionary biologists and other scientists who employ evolutionary biology concepts, e.g. for medical research, and to promote the exchange of ideas and encourage interdisciplinary collaborations. Offering an up-to-date overview of recent advances in the field of evolutionary biology, this book represents an invaluable source of information for scientists, teachers and advanced students.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Origin of Life; 1 A Non-paradoxical Pathway for the Chemical Evolution Toward the Most Primitive RNA-Based Life-like System; 1.1 Importance of the RNA World Hypothesis for the Origin-of-Life Problem; 1.2 Drawbacks Regarding the RNA World Hypothesis; 1.2.1 RNA-Based Life-like System Involving Both Information and Metabolism Machineries; 1.2.2 Compartmentalization for the RNA-Based Life-like System; 1.2.3 Importance of Additional Functions to the Self-replication of RNA; 1.3 Two-Gene Hypothesis; 1.4 Experimental Techniques Simulating the Hadean Earth Environments 1.4.1 Compatibility with the Hadean Earth Environments1.4.2 Hydrothermal Flow Reactor Systems; 1.4.3 Other Methods on Extreme Conditions; 1.5 Chemical Evolution of Proteins and RNA Under the Hadean Earth Environments; 1.5.1 Protein-like Molecules; 1.5.2 RNA; 1.5.3 High-Temperature Origin of Life; 1.6 Conclusions; References; 2 Formation of Nucleosides and Nucleotides in Chemical Evolution; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Formation of Nucleobases; 2.3 Formation and Conformation of Ribose; 2.4 Formation of Nucleosides and Nucleotides; 2.5 Concluding Remarks; References 3 The First Universal Common Ancestor (FUCA) as the Earliest Ancestor of LUCA's (Last UCA) Lineage3.1 Historical Background; 3.1.1 The Lineage of LUCA; 3.1.2 LUCA and the Viruses; 3.2 Life Versus Biological Systems; 3.2.1 Origins Versus Emergence; 3.3 Biological Systems are Chemical Translators; 3.3.1 The Molecular Establishment of the Genetic Code; 3.3.2 The Anatomy of Ribosomes; 3.4 FUCA Is Born at the Proto-PTC; 3.5 The Maturation of FUCA; 3.6 Conclusions; References; Concepts and Methods; 4 Repeatability and Predictability in Experimental Evolution; 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Factors Limiting Predictability in Experimental Evolution4.2.1 Historical Contingency and Determinism in Experimental Evolution; 4.2.2 Influence of Genetic Background; 4.2.3 Environmental Influence; 4.2.4 Complexity and Diversity in Experimental Evolution; 4.2.5 Relevance to Natural Populations; 4.3 Causes of Repeated Experimental Evolution; 4.4 Potential for Forecasting on Different Biological Levels; 4.4.1 Prediction of Fitness; 4.4.2 Prediction of Phenotypes; 4.4.3 Origin of Adaptive Mutants; 4.4.4 Prediction of Mutational Effects 4.4.5 Conclusion-Desired Properties of Model Systems for Forecasting Experimental EvolutionReferences; 5 RetroSpect, a New Method of Measuring Gene Regulatory Evolution Rates Using Co-mapping of Genomic Functional Features with Transposable Elements; 5.1 Background; 5.2 Methods; 5.2.1 Quantitative Metrics of Genes and Pathways Regulatory Evolution; 5.2.2 Extraction and Quantitation of RE-Specific TFBS; 5.2.3 Evolutionary Age of REs; 5.2.4 Gene Enrichment by RE-Linked TFBS; 5.2.5 Pathway Enrichment by RE-Linked TFBS; 5.2.6 Specific Cell Line Distribution Patterns of RE-Linked TFBS - DigitalGeorg Glaeser, Werner Nachtigall.Summary: With spectacular large-format images complemented by scientifically grounded, yet easy-to-read, explanatory texts, Georg Glaeser and Werner Nachtigall take you on an exciting journey through the fascinating world of macrostructures - small structures in nature that fulfill specific functions. This book will pique your curiosity about a secret world known only to a few by presenting an impressive range of evolutionary mechanisms, from shrimps "tail flips" to the adhesive pads of gecko setae and the implementation of biological structures in the field of bionics. The book can be read in any fashion you please - the cross-references make it easy to jump across the sections, which are largely self-contained and discuss various highlights of the evolutionary process.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Table of contents; 1. Shape, Movement, Lever; Morphological structures; Flexible shells and levers; Spiral twisting; Protected as a ball; Ants in interaction; Stiffening under internal pressure; Distending and extending apparatuses; Extendable stalks; Seeing in the macro world; Hydraulics in spider legs; Active and passive growth; Hinge joints and ball-and-socket joints; Leg-flexing; Kinematic chains; Sling jaw; Click mechanism and stings; The joint system of insect antennae; 2. Sticking, Filtering, Drilling; Adhesion apparatuses; Sticky spider webs; Sticky sundew droplets Coupling mechanisms; Predetermined breaking points; Digging shovels; "Sand shoes"; Brushes; Pollen-gathering with abdomen and legs; Pollen-gathering with pollen baskets; Dust filters and sealing strips; Traps and filters; Earth drillers; Mobile ovipositors and stings; 3. Gripping, Stretching, Folding; Gripping devices; Pincers; Injection syringes and cannulas; Apparatuses for gripping and scraping; Barb Systems; Springs and bolts; Stretching space; Membrane constructions; Folding mechanisms; 4. Signaling, Swimming, Flying, Exploding; Light organs and signal flags; Surface tension (1) Flutter stability and tensile strength6. Packaging, Primordia, Unfolding Mechanisms; Packaging; Casing of mericarp fruits and seeds; Casing (2); Unfolding mechanisms; Pre-fabricated structures; Pollination Mechanisms (1); Pollination Mechanisms (2); Environmental sensors; Antennae; Dragonflies
world champion maneuverers; 7. Brave New World; Lateral torsional buckling in Strelitzia blossoms; The anteater's claw; The pectoral fins of large rays; Fin edges and the kickback principle; Superhydrophobia ... ; ... and the Salvinia Paradox; Corrosion-resistant sandfish scales; The famous lotus effect Surface tension (2)Flow adaptation; The swiftest predators under water; Propulsion Apparatuses; Swimming with paddle fins; Parachutes and Gliders; Wing cascades and slats; Explosion mechanisms; Powder dispensers; Cocoons; Hanging by a thread; 5. Storage, Constructions, Building materials; Botanical traps for animals; Water reservoirs; Clay constructions; Protective shells; Chitin as a building material; Stockwork and frame construction; Bone constructions (1); Bone constructions (2); Lightweight constructions in the plant world; Above-ground constructions in the plant world The elephant's trunk ... and a cutting-edge technical gripper arm; Remarks on the pictures of the chapter headings; Select Bibliography; Index - Digitalby Donald Meichenbaum.Summary: The Evolution of Cognitive Behavior Therapy: A Personal and Professional Journey with Don Meichenbaum explores the "untold story" of how Cognitive Behavior Therapy emerged and discusses the controversies encountered along the way. This volume will feature a personal account of Don Meichenbaum's contributions from his initial work on self-instructional training with schizophrenics and impulsive children, through his work on stress inoculation training, and his most recent works with traumatized individuals. These previously published papers are complemented with updated papers and accompanying commentary
Contents:
At my mother's kitchen table : who are we, but the stories we tell?
Changing conceptions of cognitive behavior modifications : retrospect and prospect
Training schizophrenics to talk to themselves : aameans of developing attentional controls / Donald Meichenbaum and Roy Cameron
Training impulsive children to talk to themselves : a means of developing self-control / Donald Meichenbaum and Joseph Goodman
Teaching thinking : a cognitive behavioral perspective / Donald Meichenbaum
The nature and nurture of the self-directed learner / Andrew Biemiller and Donald Meichenbaum
Stress inoculation training : a preventative and treatment approach / Donald Meichenbaum
Anger management / Donald Meichenbaum
A cognitive behavioral approach to pain management / Dennis C. Turk and Donald Meichenbaum
Resilience and posttraumatic growth : a constructive narrative perspective / Donald Meichenbaum
Bolstering resilience : benefiting from lessons learned
Core tasks of psychotherapy : what expert therapists do / Donald Meichenbaum
The therapeutic relationship as a common factor : implications for trauma therapy
Donald meichenbaum
Years of working with suicidal patients : lessons learned / Donald Meichenbaum
Every parents' worst nightmare
Ways to improve political decision-making : negotiating errors to be avoided. - DigitalChristian Foth, Oliver W.M. Rauhut, editors.Summary: Feathers are one of the most unique characteristics of modern birds and represent the most complex and colourful type of skin derivate within vertebrates, while also fulfilling various biological roles, including flight, thermal insulation, display, and sensory function. For years it was generally assumed that the origin of flight was the main driving force for the evolution of feathers. However, various discoveries of dinosaur species with filamentous body coverings, made over the past 20 years, have fundamentally challenged this idea and produced new evolutionary scenarios for the origin of feathers. This book is devoted to the origin and evolution of feathers, and highlights the impact of palaeontology on this research field by reviewing a number of spectacular fossil discoveries that document the increasing morphological complexity along the evolutionary path to modern birds. Also featuring chapters on fossil feather colours, feather development and its genetic control, the book offers a timely and comprehensive overview of this popular research topic.
Contents:
1. Introduction to the morphology, development, and ecology of feathers
2. Molecular and cellular mechanisms of feather development provide a basis for diverse evolution of feather forms
3. The origin of birds: current consensus, controversy, and the occurrence of feathers
4. Integumentary structures in Kulindadromeus zabaikalicus, a basal neornithischian dinosaur from the Jurassic of Siberia
5. Filamentous integuments in non-avialan theropods and their kin: advances and future perspectives for understanding the evolution of feathers
6. Two of a feather: A comparison of the preserved integument in the juvenile theropod dinosaurs Sciurumimus and Juravenator from the Kimmeridgian Torleite Formation of southern Germany
7. Feather evolution in Pennaraptora
8. The feathers of the Jurassic Urvogel Archaeopteryx
9. The plumage of basal birds
10. A morphological review of the enigmatic elongated tail feathers of stem birds
11. Review on color patterns of fossil feathers
12. On the ancestry of feathers in Mesozoic dinosaurs. - DigitalHubert-Jean Ceccaldi, Yves Hénocque, Teruhisa Komatsu, Patrick Prouzet, Benoit Sautour, Jiro Yoshida, editors.Summary: Coastal and estuarine environments at the interface of terrestrial and marine areas are among the most productive in the world. However, since the beginning of the industrial era, these ecosystems have been subjected to strong anthropogenic pressures intensified from the second half of the 20th century, when there was a marked acceleration in the warming (climate change) of the continents, particularly at high latitudes. Coastal ecosystems are highly vulnerable to alteration of their physical, chemical and biological characteristics (marine intrusion, acidification of marine environments, changes in ecosystems, evolution and artificialization of the coastline, etc.). In contact with heavily populated areas, these environments are often the receptacle of a lot of chemical and biological pollution sources that significantly diminish their resilience. In this context of accelerated evolution and degradation of these areas important for food security of many populations around the world, it is necessary to better identify the factors of pressure and understand, at different scales of observation, their effects and impacts on the biodiversity and on the socio-eco-systems, in order to determine the degree of vulnerability of these coastal ecosystems and the risks they face. A transdisciplinary and integrated approach is required to prevent risks. Within this framework, operational coastal oceanography occupies an important place but also the implementation of a true socio-eco-system approach in order to set up an environmentally friendly development. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I: Introductory Communications
Chapter 1. Our Future and The Oceans
Chapter 2. General guidelines for future exchanges in marine science and technology between the two Sociétés franco-japonaises dOcéanographie
Part II: Identification and Analysis of Environmental Stressors
Chapter 3. The Japan Sea: a changing Pacific Asian marginal sea
Chapter 4. Statistical analysis of surface circulation in Sagami Bay using High Frequency(HF)Radar
Chapter 5. Statistical analysis of high frequency pCO2 data acquired with the Astan buoy (Southern Western English Channel, off Roscoff)
Chapter 6. Spatial variation in pCO2 based on 16 years of in-situ measurements in the Seto Inland Sea, Japan
Chapter 7. The Bay of Seine: a resilient socio-eco-system under cumulative pressures
Chapter 8. Effect of bacterial infection on the expression of stress proteins and antioxidative enzymes in Japanese flounder
Part III: Impacts on Socio-Eco-Systems and Biological Resources
Chapter 9. A Review of the Effects of Global Warming and Currents Trends on Fisheries and its Impact on Important Commercial Species in Japan
Chapter 10. Physiology of winter coral bleaching in temperate zone
Chapter 11. Preliminary report of impacts of the 2011 earthquake and tsunami and subsequent events on macrobenthic community in a shallow brackish lagoon in Sendai Bay, Japan
Chapter 12. Post-tsunami oyster feeding environment in Nagatsuraura Bay for three years
Chapter 13. Seagrass-oyster farmers interaction detected by eelgrass DNA analysis in Hinase area of the Seto Inland Sea, Japan
Chapter 14. Fisheries Biology of Blue Sharks in Sagami Bay, Japan
Part IV: Vulnerability of Coastal Ecosystems and Risk Assessment
Chapter 15. Temperature and salinity changes in coastal waters of Western Europe: variability, trends and extreme events
Chapter 16. Risk Based Consenting of Offshore Renewable Energy Projects (RICORE)
Chapter 17. Does global warming favour the occurrence of recent blue mussel mortality events in France?
Chapter 18. Integrated ecosystem management for exploited coastal ecosystem dynamics under oligotrophication and climate changes
Chapter 19. Forty years of decline and 10 years of management plan: are European eels (Anguilla anguilla) recovering?
Chapter 20. The management of Mediterranean coastal habitats: a plea for a socio-ecosystem-based approach.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalElisabeth A. Murray, Steven P. Wise, Kim S. Graham.Summary: Current theories about human memory have been shaped by clinical observations and animal experiments. This doctrine holds that the medial temporal lobe subserves one memory system for explicit or declarative memories, while the basal ganglia subserves a separate memory system for implicit or procedural memories, including habits. Cortical areas outside the medial temporal lobe are said to function in perception, motor control, attention, or other aspects of executive function, but not in memory. The Evolution of Memory Systems' advances dramatically different ideas on all counts. It proposes that several memory systems arose during evolution and that they did so for the same general reason: to transcend problems and exploit opportunities encountered by specific ancestors at particular times and places in the distant past. Instead of classifying cortical areas in terms of mutually exclusive perception, executive, or memory functions, the authors show that all cortical areas contribute to memory and that they do so in their own ways-using specialized neural representations. The book also presents a proposal on the evolution of explicit memory. According to this idea, explicit (declarative) memory depends on interactions between a phylogenetically ancient navigation system and a representational system that evolved in humans to represent one's self and others. As a result, people embed representations of themselves into the events they experience and the facts they learn, which leads to the perception of participating in events and knowing facts.The Evolution of Memory Systems' is an important new work for students and researchers in neuroscience, psychology, and biology.
Contents:
Part I. Foundations of memory systems. 1. The history of memory systems ; 2. The history of the brain
Part II. Architecture of vertebrate memory. 3. The reinforcement memory systems of early animals ; 4. The navigation memory system of early vertebrates ; 5. The biased-competition memory system of early mammals
Part III. Primate augmentations. 6. The manual-foraging memory system of early primates ; 7. The feature memory system of anthropoids ; 8. The goal memory system of anthropoids
Part IV. Hominin adaptations. 9. The goal and feature memory systems of hominins ; 10. The social-subjective memory system of hominins ; 11. The origin of explicit memory in hominins
Part V. Deconstructing and reconstructing memory systems. 12. Deconstructing amnesia ; 13. Reconstructing memory's past.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalKensal E. van Holde, Jordanka Zlatanova.Summary: The Evolution of Molecular Biology: The Search for the Secrets of Life provides the historical knowledge behind techniques founded in molecular biology, also presenting an appreciation of how, and by whom, these discoveries were made. It deals with the evolution of intellectual concepts in the context of active research in an approachable language that accommodates readers from a variety of backgrounds. Each chapter contains a prologue and epilogue to create continuity and provide a complete framework of molecular biology. This foundational work also functions as a historical and conceptual supplement to many related courses in biochemistry, biology, chemistry, genetics and history of science. In addition, the book demonstrates how the roots of discovery and advances-and an individual's own research-have grown out of the history of the field, presenting a more complete understanding and context for scientific discovery.
Contents:
Beginnings
The Origins of Biochemistry
The Chemical Structure of Proteins
Proteins in Three Dimensions
The Origins of Genetics
Nucleic Acids
The Great Synthesis
How DNA is Replicated
The Central Dogma
The Genetic Code
Gene to Protein: The Whole Path
Eukaryotes Pose New Problems
Development and Differentiation
Recombinant DNA: The Next Revolution
Understanding Whole Genomes: Creating New Paradigms
Whole Genomes and Evolution
Practical Applications of Recombinant DNA Technologies
Appendix: Nobel Prize Laureates That Have Contributed to the Development of Molecular Biology.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalWolfgang Seeger.Summary: The main focus of this book is on providing students, neurosurgery trainees, certified neurosurgeons and colleagues in neighbouring disciplines essential information on the evolution of the central nervous system (CNS) of craniata and homo. Therefore the book is divided in three parts: Part I is describing the evolution of CNS of craniata (starting 800 million of years ago). Part II is explaining in detail the exceptional position of the human encephalon. Part III is discussing maturity and immaturity of all parts of CNS of craniatas and the consequences concerning further development of brain structure and psychological functions. In all parts anatomical fundamentals are presented in the form of didactic and self-explanatory illustrations. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Part I: Evolution of Craniata and Homo; Part II: Exceptional Position of the Human Encephalon; Part III: Morphologic Maturity and Immaturity; Contents; Part I: Evolution of Craniata and Homo;
1: Chronological Survey;
2: Ontogenetic and Phylogenetic Basis; 2.1 Survey (Figs. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4); 2.2 Details (Figs. 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, and 2.12);
3: Comparative Morphology of the Adult Central Nervous System of Craniata; 3.1 Pisces (Figs. 3.1 and 3.2); 3.2 Amphibia (Fig. 3.3); 3.3 Reptilia and Aves (Both Together: Sauropsides) (Fig. 3.4) 3.4 Mammalia (Figs. 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, and 3.10)Part II: Exceptional Position of the Human Encephalon;
4: Telencephalon, Survey;
5: Diencephalon, Mesencephalon, Rhombencephalon, Cerebellum: Survey;
6: Telencephalon: Details; 6.1 Definition of Telencephalic Fiber Systems and Gyri: Introduction; 6.1.1 Gyrification and U-Fibers (Figs. 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, and 6.5); 6.1.2 Association Fibers (Figs. 6.6, 6.7, and 6.8): Anatomical Fiber Dissections; 6.1.3 Projection Fibers (Figs. 6.9, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12, 6.13, 6.14, 6.15, and 6.16) 6.1.3.1 Intratelencephalic Projection System (Corpus Callosum): Survey (Figs. 6.9 and 6.10)6.1.3.2 Corpus Callosum and Extra-Intratelencephalic Systems (Corona Radiata) (Figs. 6.11, 6.12, 6.13, 6.14, 6.15, and 6.16);
7: Diencephalon, Mesencephalon, and Rhombencephalon: Details; 7.1 Topography (Figs. 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4); 7.2 Fiber Connections (Figs. 7.5, 7.6, and 7.7);
8: Transectional Planes of Rhombencephalon (Medulla Oblongata, Pons) and Mesencephalon; 8.1 Topography (Figs. 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, and 8.7); 8.2 Fiber Connections (Figs. 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, and 8.11)
9: Cranial Nerves9.1 Principles of the Embryonic Developments: Survey (Fig. 9.1); 9.2 Cranial Nerves: Details (Figs. 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 9.11, and 9.12); Part III: Morphologic Maturity and Immaturity;
10: Recent Neocortex; 10.1 Neocortical Areas (Figs. 10.1, 10.2, and 10.3); 10.2 Paleoanthropological Aspects (Figs. 10.4 and 10.5); Bibliography; Further Readings - DigitalJohn Montgomery and David Bodznick.Summary: Uses an evolutionary perspective to open up the exciting body of work that is cerebellar research to a wide audience. Understanding the brain is of interest to many people, from many different backgrounds, and for many different reasons. Therefore, understanding cerebellum is a significant step towards the wider challenge of understanding the brain.
Contents:
Introduction to the cerebellar sense of self
Cerebellar sense of self and sense of agency
Cerebellum as a neuronal machine : the cerebellar 'chip'
Self and other in sensory systems : the cerebellum-like structure in sharks
From cerebellum-like to cerebellum : evolution by duplication?
How does the cerebellum work? Model systems: compensating for self-movement (vestibulo-ocular reflex), predictive motor learning (eye blink reflex), voluntary goal-directed behaviour (saccades), and action and reaction
Adaptive filter as the basis for cerebellar function and versatility
A history of cerebellum research : science, scientists, and the competition of ideas and evidence
Learning from the cerebellum : applications for rehabilitation, sports, and technology
General conclusion.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Michel A. Hofman.Summary: "Evolution of the Human Brain: From Matter to Mind, Volume 250 in the Progress in Brain Research, series documents the latest developments and insights about the origin and evolution of the human brain and mind. Specific sections in this new release include Evolution and development of the human cerebral cortex, Functional connectivity of the human cerebral cortex, Lateralization of the human cerebral cortex, Life history strategies and the human cerebral cortex, Evolution of the modern human brain, On the nature and evolution of the human mind, Origin and evolution of human cognition, Origin and evolution of human consciousness, and more."--publisher's web page, viewed November 7, 2019.
Contents:
Preface / Michel A. Hofman
Section I: Molecular and cellular mechanisms of human brain evolution. Chapter 1. Genetics of human brain evolution / Eric J. Vallender
Chapter 2. Genetic diversity underlying behavioral plasticity in human adaptation / Amy L. Bauernfeind, Courtney C. Babbitt
Section II: Cerebral cortex: neural organization and functional connectivity. Chapter 3. The origin and evolution of neocortex: from early mammals to modern humans / Jon H. Kaas
Chapter 4. Allometry, evolution and development of neocortex size in mammals / Jeroen B. Smaers, Carrie S. Mongle, Kamran Safi, Dina K.N. Dechmann
Chapter 5. Neurodevelopmental disorders of the prefrontal cortex in an evolutionary context / Branka Hrvoj-Mihic, Katerina Semendeferi
Chapter 6. The human connectome from an evolutionary perspective / Dirk Jan Ardesch, Lianne H. Scholtens, Martijn P. van den Heuvel
Chapter 7. Evolution of cerebral asymmetry / Michael C. Corballis
Chapter 8. Life history changes accompany increased numbers of cortical neurons: a new framework for understanding human brain evolution / Suzana Herculano-Houzel
Section III: Origin and evolution of the human mind. Chapter 9. Evolution of the modern human brain / Amélie Beaudet, Andrew Du, Bernard Wood
Chapter 10. On the nature and evolution of the human mind / Michel A. Hofman
Chapter 11. Origin and evolution of human cognition / Gerhard Roth, Ursula Dicke
Chapter 12. Origin and evolution of human consciousness / Franco Fabbro, Damiano Cantone, Susanna Feruglio, Cristiano Crescentini
Chapter 13. Origin and evolution of human speech: emergence from a trimodal auditory, visual and vocal network / Maëva Michon, Vladimir López, Francisco Aboitiz.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - DigitalJennifer A. Clack, Richard R. Fay, Arthur N. Popper, editors.Contents:
Preface
Vertebrate Diversity in a Sensory System: The Fossil Record of Otic Evolution
Actinopterygians: The Ray-Finned Fishes, an Explosion of Diversity
Sarcopterygians: From Lobe-Finned Fishes to the Tetrapod Stem Group
Early Tetrapods: Experimenting with Form and Function
Nonmammalian Synapsids: The Beginning of the Mammal Line
Evolution of the Middle and Inner Ears of Mammaliaforms: The Approach to Mammals
Evolution of the Ear of Mammals: From Monotremes to Humans
Basal Reptilians, Marine Diapsids, and Turtles: The Flowering of Reptile Diversity
The Lepidosaurian Ear: Variations on a Theme
Archosaurs and their Kin: The Ruling Reptiles
Amphibia: A Case of Diversity and Convergence in the Auditory Region. - DigitalMichael C. Brodsky.Summary: This text is a comprehensive collection and discussion of scientific essays that define the pathogenesis of common forms of pediatric strabismus and nystagmus in terms of their common evolutionary mechanisms. The goal of this book is to assemble these essays, to provide a definitive source for current clinicians to use along with follow up comments to help direct future scientific research in the field of pediatric ophthalmology. This book includes 20 original essays written by Michael C. Brodsky which mechanistically explain and unify such enigmatic conditions such as infantile esotropia, latent nystagmus, primary oblique muscle overreaction action, dissociated vertical divergence, infantile nystagmus, and intermittent exotropia in terms of ancestral evolutionary reflexes which become expressed in different ways to generate these disorders. This collection of essays is poised to become a classic reference, providing the necessary neurological framework for contextualizing unique ocular motor disorder and understanding the evolutionary mechanisms responsible for their development in early childhood. Written with focused interest for pediatric ophthalmologists and neuro-ophthalmologists, this reference will also find audience with ophthalmologists, neurologists, evolutionary biologists, and neuroscientists.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: Dissociated Vertical Divergence: A Righting Reflex Gone Wrong
Chapter 3: DVD Remains a Moving Target
Chapter 4: Primary Inferior Oblique Overaction: The Brain Throws a Wild Pitch
Chapter 5: Do You Really Need Your Oblique Muscles? Adaptations and Exaptations
Chapter 6: Latent Nystagmus: Vestibular Nystagmus with a Twist
Chapter 7: Dissociated Vertical Divergence: Perceptual Consequences of the Human Dorsal Light Reflex
Chapter 8: Visuo-Vestibular Eye Movements: Infantile Nystagmus in Three Dimensions
Chapter 9: Does Infantile Esotropia Arise from a Dissociated Deviation
Chapter 10: The Lizard's Tail: An Ocular Allegory
Chapter 11: The Accessory Optic System: The Fugitive Visual Control System in Infantile Strabismus
Chapter 12: The Optokinetic Cover Test: Subcortical Optokinesis in Infantile Esotropia
Chapter 13: An Expanded View of Infantile Esotropia: Bottoms Up!
Chapter 14: A Unifying Neurologic Mechanism for Infantile Nystagmus
Chapter 15: An Optokinetic Clue to the Pathogenesis of Infantile Esotropia
Chapter 16: Intermittent Exotropia and Accommodative Esotropia: Two Ends of a Spectrum?
Chapter 17: Is Infantile Esotropia Subcortical in Origin?
Chapter 18: Phoria Adaptation: The Ghost in the Machine
Chapter 19: Monocular Nasotemporal Asymmetry: Unravelling the Mystery
Chapter 20: Intermittent Exotropia: A Deficit in Phoria Adaptation?. - DigitalCara M. Wall-Scheffler, Helen K. Kurki, Benjamin M. Auerbach.Summary: "Lately, a number of interesting and innovative investigations have started to approach the pelvis and pelvic variation from different perspectives, including developmental, demographic and phylogenetic, as well as functional from the perspectives of tasks other than unloaded, level walking, like burden transport and a combination of arboreality and terrestriality. Additionally, as technology improves, we have begun the vast task of actually quantifying the variation of this complex three-dimensional shape and comparing across and between populations. All of these different studies - functional, morphological, developmental - offer important clues towards a better understanding of hominin evolution, sexual dimorphism, morphological modularity and development constraints. In this volume, people at the forefront of work on the pelvis will process and expand our knowledge in order to explain the evolutionary mechanisms acting on hominin pelvic morphology"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalRobert Jack, Louis Du Pasquier.Summary: Immunology is a nodal subject that links many areas of biology. It permeates the biosciences, and also plays crucial roles in diagnosis and therapy in areas of clinical medicine ranging from the control of infectious and autoimmune diseases to tumour therapy. Monoclonal antibodies and small molecule modulators of immunity are major factors in the pharmaceutical industry and now constitute a multi billion dollar business. Students in these diverse areas are frequently daunted by the complexity of immunology and the astonishing array of unusual mechanisms that go to make it up. Starting from Dobzhanskys famous slogan, "Nothing in biology makes sense except in the light of evolution", this book will serve to illuminate how evolutionary forces shaped immunity and thus provide an explanation for how many of its counter intuitive oddities arose. By doing so it will provide a conceptual framework on which students may organise the rapidly growing flood of immunological knowledge.
Contents:
Chapter 1: What makes evolution tick?
Chapter 2: Immunity
the unicellular to metazoan transition
Chapter 3: Innate immunity
Chapter 4: The triumph of individualism: evolution of somatically generated adaptive immune systems
Chapter 5: The other side of the arms race
Chapter 6: Postface.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalL. Nuno de la Rosa, G.B. Müller, editors.Summary: This reference work provides an comprehensive and easily accessible source of information on numerous aspects of Evolutionary Developmental Biology. The work provides an extended overview on the current state of the art of this interdisciplinary and dynamic scientific field. The work is organized in thematic sections, referring to the specific requirements and interests in each section in far detail. Evolutionary Developmental Biology A Reference Guide is intended to provide a resource of knowledge for researchers engaged in evolutionary biology, developmental biology, theoretical biology, philosophy of sciences and history of biology.
Contents:
Key Concepts in evo-Devo/Theoretical Issues in evo-Devo
Philosophy of evo-Devo
History of evo-Devo
Extensions of evo-Devo
Evolution of Development
Developmental Mechanisms of Evolution
Populational Mechanisms of Developmental Evolution
Methods in evo-Devo Biology
Macroevolutionary Patterns
Evo-Devo by Phenotype: evo-Devo of Organs and Body Parts
Evo-Devo by Phenotype: evo-Devo of Tissues and Cell Types
Plant evo-Devo
Animal evo-Devo
Vertebrate evo-Devo
Invertebrate evo-Devo. - DigitalJeremy J. Burdon, Anna-Liisa Laine.Summary: This volume sits at the cross-roads of a number of areas of scientific interest that, in the past, have largely kept themselves separate - agriculture, forestry, population genetics, ecology, conservation biology, genomics and the protection of plant genetic resources. Yet these areas also have a lot of common interests and increasingly these independent lines of inquiry are tending to coalesce into a more comprehensive view of the complexity of plant-pathogen associations and their ecological and evolutionary dynamics. This interdisciplinary source provides a comprehensive overview of this changing situation by identifying the role of pathogens in shaping plant populations, species and communities, tackling the issue of the increasing importance of invasive and newly emerging diseases and giving broader recognition to the fundamental importance of the influence of space and time (as manifest in the metapopulation concept) in driving epidemiological and co-evolutionary trajectories.
Contents:
The diverse and ubiquitous nature of pathogens
Environment as a determinant of pathogen incidence, abundance and evolution
Genetics of host plant resistance and pathogen infectivity and aggressiveness
Sources and patterns of variation in plant pathogens
Demographic and genetic processes in host and pathogen populations
Coevolutionary dynamics in a metapopulation context
Coevolutionary and host and pathogen life-histories
Effect of pathogens on plant community dynamics
Future developments.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - DigitalAlexandra Alvergne, Crispin Jenkinson, Charlotte Faurie, editors.Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1: Applying evolutionary thinking in medicine: an introduction
Chapter 2: "Foetal-maternal conflicts" and adverse outcomes in human pregnancies
Chapter 3: Obstructed labour: the classic obstetric dilemma and beyond
Chapter 4: Bottle feeding: the impact on postpartum depression, birth spacing and autism
Chapter 5: Sudden Infant Death Syndrome
Chapter 6: The Developmental Origins of Health and Disease: adaptation reconsidered
Chapter 7: Is calculus relevant to survival? Managing the evolutionary novelty of modern education
Chapter 8: Binge eating, Disinhibition and obesity
Chapter 9: Evolutionary aspects of the dietary omega-6/omega-3 fatty acid ratio: medical implications
Chapter 10: Evolutionary paradigms in cardiology: the case of chronic heart failure
Chapter 11: Evolutionary imprints on cardiovascular physiology and pathophysiology
Chapter 12: Darwinian Strategies to Avoid the Evolution of Drug Resistance During Cancer Treatment
Chapter 13: Why chemotherapy does not work: cancer genome evolution and the illusion of oncogene addiction
Chapter 14: Evolution, Infection, and Cancer
Chapter 15: Microbes, Parasites and Immune diseases
Chapter 16: Evolutionary principles and Host Defense
Chapter 17: Helminth immunoregulation and Multiple Sclerosis treatment
Chapter 18: Inflammaging and its role in ageing and age-related diseases
Chapter 19: Dementias of the Alzheimer type: views through the lens of evolutionary biology suggest amyloid-driven brain aging is balanced against host defence
Chapter 20: The Evolutionary Etiologies of Autism Spectrum and Psychotic-Affective Spectrum Disorders
Chapter 21: Why are humans vulnerable to Alzheimer's Disease?
Chapter 22: Evolutionary approaches to depression: prospects and limitations
Chapter 23: The ups and downs of placebos. . - Digitaledited by Hitoshi Yoshiji, Kosuke Kaji.Summary: This book comprehensively covers the latest developments in the diagnosis and treatment of liver cirrhosis, including molecular mechanisms and therapeutic strategies. It elaborates on and explores the relation between chronic liver disease (CLD) and its causes, including viral hepatitis, steatohepatitis, autoimmune liver diseases and/or inherited liver diseases, and sustained liver injury. Furthermore, it discusses various complications such as hepatic encephalopathy, ascites, sarcopenia, esophagogastric varices, muscle cramps and pruritus, and the fact that it frequently leads to the development of hepatocellular carcinoma. CLD is becoming a growing issue with substantial effects on public health, and Evolving Landscape in Management of Liver Cirrhosis provides scholars in gastroenterology and hepatology with invaluable insights. At the same time, it is a valuable resource for clinicians specializing in gastroenterology and hepatology as well as for researchers who are curious about new research on liver disease.
Contents:
Liver cirrhosis with steatohepatitis-ASH and NASH
Liver cirrhosis with autoimmune liver diseases-AIH and PBC
Diagnostic imaging in liver cirrhosis
Liver cirrhosis with inherited liver diseases-hemochromatosis
Liver cirrhosis with inherited liver diseases-Wilson disease
Nutrition in liver cirrhosis
Microbiome in liver cirrhosis
Hepatic encephalopathy in liver cirrhosis
Hepatic ascites in liver cirrhosis
Sarcopenia in liver cirrhosis
Esophagogastric varices in liver cirrhosis
Muscle cramps in liver cirrhosis
Management of pruritus in liver cirrhosis
Prevention of hepatocarcinogenesis in liver cirrhosis
Antifibrotic therapy for liver cirrhosis
Liver transplantation for liver cirrhosis
Regenerative therapy for liver cirrhosis. - DigitalAmir R. Aref, David Barbie, editors.Contents:
1. Introduction to Ex Vivo Cancer Models
2. Patient-derived Xenografts in Oncology
3.Organoid Culture: Applications in Development and Cancer
4. Microfluidics and future of cancer diagnostics
5. Advancing techniques and insights in circulating tumor cell (CTC) research
6. The Cancer Secretome
7. An overview of the tumor microenvironments and future of cancer therapy.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalSummary: Examination preparation and subject review for USMLE Step 1 (9000+ questions), USMLE Step 2 (5000+ questions), USMLE Step 3 (3000+ questions), and PANCE (1200+ questions) among others. Certification Review aids cover Family Practice, General Pediatrics, General Surgery, Internal Medicine, Obstetrics and Gynecology, and SPEX. Students can create self-study exams in a variety of subjects.Digital Access DatabaseUsers must register with their Stanford.edu email at https://stanford.myexammaster.com and login via this link. Access is not IP restricted.
- DigitalStephen Russell.Summary: "This book teaches the reader how to properly examine a patient with a suspected focal neuropathy. This instruction includes the pertinent anatomy of each peripheral nerve, clear photographs illustrating the muscular examination, and also discussion on how to approach localization and diagnosis. Because a strong foundation in anatomical relationships is paramount for examining patients with nerve injury, this is stressed in the text and by using numerous illustrations." --Excerpt from notes provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Median Nerve
2. Ulnar Nerve
3. Radial Nerve
4. Brachial Plexus Anatomy
5. Clinical Evaluation of the Brachial Plexus
6. Sciatic Nerve
7. Inguinal Complex of Nerves
8. Lumbosacral Plexus.Digital Access - DigitalMartin Caon.Summary: This second edition provides 2400 multiple choice questions on human anatomy and physiology, and some physical science, separated into 40 categories. The answer to each question is accompanied by an explanation. Each category has an introduction to set the scene for the questions to come. However, not all possible information is provided within these Introductions, so an Anatomy and Physiology textbook is an indispensable aid to understanding the answers. The questions have been used in end-of-semester examinations for undergraduate anatomy and physiology courses and as such reflect the focus of these particular courses and are pitched at this level to challenge students that are beginning their training in anatomy and physiology. The question and answer combinations are intended for use by teachers, to select questions for their next examinations, and by students, when studying for an upcoming test. Students enrolled in the courses for which these questions were written include nursing, midwifery, paramedic, physiotherapy, occupational therapy, nutrition and dietetics, health sciences, exercise science, and students taking an anatomy and physiology course as an elective.
Contents:
Intro; Preface to the Second Edition; Advice to the Exam Candidate; Some Thoughts on Writing Good MCQs and on Answering Poorly Prepared MCQ Quizzes; Ten Pieces of Advice for Writing Good Multiple Choice Questions; Five Ways to Score More Highly on a Poorly Prepared Multiple Choice Question Test; Some Thoughts on the Marking of MCQ Tests (Where There Are 4 Choices of Answer, One of Which Is the Best Correct); Bibliography; Contents;
Chapter 1: Organisation of the Body;
Chapter 2: Cells and Tissues; 2.1 Cells and Tissues; 2.2 Cell Cycle (Mitosis and Protein Synthesis). 12.5 Pressure Applied to the Cardiovascular System12.6 Blood Pressure and Its Control;
Chapter 13: Respiratory System; 13.1 Anatomy and Physiology; 13.2 Pressure Applied to the Respiratory System;
Chapter 14: Nervous System; 14.1 Cells and Action Potential; 14.2 Brain and Spinal Cord Anatomy; 14.3 Autonomic Nervous System, Neurotransmitters, and Reflexes; 14.4 Special Senses (Eye and Ear); 14.4.1 Eye; 14.4.2 Ear;
Chapter 15: Reproductive System;
Chapter 16: Waves, Light Waves, Sound Waves and Ultrasound (The Physics of); 16.1 Waves; 16.2 Light Waves; 16.3 Sound; 16.4 Ultrasound.
Chapter 17: Ionising Radiation17.1 Medical Imaging with X-Radiation; 17.2 Radioactivity, Radiotherapy, Nuclear Medicine and Radiation Safety;
Chapter 18: Electricity;
Chapter 19: Biomechanics;
Chapter 20: Body Temperature, Energy and Heat Loss;
Chapter 21: Essay Topics for a Written Assignment Assessment in Anatomy and Physiology.
Chapter 3: Measurement, Errors, Data and Unit Conversion
Chapter 4: Chemistry for Physiology; 4.1 Atoms and Molecules; 4.2 Solutions; 4.3 Diffusion and Osmosis; 4.4 Tonicity, Moles and Osmoles; 4.5 Acids, Bases and Buffers; 4.6 Organic Chemistry and Macromolecules;
Chapter 5: Integument;
Chapter 6: Homeostasis;
Chapter 7: Skeleton and Joints;
Chapter 8: Muscles;
Chapter 9: Gastrointestinal System;
Chapter 10: Endocrine System;
Chapter 11: Renal System;
Chapter 12: Cardiovascular System; 12.1 Blood; 12.2 Heart; 12.3 Blood Vessels; 12.4 Pressure: The Physics of Pressure. - DigitalMichael F. Klaassen, Earle Brown.Summary: This book serves as a guide for senior trainees preparing for their final professional exams at the end of at least 4 - 5 years of advanced training in an approved plastic and reconstructive surgery training programme. These exams are extremely challenging and difficult to pass, and a knowledge of plastic surgery alone is not enough. Judgement, discipline and the ability to handle the pressure of the exam interactions are key. The book dissects each segment of the exam and presents the common clinical, anatomical and pathological cases that candidates are likely to encounter.
Contents:
The psychology of exam performance
Caught in the spotlight
Knowledge is power, experinece is key
General principles
The art of writing exam answers
Long clinical cases
Shrot clinical cases
Scenarios : surgical pathology + operative surgery
Applied anatomy
Anaesthesia for plastic surgeons
Aesthetic surgery principles
Science principels for plastic surgery
The successful candidate
The failed candidate
For your support team/family/friends
Summary and general advice. - DigitalEelco F.M. Wijdicks.Summary: This indispensable title rethinks the neurologic examination in a format tailored, modified, and specialized for neurocritical illness. Generously illustrated, this book provides a detailed clinical assessment of the acutely ill neurologic patient. It explains why certain neurologic signs appear and provides fundamentals of localization. Certain situations demand certain structured examinations. Eventually, all information has to be integrated logically. Different examination techniques may be needed. Recognition of deterioration and increased vigilance with important mimickers and confounders are part of our professional fabric. Other necessary skills include predicting a clinical course and outcome, coordinating effective transfers of unstable patients, and communicating expected clinical changes. Neurologists traditionally have carefully considered the examination findings before acting and localized findings before ordering tests; these heuristics must remain. An indispensable title designed for all learners, Examining Neurocritical Patients preserves the beauty of a comprehensive clinical neurologic examination and serves as a high-yield master class for every health care professional tasked with clinical assessment of a neurocritically ill patient. .
Contents:
CHAPTER 1: Taking a History
CHAPTER 2: Scales and Scores
CHAPTER 3: Patterns: Interpreting Localizing Findings
CHAPTER 4: Excess or Paucity: Making Sense of Movements
CHAPTER 5: Mimickers, Misleads and Confounders
CHAPTER 6: Detecting Worsening
CHAPTER 7: Unraveling Unconsciousness
CHAPTER 8: Declaring Brain Death
CHAPTER 9: Recognizing Acute Spinal Cord Injury
CHAPTER 10: Sorting through Acute Neuromuscular Disease
Chapter 11: Clinical Course and Anticipated Outcome
CHAPTER 12: Communicating Clinical Findings. - Digitalvolume editor, Tetsuo Himi, Kenichi Takano.Contents:
Clinical review of cochlear implantation performed at Sapporo Medical University Hospital / Ogasawara, N., Takano, K., Shintani, T., Saikawa, E., Takahashi, N., Ito, F., Himi, T.
Cochlear implantation in children with cochlear malformation / Saikawa, E., Takano, K., Ogasawara, N., Tsubomatsu, C., Takahashi, N., Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
Congenital microtia treated at Sapporo Medical University Hospital : clinical characteristics and associated anomalies / Ogasawara, N., Jitsukawa, S., Takahashi, N., Takano, K., Himi, T.
Influence of age on caloric response / Jitsukawa, S., Takano, K., Ito, F., Tsubomatsu, C., Himi, T.
Pneumolabyrinth with labyrinthitis as the suspected cause / Nomura, K., Takano, K., Yamamoto, K., Abe, A., Takahashi, N., Okuni, T., Himi, T.
Behavior of primary cilia and tricellular tight junction proteins during differentiation in temperature-sensitive mouse cochlear precursor hair cells / Kakuki, T., Kaneko, Y., Takano, K., Ninomiya, T., Kohno, T., Kojima, T., Himi, T.
Relationship between otitis media and epithelial function in the lymphoepithelium of pediatric adenoids / Ogasawara, N., Yamamoto, K., Takano, K., Himi, T.
Role of cysteinyl leukotrienes in allergic rhinitis / Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
Radiological assessment of the anatomy of frontal recess cells and the Anterior ethmoidal artery / Okuni, T., Takano, K., Nomura, K., Yamashita, K., Abe, A., Ito, F., Murayama, K., Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
Nasal mucosal expression of the receptors for inflammatory chemical mediators / Shirasaki, H., Kanaizumi, E., Seki, N., Kikuchi, M., Himi, T.
Adenovirus-mediated ICOSIg gene therapy in a presensitized murine model of allergic rhinitis / Sato, J., Konno, N., Murakami, M., Uede, T., Himi, T.
A Novel drug delivery system for the human nasal epithelium / Takano, K., Kojima, T., Keira, T., Miyata, R., Nomura, K., Kakuki, T., Kaneko, Y., Yajima, R., Kakiuchi, A., Himi, T.
Role of crosstalk between epithelial and Immune cells, the epimmunome, in allergic rhinitis pathogenesis / Kamekura, R., Yamashita, K., Jitsukawa, S., Nagaya, T., Ito, F., Ichimiya, S., Himi, T.
A clinical study of maxillary sinus squamous cell carcinoma / Kondo, A., Kurose, M., Obata, K., Yamamoto, K., Murayama, K., Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
A clinical review of thyroid cancer at Sapporo Medical University Hospital / Koizumi, J., Takano, K., Obata, K., Yamamoto, K., Murayama, K., Himi, T.
Junctional Adhesion Molecule-A in Head and Neck Squamous Cell Carcinoma / Kurose, M., Kakuki, T., Takano, K., Kondo, A., Obata, K., Nomura, K., Miyata, R., Kaneko, Y., Konno, T., Kohno, T., Kojima, T., Himi, T.
Expression of inflammasome-associated proteins in human oropharyngeal squamous cell carcinoma / Takano, K., Kondo, A., Kurose, M., Yamashita, K., Nomura, K., Obata, K., Murayama, K., Ito, F., Himi, T.
Diagnosis and treatment of obstructive sleep apnea syndrome in children / Tsubomatsu, C., Abe, A., Yajima, R., Takahashi, N., Ito, F., Takano, K., Himi, T.
Expression and localization of human defensins in palatine tonsils / Kamekura, R., Imai, R., Takano, K., Yamashita, K., Jitsukawa, S., Nagaya, T., Ito, F., Hirao, M., Tsubota, H., Himi, T.
Studies of tonsils in basic and clinical perspectives : from the past to the future / Yamashita, K., Ichimiya, S., Kamekura, R., Nagaya, T., Jitsukawa, S., Matsumiya, H., Takano, K., Himi, T.
A case study of anisakiasis in the palatine tonsils / Takano, K., Okuni, T., Murayama, K., Himi, T.Digital Access Karger 2016 - DigitalClifford D. Packer.Summary: Working in the outpatient clinic is a key training experience for medical students. When they arrive at the clinic, students may discover that their time on the inpatient wards does not necessarily prepare them to perform well in the outpatient setting. Everything is different in the clinic, from the nature and context of the patient encounter to the student’s role in note-writing, oral case presentation, and case discussion with the attending physician. The purpose of this book is to guide students as they transition to the world of 15-minute appointments, telemedicine, cyberchondriasis, motivational interviewing, shared medical appointments, and real-time informatics. The aim is to give students a clear understanding of their role in a variety of clinic settings, to evaluate and present their patients well, maximize learning, and provide excellent care for their patients. Excelling in the Clinic explains the process of becoming an effective, efficient, and scholarly worker in the primary care clinic.
Contents:
The Importance of Primary Care
Medical Education in the Outpatient Clinic: Benefits and Barriers
Clinic Settings, Schedules, and Structures
COVID-19 and the Rapid Rise of Telemedicine
Preparing to See the Patient
The Patient-Centered Interview
The Physical Exam
The Concise Oral Case Presentation
Discussing the Case
Writing a Clinic Note
Service-Learning Clinics
Careers in Primary Care. - Print[Jerome Hellmuth, editor].Contents:
v. 1. The Normal infant.--
v. 2. Studies in abnormalities.--
v. 3. Assessment & intervention. - Digitaledited by Elkhonon Goldberg.Summary: Executive Functions in Health and Disease provides a comprehensive review of both healthy and disordered executive function. It discusses what executive functions are, what parts of the brain are involved, what happens when they go awry in cases of dementia, ADHD, psychiatric disorders, traumatic injury, developmental disorders, cutting edge methods for studying executive functions and therapies for treating executive function disorders. It will appeal to neuropsychologists, clinical psychologists, neuroscientists and researchers in cognitive psychology.
Contents:
Part I. Executive functions in health
Prefrontal executive functions predict and preadapt
The cellular mechanisms of executive functions and working memory: relevance to mental disorders
Gene expression in the frontal lobe
A functional network perspective on the role of the frontal lobes in executive cognition
Neural network models of human executive function and decision making
Crucial role of the prefrontal cortex in conscious perception
Neurodevelopment of the executive functions
Executive functions and neurocognitive aging
Assessment of executive functions in research
Part II. Executive functions in disease
Cognitive, emotional, and behavioral inflexibility and perseveration in neuropsychiatric illness
Functional neuroimaging of deficits in cognitive control
Executive function in striatal disorders
Neurodevelopmental disorders and the frontal lobes
Executive control and emerging behavior in youth with Tourette's syndrome
Inside the triple-decker: Tourette's syndrome and cerebral hemispheres
Executive dysfunction in addiction
Seizures of the frontal lobes: clinical presentations and diagnostic considerations
Executive functions after traumatic brain injury: from deficit to recovery
Dementias and the frontal lobes
Executive function in posttraumatic stress disorder
Executive dysfunction in medical conditions
Assessment of executive functions in clinical settings.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalNing Chen, editor.Summary: This book establishes a bridge between exercise-mediated functional status of autophagy and non-communicable chronic diseases for elucidating and clarifying the corresponding signal pathways and underlying mechanisms. The book consists of 13 chapters focusing on the in-depth discussion on signal pathways for regulating the functional status of autophagy for the prevention, treatment and rehabilitation of chronic diseases, the optimization of exercise intervention strategies for common and frequently-occurring chronic diseases, and the development of exercise mimetic pills for the persons with disability for exercise performance, or the persons without willing to exercise. This book is interesting and will be useful to a wide readership in the various fields of exercise science, exercise fitness, sports medicine, preventive medicine, and functional foods.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Molecular processes and regulation of autophagy
Chapter 2. Acute and chronic exercise on autophagy
Chapter 3. The beneficial roles of exercise-mediated autophagy in T2DM
Chapter 4. Exercise-induced autophagy and obesity
5. Exercise-mediated autophagy and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease
Chapter 6. Exercise-mediated autophagy and brain aging
Chapter 7. Exercise-mediated autophagy and Alzheimers disease
Chapter 8. Exercise-induced autophagy and Parkinsons disease
Chapter 9.Exercise-mediated autophagy in cardiovascular diseases
Chapter 10. Exercise-induced autophagy in the prevention and treatment of sarcopenia
Chapter 11. Prospective advances in exercise-induced autophagy on health
Chapter 12. Exercise mimetic pills for chronic diseases based on autophagy
Chapter 13. Exercise-mediated functional status of autophagy is beneficial to health. - PrintPaolo Palatini, Enrico Agabiti-Rosei, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.Summary: This book presents the current knowledge on the mechanisms by which exercise lowers blood pressure in hypertension and on its effects on the heart and arteries. In addition, it focuses on the optimal exercise protocols, the international consensus on clinical implementation, and the clinical indications for special populations (obese, diabetic etc). It also addresses possible drawbacks of exercise on left ventricular structure and function. Many experts in epidemiology, patophysiology and clinical research have contributed in preparing the chapters, with the main purpose of guiding clinicians in the optimal application of the present knowledge and to stimulate scientists to fill the gaps in knowledge by performing further research. The book is addressed not only to specialists in Hypertension, Internal Medicine, Cardiology, Metabolism, and Nephrology, but also to general practitioners and all healthcare professionals working in the field of rehabilitation medicine.
Contents:
Haemodynamics of Exercise Testing and Sports Activities
Effect of Physical Activity on Blood Pressure and Prevention of Hypertension
Effect of Regular Exercise on Autonomic Nervous System Activity
Endothelial Function and Physical Exercise: A Key to Cardiovascular Protection?
Exercise and Microcirculation in Hypertension
Effect of Regular Physical Activity on Arterial Distensibility
Physiological Versus Pathological Left Ventricular Hypertrophy in the Hypertensive Athlete
Atrial Fibrillation and Sports: Still a Challenging Problem
Metabolic Syndrome: Effect of Physical Activity on Arterial Elasticity. - DigitalDiana Vaamonde, Stefan S du Plessis, Ashok Agarwal, editors.Contents:
Overview of the male reproductive system.- Overview of the female reproductive system.- Overview of Fertilization, Gestation and Parturition.- Conceptual and terminological foundations for the sciences of physical exercise: new perspectives.- Sports Physiology and Endocrinology (Endurance vs. Resistance Exercise).- General adaptations to exercise. Acute vs. chronic and strength vs. endurance training.- Impact of physical activity and exercise on male reproductive potential. Semen alterations.- Hormonal changes associated with physical activity and exercise training.- Common male reproductive tract pathologies associated with physical activity, exercise and sport.- Consequences of the Use of Anabolic Androgenic Steroids In Male Athletes' Fertility.- Impact of physical activity and exercise on female reproductive potential.- Hormonal and Reproductive Changes Associated with Physical Activity and Exercise.- Risk Biotypes and the Female Athlete Triad.- Consequences Of The Use Of Anabolic Androgenic Steroids On Female Athletes' Fertility.- Impact of intense physical activity on puberty and reproductive potential of young athletes.- Physical activity and pregnancy.- Impact of combined oral contraceptive use on exercise and health in female athletes.- Oxidative Stress and Infertility: a Possible Link to Exer cise.- Nutritional Deficiencies and Impairment of Fertility in Athletes
Recommendations and therapeutic guidelines for exercise-related reproductive disorders
Exercise strategies as therapeutic treatment for fertility disorders (obesity, PCOS, etc).Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalRita Santos-Rocha, editors.Summary: This is the second edition of a well-received, practice oriented, multidisciplinary book filling the gap between evidence-based knowledge on the benefits of physical activity and exercise during pregnancy and postpartum and the implementation of exercise programs and related health promotion measures in pregnant women. Readers will find up-to-date evidence on the psychological, social, physiological, body composition, musculoskeletal, and biomechanical changes that occur during pregnancy and their implications for physical activity and exercise. Further, the authors equip the reader with the latest guidelines and detailed description of exercise testing, prescription, selection and adaptation for pregnant and postpartum women, including those with clinical conditions. This new edition has been thoroughly updated, and includes additional chapters focused on the pedagogical intervention in pre and postnatal exercise programs, exercise prescription and adaptation during postpartum and diet recommendations for the pregnant exerciser and athlete. Written by recognized experts in the field, the book aims to allay undue fears regarding the consequences of exercising during pregnancy. Moreover, it provides medical, sports, and fitness professionals both with the knowledge and the practical expertise needed to offer an optimal guidance on exercising to pregnant exercisers and athletes. .
Contents:
1. Physical Activity, Exercise and Health Promotion for the Pregnant Exerciser
2. Psychological, Social and Behavioural Changes during Pregnancy. Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise
3. Physiological Changes during Pregnancy. Main Adaptations and Discomforts and Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise
4. Body Composition Changes during Pregnancy and Effects of Physical Exercise
5. Biomechanical Adaptations of Gait in Pregnancy. Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise
6. Specific Musculoskeletal Adaptations in Pregnancy: pelvic floor, abdominal muscles, pelvic girdle, and lower back. Implications for physical activity and exercise
7. Evidence-Based and Practice-Oriented Guidelines for Exercising during Pregnancy
8. Exercise Testing and Prescription in pregnancy
9. Exercise Selection and Adaptations during Pregnancy
10. Exercise prescription and adaptations in early postpartum. 11.Strengthening competences of future healthcare professionals to promote physical activity during pregnancy and post-partum
12. Therapeutic Exercise regarding Musculoskeletal Health of the Pregnant Exerciser and Athlete
13. Nutritional and energy Requirements for the Pregnant Exerciser and Athlete
14. Diet Recommendations for the Pregnant Exerciser and Athlete
(new chapters, not included in the first edition, are highlighted in bold). - DigitalJoost Dekker, editor.Summary: Osteoarthritis (OA) is among the top 10 of most disabling diseases in the Western world. It is the major cause of pain and disability among the elderly. This book provides a contextual review of recent research on neuromuscular factors and behavioral risk factors for functional decline in OA, with a special emphasis on explanatory mechanisms. In addition, the book discusses innovative approaches to exercise and physical activity in OA, derived from research on behavioral and neuromuscular risk factors for functional decline in OA. Recent research has shown that neuromuscular factors (such as muscle strength, joint laxity) and behavioral factors (such as avoidance of activity, depressed mood) predict pain and disability in OA. Furthermore, exercise and physical activity are among the dominant interventions aiming at reducing pain and disability, and innovative interventions targeting neuromuscular and behavioral interventions have been recently developed. This research has been published as separate papers, with the result that the field is in need of an integrative contextual review that puts the research into theoretical perspective.
Contents:
1. Introduction
Part I. Osteoarthritis of the knee or hip
2. Epidemiology, pathogenesis, and clinical aspects
3. Therapeutic options
Part II. Functional decline
4. Risk factors for functional decline
5. Neuromuscular mechanisms explaining functional decline
6. Behavioral mechanisms explaining functional decline
Part III. Exercise therapy
7.Regular exercise therapy
8. Exercise aiming at neuromuscular mechanisms
9. Exercise aiming at behavioral mechanisms
10. Comorbidity, overweight, and exercise
11. Concluding remarks. - DigitalRita Santos-Rocha, editor.Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
1: Physical Activity, Exercise, and Health Promotion for the Pregnant Exerciser and the Pregnant Athlete; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Education for Health and Lifestyle During Pregnancy; 1.2.1 Pregnancy as an Opportunity to Promote Health; 1.2.2 Preparing for Childbirth and Parenting; 1.2.3 Health and Lifestyle Promotion; 1.3 Public Health and Physical Activity During Pregnancy; 1.3.1 Impact of Maternal Physical Activity on Chronic Disease Risk; 1.3.2 Impact of Maternal Physical Activity on Offspring Health 1.4 Correlates of Physical Activity Among Pregnant Women1.4.1 Identifying Physically Active Pregnant Women; 1.4.2 Identifying Physically Inactive Women; 1.5 Physical Activity Patterns Among Pregnant Women; 1.6 Further Research; References;
2: Psychological, Social and Behaviour Changes During Pregnancy: Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise; 2.1 Psychological and Social Changes During Pregnancy; 2.1.1 Identity; 2.1.2 Loss of Control; 2.1.3 Cognitive Function; 2.1.4 Behaviour Changes 2.2 The Influence of Physical Activity and Exercise on Psychological Well-Being During Pregnancy2.2.1 Depressive Symptoms; 2.2.2 Anxiety Symptoms; 2.2.3 Sleep; 2.2.4 Summary; 2.3 Psychosocial Barriers and Facilitators to Being Active During Pregnancy; 2.3.1 Individual Factors; 2.3.2 Physical Symptoms; 2.3.2.1 Fatigue; 2.3.2.2 Nausea; 2.3.2.3 Discomfort, Physical Limitations and High-Risk Pregnancies; 2.3.2.4 Lack of Time; 2.3.2.5 Motivation; 2.3.2.6 Beliefs; 2.3.3 Social Factors; 2.3.3.1 Social Norms; 2.3.3.2 Healthcare Professional Advice; 2.3.3.3 Social Support 2.3.4 Physical Environmental Factors2.3.4.1 Transport; 2.3.4.2 Access to Facilities; 2.3.5 Summary; 2.4 Behaviour Change Strategies; 2.4.1 Systematic Reviews; 2.4.2 Walking Interventions; 2.4.3 Supervised Individual or Group Exercise; 2.4.4 Information and Behavioural Counselling; 2.4.5 Combined Interventions; 2.4.6 Summary; 2.5 Using Theory to Support Physical Activity in Pregnancy; 2.5.1 The COM-B Model; 2.6 Conclusion; References;
3: Physiological Changes During Pregnancy: Main Adaptations, Discomforts, and Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Cardiovascular Changes3.2.1 Implications of Exercise During Pregnancy on the Maternal Heart; 3.2.2 Maternal Cardiovascular Response to Exercise; 3.2.3 Maternal Cardiovascular Adaptations to Exercise; 3.3 Hematological Changes; 3.4 Respiratory Changes; 3.5 Metabolic Changes; 3.6 Locomotor Changes; References;
4: Body Composition Changes During Pregnancy and Effects of Physical Exercise; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Body Composition Overview; 4.2.1 Body Composition Levels; 4.2.2 Fat and Adipose Tissue; 4.2.3 Fat Depots and Adipose Tissue LocationDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalAnnalisa Cogo, Matteo Bonini, Paolo Onorati, editors.Summary: This book provides an innovative and comprehensive overview of the relationship between lung and exercise, both in healthy, active subjects and in subjects with chronic respiratory diseases. It investigates in detail the central role of the lungs during exercise and illustrates the impact of respiratory impairment due to both acute and chronic lung diseases on performance. Further, the book presents the latest evidence-based findings, which confirm that exercise is an effective and safe form of prevention and rehabilitation in respiratory diseases. The first section describes the changes in the respiratory system during exercise and the contribution of respiration to exercise, while readers will learn how to perform a respiratory assessment in the second section. The third section addresses a broad range of chronic respiratory diseases and the (in)ability of those affected to play sports and perform exercise, thus providing a basis for individual assessments. The last two sections focus on respiratory training, rehabilitation and the relationship between respiration and the environment, e.g. in high-altitude and underwater sports. The book will appeal to a wide readership, including pulmonologists, sport medicine physicians, physiotherapists and trainers, as well as instructors and students in exercise science.
- Digitaledited by Brendon Stubbs, Simon Rosenbaum.Summary: Exercise-Based Interventions for People with Mental Illness: A Clinical Guide to Physical Activity as Part of Treatment provides clinicians with detailed, practical strategies for developing, implementing and evaluating physical activity-based interventions for people with mental illness. The book covers exercise strategies specifically tailored for common mental illnesses, such as depression, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and more. Each chapter presents an overview of the basic psychopathology of each illness, a justification and rationale for using a physical activity intervention, an overview of the evidence base, and clear and concise instructions on practical implementation. In addition, the book covers the use of mobile technology to increase physical activity in people with mental illness, discusses exercise programming for inpatients, and presents behavioral and psychological approaches to maximize exercise interventions. Final sections provide practical strategies to both implement and evaluate physical activity interventions.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalJunjie Xiao, editor.Digital Access
- DigitalKathryn H, Schmitz, editor.Summary: This groundbreaking book presents a unique and practical approach to the evolving field of exercise oncology - the study of physical activity in the context of cancer prevention and control. Presenting the current state of the art, the book is sensibly divided into four thematic sections. Following an opening chapter presenting an overview and timeline of exercise oncology, the chapters comprising part I discuss primary cancer prevention, physical activity and survivorship, and the mechanisms by which these operate. Diagnosis and treatment considerations are discussed in part II, including prehabilitation, exercise during surgical recovery, infusion and radiation therapies, and treatment efficacy. Post-treatment and end-of-life care are covered in part III, including cardio-oncology, energetics and palliative care. Part IV presents behavioral, logistical and policy-making considerations, highlighting a multidisciplinary approach to exercise oncology as well as practical matters such as reimbursement and economics. Written and edited by experts in the field, Exercise Oncology will be a go-to practical resource for sports medicine clinicians, family and primary care physicians, oncologists, physical therapy and rehabilitation specialists, and all medical professionals who treat cancer patients.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Exercise Oncology: Past and Present
Part 1
Physical Activity and Cancer Prevention
Chapter 2. Primary Prevention
Chapter 3. Physical Activity and Cancer Survival
Chapter 4. Mechanisms of Exercise in Cancer Prevention, Treatment and Survivorship
Part 2
From Diagnosis through Treatment
Chapter 5. Exercise Oncology from Diagnosis through Treatment: An Overview of Outcomes and Considerations
Chapter 6. Prehabilitation: An Emerging Standard in Exercise Oncology
Chapter 7. Exercise during Surgical Recovery
Chapter 8. Exercise during Infusion Therapy
Chapter 9. Exercise During Radiation Therapy
Chapter 10. Effects of Exercise on Cancer Treatment Completion and Efficacy
Part 3
Post-treatment to End of Life
Chapter 11. Exercise Oncology from Post-Treatment to End of Life: An Overview of Outcomes and Considerations
Chapter 12. Exercise during Immediate Post-treatment
Chapter 13. Long-term and Late Effects of Cancer Treatments on Prescribing Physical Activity
Chapter 14. Exercise and Cardio-Oncology
Chapter 15. Energetics and Cancer Outcomes
Chapter 16. Exercise for Advanced Cancers, Metastatic Disease and Palliative Care
Part 4
Behavior, logistics, and policy
Chapter 17. Cancer Survivors Becoming and Staying Physically Active: Challenges of Behavior Change
Chapter 18. Making Exercise Standard in Cancer Care
Chapter 19. Viewing Exercise Oncology through the Lens of Multidisciplinarity
Chapter 20. Policy and Reimbursement Considerations for Exercise Programming in Cancer
Chapter 21. Shaping the Future of Exercise Oncology. - DigitalScott K. Powers, University of Florida, Edward T. Howley, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, John Quindry, University of Montana.Summary: "The eleventh edition of this book has undergone major revisions. Identical to all previous editions, this edition of Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance is intended for students interested in exercise physiology, medicine, clinical exercise physiology, exercise science, human performance, physical therapy, and physical education. The objective of this text is to provide the student with an up-to-date understanding of the physiology of exercise. Moreover, the book contains numerous clinical applications including a discussion of the benefits of exercise for multiple sclerosis patients and the latest information on sports-related brain injuries. This book is intended for a one-semester, upper-level undergraduate or beginning graduate exercise physiology course. Clearly, the text contains more material than can be covered in a single 15-week semester. This is by design. The book was written to be comprehensive and afford instructors the freedom to select the material that they consider to be the most important for their course. Furthermore, if desired, the book could be used in a two-semester sequence of exercise physiology courses (e.g., Exercise Physiology I and II) to cover the entire 25 chapters contained in the text"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section 1: Physiology of exercise
Chapter 1: Common measurements in exercise physiology
Chapter 2: Control of the internal environment
Chapter 3: Bioenergetics
Chapter 4: Exercise metabolism
Chapter 5: Cell signaling and the hormonal responses to exercise
Chapter 6: Exercise and the immune system
Chapter 7: The nervous system, structure and control of movement
Chapter 8: Skeletal muscle: structure and function
Chapter 9: Circulatory responses
Chapter 10: Respiration during exercise
Chapter 11: Acid-base balance during exercise
Chapter 12: Temperature regulation
Chapter 13: The physiology of training effects of aerobic and anaerobic training
Chapter 14: The physiology of resistance training
Section 2: Physiology of health and fitness
Chapter 15: Preventing chronic disease : physical activity and healthy eating
Chapter 16: Exercise prescriptions for health and fitness
Chapter 17: Exercise for special populations
Chapter 18: Nutrition, body composition and weight management
Section 3: Physiology of performance
Chapter 19: Factors affecting performance
Chapter 20: Training for performance
Chapter 21: Training for the female athlete, children, special populations and the masters athlete
Chapter 22: Nutrition, body composition and performance
Chapter 23: Exercise and the environment
Chapter 24: Ergogenic aids.Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021 - Digitaleditors, Jonathan Rhodes, Mark E. Alexander and Alexander R. Opotowsky.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of exercise physiology in patients with congenital heart disease and other pediatric cardiopulmonary disorders. It begins with an in-depth but pragmatic discussion of exercise physiology and the cardiopulmonary adaptations to physical activity, followed by a review of the conduct and interpretation of cardiopulmonary exercise tests. Subsequent chapters discuss exercise physiology and testing in patients with a variety of congenital heart diseases, including tetralogy of Fallot, Fontan physiology, transposition of the great arteries, aortic valve disease, and coarctation of the aorta. Additional chapters analyze other conditions commonly encountered by pediatric and congenital cardiologists such as pulmonary vascular disease, cardiomyopathies, heart transplants, and metabolic disorders. The book also examines the role of exercise testing in patients with electrophysiologic issues such as Wolff-Parkinson-White Syndrome, long QT syndrome, atrioventricular node dysfunction, and pacemakers. The presentations are enhanced by data from Boston Childrens Hospitals vast experience with clinical exercise testing. The textbook concludes with a series of interesting and illustrative cases that build on the earlier chapters, present some fascinating physiology, and provide real-world examples of how exercise testing can inform clinical decision making. Exercise Physiology for the Pediatric and Congenital Cardiologist is a detailed, practical reference for clinicians and other health care providers engaged in exercise testing for children and adults with congenital heart disease and other conditions that may be encountered by the pediatric and congenital cardiologist. It is an essential resource for physicians, medical students, and exercise physiologists as well as researchers in cardiology, pediatrics, and cardiopulmonary fitness.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Rhodes' Postulates and the Reasons Why Pediatric and Congenital Cardiologists Should Study Exercise Physiology; Clinical Value of Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing in Patients with CHD and Other Disorders; Contents; Contributors; Part I: The Normal Cardiopulmonary Response to Exercise;
1: Biochemistry of Exercise; Suggested Readings;
2: Oxygen Delivery; Heart Rate; Stroke Volume; Oxygen Extraction; Kinetics of Oxygen Delivery and Oxygen Debt; References;
3: Central Hemodynamics and Coronary Blood Flow During Exercise; References;
4: CO2 Elimination (V̇CO2); Tidal Volume Respiratory RateVD/VT Ratio; Anaerobic Threshold: Implications for CO2 Elimination (and Oxygen Delivery); References; Part II: Conduct of the Cardiopulmonary Exercise Test;
5: Laboratory Setup, Equipment, and Protocols; Environment; Equipment; Protocols; The 6-Minute Walk Test (6MWT); Exercise Testing with Electrocardiographic Monitoring; Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing (CPET); Other Protocols; References;
6: Exercise Stress Echocardiography; Background; Assessment of Myocardial Ischemia; Assessment of Patients with Known or Suspected Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy Assessment of Patients with Known or Suspected Pulmonary HypertensionConclusions; References;
7: Other Modalities: Assessment of Pulmonary Response and Measurement of Cardiac Output; Exercise Flow-Volume Loops; Measurement of Cardiac Output; Noninvasive Measurement of Cardiac Output: Inert Gas Rebreathing; Invasive Measurements of Cardiac Output; Blood Sampling During Exercise; Exercise Oscillatory Ventilation; References;
8: Supervision and Safety Precautions for Exercise Testing; References;
9: Special Considerations for Children; Introduction; Pediatric Patients and Their Families Test EquipmentImaging Studies; Conclusion; References;
10: Special Considerations for Adults with Congenital Heart Disease; Introduction; Comorbidities; Exercise Testing; Conclusion; Reference; Part III: Interpretation of the Cardiopulmonary Exercise Test;
11: Peak Exercise Parameters; Peak V̇O2; Peak Work Rate and Endurance Time; Heart Rate; The Oxygen Pulse (O2P); Respiratory Exchange Ratio (RER); Blood Pressure; Arterial O2 Saturation; Respiratory Measurements; References;
12: Parameters from Submaximal Exercise; Ventilatory Anaerobic Threshold (VAT); V̇E/V̇CO2 Slope; End-Tidal pCO2 - DigitalKazumi Kawahira, Megumi Shimodozono, Tomokazu Noma, editors.Summary: This book introduces an innovative, efficient, and patient-friendly neural net constructive therapy for patients with mild to severe hemiplegia, not only in the recovery phase but also in acute and chronic phases. The explanations are supported by extensive photographs of each position and a set of 72 video clips to help readers follow and reproduce the techniques. This book explains the theory of Repetitive Facilitative Exercise (RFE), which is a combination of repetitive volitional flexion and extension movements from neurofacilitation approaches. This exercise is aimed at achieving the intended movements and lessening synergistic movement patterns by reconstructing and strengthening the neuropathways of the injured nerve tract. Instead of interpreting disorders based on reflex theory and constructing treatment methods, the new approach considers scientific treatment methods that emphasize the formation of neural pathways by improving synapse formation and transmission efficiency based on functional localization, central programs, and neural nets. Chapters provide a basic theory of RFE, offering the underlying mechanisms of nerve tract formation/strengthening, such as functional localization, voluntary movement, plasticity, and neural lateral sprouting, giving readers a comprehensive understanding of the prompt and repetitive therapy. This is followed by an exposition of practice and techniques, planning of treatment programs, and facilitation techniques for voluntary movements of the upper limb, individual fingers, and lower limb. Finally, the book introduces RFE to facilitate and enhance motor skills in walking and other functions. Exercise Therapy for Recovery from Hemiplegia - Theory and Practice of Repetitive Facilitative Exercise will provide rehabilitation therapists, physiotherapists, occupational therapists, and medical doctors a refreshing alternative theory and practice to current approaches. Neuroscience researchers, stroke patients, and their families would find this book informative. .
Contents:
Part I: Basics
Chapter 1. Theory of Repetitive Facilitative Exercise
Part II: Practice
Chapter 2. Principles and Basic Techniques for Repetitive Facilitative Exercise
Chapter 3. Planning Treatment Program
Chapter 4. Repetitive Facilitative Exercise for the Upper Limb
Chapter 5. Repetitive Facilitative Exercise for the Lower Limb
Chapter 6. Walking Training to Stimulate the Function of the Affected Lower Limb
Chapter 7. Basic Natural Movements (Rolling Over, Sitting Up, Standing Up, and Sitting Down from a Standing Position). - DigitalWilliam M. Adams, John F. Jardine, editors.Summary: This authoritative work provides clinicians, scientists and students with a comprehensive overview of exertional heat illness. Specifically, it addresses the prevention, recognition, treatment, and care of the various medical conditions that fall within the realm of exertional heat illness. In doing so, the book also offers a setting-specific (that is, athletics, military, occupational, and road race medicine) discussion of exertional heat illness for the consideration of the varied medical providers working in these settings. Clinicians will benefit from the discussion of the evidence-based best-practice considerations that should be made in the management of exertional heat illness. Scientists will benefit from this text in that it will provide them with a review of the current scientific evidence related to exertional heat illness and the translation of evidence to clinical practice - while also discussing directions for future research. Finally, students -- primarily postgraduate students interested in developing a line of research related to exertional heat illness -- will find this title an indispensable text to familiarize themselves with this fascinating field of study. A major contribution to the literature, Exertional Heat Illness: A Clinical and Evidence-Based Guide will be of significant interest to clinicians and scientists at all levels of training and experience, especially professionals in athletic training, emergency medical services, emergency room care, sports medicine and primary care.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Overview of Exertional Heat Illness
Chapter 2: Physiological Response to Heat Stress
Chapter 3: Predisposing Factors for Exertional Heat Illness
Chapter 4: Exertional Heat Stroke
Chapter 5: Heat Exhaustion
Chapter 6: Exercise-Associated Muscle Cramps
Chapter 7: Minor Heat Illnesses
Chapter 8: Molecular Aspects of Thermal Tolerance and Exertional Heat Illness Susceptibility
Chapter 9: Management of Exertional Heat Stroke in Athletics: Interdisciplinary Medical Care
Chapter 10: Exertional Heat Illness Considerations in the Military
Chapter 11: Considerations for Road Race Medical Staff
Chapter 12: Climate Change and Heat Exposure: Impact on Health in Occupational and General Populations.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalGuilherme Messas.Summary: This book contributes to one of the most challenging areas of mental health: substance misuse. Its focus is on the psychopathological experiences associated with it: both the consequences of substance misuse and the existential vulnerabilities that lead to it, even if such a clear-cut distinction is rarely possible. The work brings an innovative perspective to the issue, as it draws on two scientific fields whose association has not yet been fully explored: phenomenological psychopathology and substance misuse studies. The association of these two perspectives could build a greater understanding of this important topic and be of practical help to a wide array of professionals in their clinical practice. The structure of the book is inspired by this overall perspective. Its division into three parts is designed to introduce the reader, in a stepwise manner, to the complexities of the theme, based on the latest advances in the specific literature. The broad objective of this work is therefore to offer a useful instrument for mental health clinicians, psychiatrists, psychologists, nurses, undergraduate students of these disciplines, and all substance abuse workers.
- Digitaledited by Andrei I. Ivanov.Contents:
Pharmacological inhibitors of exocytosis and endocytosis: novel bullets for old targets
Systematic analysis of endocytosis by cellular perturbations
Real-time detection of SNARE complex assembly with FRET using the tetracysteine system
Profiling lysine ubiquitination by selective enrichment of ubiquitin remnant-containing peptides
Secretion of circular proteins using sortase
Fractionation of subcellular membrane vesicles of epithelial and non-epithelial cells by OptiPrep density gradient ultracentrifugation
Combining pulsed SILAC labeling and click-chemistry for quantitative secretome analysis
Probabilistic density maps to study the spatial organization of endocytosis
Use of Kaede and Kikume green-red fusions for live cell imaging of g protein-coupled receptors
HaloTag as a tool to investigate peroxisome dynamics in cultured mammalian cells
SNAP-tag to monitor trafficking of membrane proteins in polarized epithelial cells
FlAsh-palm: Super-resolution pointillist imaging with FlAsh-tetracysteine labeling
Analysis of protein dynamics with tandem fluorescent protein timers
Synchronization of secretory cargos trafficking in populations of cells
Use of transmembrane fret to investigate the internalization of glycosylated proteins
A method to rapidly induce organelle-specific molecular activities and membrane tethering
A novel pair of split Venus fragments to detect protein-protein interactions by in vitro and in vivo bimolecular fluorescence complementation assays
Real-time investigation of plasma membrane deformation and fusion pore expansion using polarized total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy
Nanocones to study initial steps of endocytosis
A novel permeabilization protocol to obtain intracellular 3d immunolabeling for electron tomography
VIS2FIX: Rapid chemical fixation of vitreous sections for immuno-electron microscopy
Chemical genomics: Characterizing target pathways for bioactive compounds using the endomembrane trafficking network
Application of RNAi technology and fluorescent protein markers to study membrane traffic in c. Elegans
Visualization of clathrin-mediated endocytosis in live drosophila egg chambers
A novel extraction protocol to probe the role of cholesterol in synaptic vesicle recycling
Microfluidic devices for imaging trafficking events in vivo using genetic model organisms
The "in situ" proximity ligation assay to probe protein-protein interactions in intact tissues
Probing the role of the actin cytoskeleton during regulated exocytosis by intravital microscopy
Measurement of dynamic F-actin changes during exocytosis. - Digitaledited by Peter Thorn, School of Biomedical Sciences, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, QLD, Australia.Contents:
Part I. Techniques in the Measurement of Exocytosis
Solution Single-Vesicle Fusion Assay by Single-Molecule Alternating-Laser Excitation / Jae-Yeol Kim, Bong-Kyu Choi, Yeon-Kyun Shin, and Nam Ki Lee
Imaging the Stages of Exocytosis in Epithelial Type II Pneumocytes / Thomas Haller and Paul Dietl
Carbon-Fiber Amperometry in the Study of Exocytosis / Michael D. Duffield, Ravinarayan Raghupathi, and Damien J. Keating
Imaging of Insulin Exocytosis from Pancreatic Beta Cells / Mica Ohara-Imaizumi, Kyota Aoyagi, and Shinya Nagamatsu
Functional, Quantitative, and Super-Resolution Imaging and Spectroscopic Approaches for Studying Exocytosis / Rory R. Duncan and Colin Rickman
Electrophysiologic Measurements of Membrane Capacitance in Hormone-Secreting Cells / Boštjan Rituper and Robert Zorec. Part II. Model Systems for the Study of Exocytosis
Measuring Exocytosis in Endocrine Tissue Slices / Maša Skelin Klemen, Jurij Dolenšek, Andraž Stožer, and Marjan Slak Rupnik
Intravital Microscopy and Its Application to Study Regulated Exocytosis in the Exocrine Glands of Live Rodents / Oleg Milberg, Natalie Porat-Shliom, Muhibullah Tora, Laura Parente, Andrius Masedunskas, and Roberto Weigert
Rapid Analysis of Synaptic Vesicle Endocytosis in Synaptosomes / James A. Daniel and Phillip J. Robinson
Isolated Neurohypophysial Terminals: Model for Depolarization-Secretion Coupling / José R. Lemos, James McNally, Edward Custer, Adolfo Cuadra, Hector Marrero, and Dixon Woodbury
The Sea Urchin Egg and Cortical Vesicles as Model Systems to Dissect the Fast, Ca²-Triggered Steps of Regulated Exocytosis / Prabhodh S. Abbineni, Elise P. Wright, Tatiana P. Rogasevskaia, Murray C. Killingsworth, Chandra S. Malladi, and Jens R. Coorssen. - Digitaledited by Armando DeVirgilio, Giuseppe Spriano.Contents:
Exoscopic technology
Educational role and preclinical application of exoscope-assisted surgery
Exoscope-assisted microlaryngeal surgery
Exoscope-assisted laser laryngeal surgery
Exoscope-assisted submandibular salivary stones surgery
Exoscope-assisted oropharyngeal surgery
Exoscope-assisted middle ear surgery
Exoscopic surgery of lateral skull base
The application of the exoscope in lacrimal surgery
3D exoscopic parotidectomy
Exoscope-assisted thyroid surgery
Exoscope application in free flap head and neck reconstruction.Digital Access - DigitalKarl L. Mettinger, Pranela Rameshwar, Vinod Kumar, editors.Summary: "This volume provides insight into the pivotal roles of stem cells, exosomes and other microvesicles in biofunction and molecular mechanisms and their therapeutic potential in translational nanomedicine. It further highlights evidence from recent studies as to how stem cell derived exosomes and microRNAs may restore and maintain tissue homeostasis, enable cells to recover critical cellular functions and begin repair regeneration. These early studies in animal models of aging also show evidence of improved immune, cardiovascular and cognitive functions as well as improved health span and life span. The use of exosomes from body fluids to define specific biomarkers for various tumors may also clear the path to patient-targeted treatments by developing exosome-derived microRNA based cancer therapeutics. It is essential reading for graduate students, research fellow and biomedical researchers in academia or the pharmaceutical or biotech industries"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Part I. A new stem cell biology: transplantation and baseline, cell cycle and exosomes / Peter Quesenberry, Laura R. Goldberg
The emerging roles of microRNAs in stem cell aging / Catharine Dietrich, Manish Singh, Nishant Kumar, Shree Ram Singh
Part II. Treating age-related diseases with somatic stem cells / Robert W. Brooks, Paul D. Robbins
Targeting miRNA for therapy of juvenile and adult diabetic cardiomyopathy / Shyam Sundar Nandi, Paras Kumar Mishra
Stem cell therapies for neurodegenerative diseases / Kiminobu Sugaya, Manjusha Vaidya
Part III. MicroRNAs, regulatory messengers inside and outside cancer cells / Simone Anfossi, Xiao Fu, Rahul Nagvekar, George A. Calin
Exosomes function in tumor immune microenvironment / Yin Huang, Keli Liu, Qing Li, Yikun Yao, Ying Wang
EV, microvesicles/microRNAs and stem cells in cancer / Jacob A. Tickner, Derek J. Richard, Kenneth J. O'Byrne
Human aging and cancer: role of miRNA in tumor microenvironment / Oleta A. Sandiford [and others]. - DigitalJunjie Xiao, Sanda Cretoiu, editors.Summary: The book provides and intensive overview on exosomes in cardiovascular diseases, its potential as biomarkers, as well as pathological and therapeutic effects. It firstly describes the general aspects of exosomes including the definition, formation and secretion of exosomes and highlight their roles as biomarkers and pathological and therapeutic effects in cardiovascular diseases as well. Secondly, basic aspects of exosomes including the purification methods of exosomes, exosomes content, and functional roles of the cardiovascular exosomes are summarized. Thirdly, exosomes as biomarkers of cardiovascular diseases are overviewed including their roles in diagnosis, prognosis and reaction to therapy. Fourthly, pathological effects of exosomes and therapeutic effects of exosomes are highlighted. Finally, future prospects of exosomes in cardiovascular research would be provided. This is an essential reference for researchers working in cell biology and regeneration, as well as clinicians such as cardiologist"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
The multifaceted functions of exosomes in health and disease: an overview / Claudia Arenaccio, Maurizio Federico
Basic aspects of exosomes. Exosomes: nanocarriers of biological messages / Alice Conigliaro, Simona Fontana, Stefania Raimondo, Riccardo Alessandro
Functional role of cardiovascular exosomes in myocardial injury and atherosclerosis / Maarten Vanhaverbeke, Diane Gal, Paul Holvoet
Exosomes as biomarkers of cardiovascular diseases. Exosomes as diagnostic biomarkers in cardiovascular diseases / Felix Jansen, Qian Li
Exosomes-based biomarkers for the prognosis of cardiovascular diseases / Yihua Bei, Pujiao Yu, Dragos Cretoiu, Sanda Maria Cretoiu, Junjie Xiao
Pathological effects of exosomes. Exosomes as new intercellular mediators in development and therapeutics of cardiomyocyte hypertrophy / Qi Huang, Benzhi Cai
Dual behavior of exosomes in septic cardiomyopathy / Valter Vin̕cius Silva Monteiro, Jordano Ferreira Reis, Rafaelli de Souza Gomes [and others]
Pathological effects of exosomes in mediating diabetic cardiomyopathy / Esam S. B. Salem, Guo-Chang Fan
Peripartum cardiomyopathy: do exosomes play a role? / Huanyu Gu, Qiying Dai, Zhuyuan Liu, Hongbao Wang, Jianhua Yao, Lei Zhou
Vascular calcification regulation by exosomes in the vascular wall / Marcel Liberman, Luciana Cavalheiro Marti --Therapeutic effects of exosomes. Cardioprotective effects of exosomes and their potential therapeutic use / Shengguang Ding, Jingying Zhang, Qiying Dai, Mengfei Zhao, Haitao Huang, Yiming Xu [and others]
Therapeutic effects of mesenchymal stem cell-derived exosomes in cardiovascular disease / Etsu Suzuki, Daishi Fujita, Masao Takahashi, Shigeyoshi Oba [and others]
Exosomes derived from embryonic stem cells as potential treatment for cardiovascular diseases / Yao-Hua Song, Lianbo Shao, Yu Zhang, Jin Zhou, Bin Liu, Xiangbin Pan, Yong-jian Geng [and others]
Cardiac progenitor-cell derived exosomes as cell-free therapeutic for cardiac repair / E. A. Mol, M. J. Goumans, J. P. G. Sluijter
Therapeutic potential of hematopoietic stem cell-derived exosomes in cardiovascular disease / Jana Radosinska, Monika Bartekova
Cardiac telocyte-derived exosomes and their possible implications in cardiovascular pathophysiology / Mirca Marini, Lidia Ibba-Manneschi, Mirko Manetti
Circulating exosomes in cardiovascular diseases / Yihua Bei, Ting Chen, Daniel Dumitru Banciu, Dragos Cretoiu, Junjie Xiao
Therapeutic effects of ischemic-preconditioned exosomes in cardiovascular diseases / Shengguang Ding, Zhiqing Fan, Che Lin, Qiying Dai, Jinzhe Zhou, Haitao Huang, Yiming Xu [and others]
Future prospects. Exosomes: outlook for future cell-free cardiovascular disease therapy / Bahar Barani, Sheeja Rajasingh, Johnson Rajasingh.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaleditor, James W. Carpenter, MS, DVM, Diplomate ACZM, Professor, Zoological Medicine, Department of Clinical Sciences, College of Veterinary Medicine, Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas ; assistant editor, Christopher J. Marion, DVM, MPH, Marion Veterinary Consulting, Manhattan, Kansas.Contents:
Invertebrates
Fish
Amphibians
Reptiles
Birds
Backyard Poultry and Waterfowl
Sugar Gliders
Hedgehogs
Rodents
Rabbits
Ferrets
Minature Pigs
Primates
Wildlife
Select topics for the exotic animal veterinarian.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalTauqeer Hussain Mallhi, Yusra Habib Khan, Azreen Syazril Adnan, Nida Tanveer, Raja Ahsan Aftab.Summary: The book discusses all aspects of expanded dengue syndrome (EDS), an emerging entity of dengue infection, and serves as definitive source of information for health care professionals. With each chapter focusing on a different type of EDS, the book covers the definition, concept, prevalence, pathophysiology, management, complications and outcomes of the condition. It also highlights the impact of the disease on healthcare. Further, based on both basic and the latest, cutting-edge research, it examines treatments, algorithms, standard treatment guidelines and the pharmacotherapy of EDS. EDS is referred to as atypical/unusual manifestations of the dengue infections, also termed as isolated organopathies, including hepatic, renal, cardiac, respiratory and neurological involvements that could be explained as a result of severe, profound shock or associated with underlying host conditions or co-infections. Raising awareness of this neglected and little-known complication of dengue infection, the book serves as an educational and teaching aid and useful resource for upper-undergraduate students. It also provides up-to-date reference material for researchers in academia and corporations as well as for clinicians wanting to improve the management of EDS during dengue outbreaks.
Contents:
Classification and symptomology of dengue viral infection
Expanded dengue syndrome
Gastro-hepatic complications in dengue
Renal complications in dengue
Cardiac complications in dengue
Respiratory complications in dengue
Neurological complications in dengue
Musculoskeletal complications in dengue
Lymphoreticular complications in dengue
Miscellaneous complications in dengue
Recommendations for managing expanded dengue syndrome. - Digitalvolume editor, Claudio Ronco.Contents:
Expanded hemodialysis : a new concept therapy / X. Yu
Middle-molecule uremic toxins and outcomes in chronic kidney disease / Z.A. Massy, S. Liabeuf
Uremia retention molecules and clinical outcomes / F. Carvalho Barreto, D. Veit Barreto, M.E.F. Canziani
End-stage renal disease, inflammation, and cardiovascular outcomes / L. Dai, E. Golembiewska, B. Lindholm, P. Stenvinkel
The cardiovascular burden in end-stage renal disease / M. Cozzolino, A. Galassi, F. Pivari, P. Ciceri, F. Conte
Inflammation and protein-energy wasting in the uremic milieu / M. Jankowska, G. Cobo, B. Lindholm, P. Stenvinkel
Inflammation : a key contributor to the genesis and progression of chronic kidney disease / Q. Qian
Solute transport in hemodialysis : advances and limitations of current membrane technology / W.R. Clark, D. Gao, M. Neri, C. Ronco
Membrane innovation in dialysis / A. Boschetti-de-Fierro, W. Beck, H. Hildwein, B. Krause, M. Storr, C. Zweigart
Multidimensional classification of dialysis membranes / C. Ronco, M. Neri, A. Lorenzin, F. Garzotto, W.R. Clark. Modeling of internal filtration in TheraNova hemodialyzers / A. Lorenzin, M. Neri, W.R. Clark, F. Garzotto, A. Brendolan, F. Nalesso, N. Marchionna, M. Zanella, M. Sartori, G.B. Fiore, C. Ronco
The rational for extended haemodialysis therapy (HDx) / C.A. Hutchison, M. Wolley
Expanded hemodialysis therapy : prescription and delivery / N. Heyne
Effects of hemodialysis therapy using dialyzers with medium cut-off membranes on middle molecules molecules / A.H. Kirsch, A.R. Rosenkranz, R. Lyko, D.H. Krieter
The place of large pore membranes in the treatment portfolio of patients on hemodialysis / W. Van Biesen, R. Vanholder, E. Schepers, G. Glorieux, A. Dhondt, S. Eloot
Large middle molecules and albumin removal : why should not we rest on our laurels? / N. Florens, L. Juillard
Effects of expanded hemodialysis therapy on clinical outcomes / S. Mitra, K. Kharbanda.Digital Access Karger 2017 - Digitaledited by Jasper Palmier-Claus, Gillian Haddock and Filippo Varese.Summary: "Experience Sampling in Mental Health Research provides comprehensive and user-friendly guidance on when and how to apply this methodology in the assessment of clinical populations. Divided into three sections, the book offers step-by-step instruction on how to design, develop and implement an experience sampling study, as well as advice on how this approach might be adapted for common mental health difficulties. With an eye to the future of this type of research, the contributors also consider how experience sampling might be adapted for use as a form of clinical assessment and intervention"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Why the experience sampling method? / Jasper Palmier-Claus, Gill Haddock & Fillippo Varese
Designing and conducting an experience sampling study : where to start? / Filippo Varese, Gill Haddock & Jasper Palmier-Claus
The analysis of experience sampling data / Lesley-Anne Carter & Richard Emsley
Experience sampling in the study of psychosis / David Kimhy & Julia Vakhrusheva
Experience sampling in the study of autism spectrum disorders / Dougal Hare, Yu-Wei Chen
Experience sampling in the study of sleep and wakefulness / Lee Mulligan, Gill Haddock, Donna Littlewood & Simon Kyle
Experience sampling in the study of dyads and family dynamics / Debora Vasconcelos e Sa, Samantha Hartley, Christine Barrowclough
Experience sampling in the study of self-harm / Daniel Pratt, Peter Taylor
Emerging applications of prediction in experience sampling / Colin Depp, Christopher N. Kaufmann, Eric Granholm & Wesley Thompson
The development of ecological momentary interventions / Henrietta Steinhart, Inez Myin-Germeys, Uli Reininghaus
Mobile cognitive testing using experience sampling / Joel Swendsen, Pierre Schweitzer, Raeanne C. Moore. - DigitalJaung-Geng Lin, editor.Summary: This book focuses on the use of acupuncture as a possible and alternative treatment in analgesia, drug addiction, depression, itchiness, peripheral nerve regeneration, stroke, diabetes, cognitive deficits and sleep regulation. Formal recognition by WHO and UNESCO concerning the use and efficacy of acupuncture science in modern medicine has encouraged high levels of investment and commitment to research and development activities into acupuncture science from several top-level health science research and treatment institutes in China Mainland, Taiwan, Japan, Korea, France and the USA. This book aims to provide direction and guidance on how the medical community can proceed with acupuncturology in modern medical treatment and precision medicine.
- DigitalExperimental Design for Laboratory Biologists : Maximising Information and Improving ReproducibilityStanley E. Lazic.Summary: Specifically intended for lab-based biomedical researchers, this practical guide shows how to design experiments that are reproducible, with low bias, high precision, and widely applicable results. With specific examples from research using both cell cultures and model organisms, it explores key ideas in experimental design, assesses common designs, and shows how to plan a successful experiment. It demonstrates how to control biological and technical factors that can introduce bias or add noise, and covers rarely discussed topics such as graphical data exploration, choosing outcome variables, data quality control checks, and data pre-processing. It also shows how to use R for analysis, and is designed for those with no prior experience.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Key ideas in experimental design
3. Replication (what is'N'?)
4. Analysis of common designs
5. Planning for success
6. Exploratory data analysis.Digital Access Cambridge 2016 - DigitalJohn H. Challis.Summary: This is the first textbook to comprehensively cover the experimental methods used in biomechanics. Designed for graduate students and researchers studying human biomechanics at the whole-body level, the book introduces readers to the theory behind the primary data collection methods and primary methods of data processing and analysis used in biomechanics. Each individual chapter covers a different aspect of data collection or data processing, presenting an overview of the topic at hand and explaining the math required for understanding the topic. A series of appendices provide the specific math that is required for understanding the chapter contents. Each chapter leads readers through the techniques used for data collection and processing, providing sufficient theoretical background to understand both the how and why of these techniques. Chapters end with a set of review questions, and then a bibliography which is divided into three sections (cited references, specific references, and useful references). Provides a comprehensive and in depth presentation on methods in whole-body human biomechanics; First textbook to cover both collection and processing in a single volume; Appendices provide the math needed for the main chapters. .
Contents:
The Experimental Method
Experimental Tools
Signal Contents
Signal Processing
Electromyography
Motion Analysis
Force Plates and Related Technologies
Anthropometry
Kinematics
Inverse Dynamics and Energetics
Error Analysis
Scaling
Appendix A: Matrices
Appendix B: SI Units and Quantities Used In Biomechanics
Appendix C: Binary Math
Appendix D: Trigonometry
Appendix E: Logarithms
Appendix F: Numerical Data Differentiation
Appendix G: Data Sets for Testing Data Differentiation
Appendix H: Singular Value Decomposition
Appendix I: Ellipses
Appendix J: Calculus
Appendix K: Inertial Properties of Geometric Solids
Appendix L: Dot Product
Appendix M: Cardan and Euler Angles
Appendix N: Quaternions
Appendix O: Cross Product. - PrintJiménez Brundelet, Pablo.Contents: <br/
>1. Histological study in rats of the intra-pulmonary bronchial route of elimination. - DigitalAkshay Kumar Chakravarthy, Venkatesan Selvanarayanan, editors.Summary: The earliest land-plants evolved around 450 million years ago from aquatic plants devoid of vascular systems. The diversification of flowering plants (angiosperms) during the Cretaceous period is associated with speciation in insects. Early insect herbivores were mandibulate, but the evolution of vascular plants led to the co-evolution of other forms of herbivory, such as leaf feeding, sap-sucking, leaf mining, tissue borer, gall forming and nectar-feeding. Plant defense against biotic stress is an adaptive evolution by plants to increase their fitness. Plants use a variety of strategies to defend against damage caused by herbivores. Plant defense mechanisms are either inbuilt or induced. Inbuilt mechanisms are always present within the plant, while induced defenses are produced or mobilized to the site where a plant is injured. Induced defense mechanisms include morphological, physiological changes and production of secondary metabolites. Host plant resistance (HPR) is one of the eco-friendly methods of pest management. It protects the crop by making it less suitable or tolerant to the pest. While books on theoretical aspects of HPR are available, an exclusive book on the practical aspects is lacking. There is a wide gap between the theory and the experimental procedures required for conducting studies on plant resistance for the post graduate students and young researchers. A dire need for a book on practical aspects was strongly felt. Initially a practical manual was prepared which eventually evolved into the present book. We hope this book provides information on major aspects of screening crop germplasm, sampling techniques, genetic and biochemical basis of HPR, behavioural studies on pheromone and plant volatiles, and some of the recent approaches in HPR. Further, the references provide the scientific articles and books as additional information to readers and workers alike.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Editors and Contributors; Part I: Prerequisites for Host Plant Resistance Studies; Introduction; 1 Introduction; 2 Early Success; 3 Role in Pest Management; References; Further Reading; Germplasm Exploration and Collection; 1 Introduction; 2 Major Sources of Crop Germplasm; 2.1 Banana/Plantain, Musa spp.; 2.2 Barley, Hordeum vulgare; Oat, Avena sativa; and Rye, Secale cereale; 2.3 Bean, Phaseolus Species, and Cowpea, Vigna Species; 2.4 Capsicum; 2.5 Castor; 2.6 Cassava, Manihot esculenta 2.7 Chickpea, Cicer arietinum, and Lentil, Lens culinaris2.8 Citrus; 2.9 Coconut; 2.10 Cotton; 2.11 Maize; 2.12 Mango; 2.13 Peanut; 2.14 Peas, Pisum; 2.15 Potato; 2.16 Rice; 2.17 Sesame, Sesamum Species; 2.18 Sorghum, Sorghum Species; 2.19 Soybean, Glycine max; 2.20 Spices (Black Pepper, Cardamom); 2.21 Sugarcane, Saccharum Species; 2.22 Sunflower; 2.23 Sweet Potato, Ipomoea batatas; 2.24 Tomato, Lycopersicon Species; 2.25 Wheat, Triticum aestivum; References; Further Reading; Comparison of Germplasm Evaluation Parameters; 1 Introduction; References; Further Reading 3.3 Larval Rearing Containers3.4 Oviposition Chambers; 4 Diamondback Moth (DBM), Plutella xylostella; 4.1 Materials Required; 4.2 The Rearing Procedure Is as Follows; 5 Cotton Aphid, Aphis gossypii; 5.1 Materials Required; 5.2 The Aphids Can Be Reared as Follows; 6 Bhendi Leafhopper, Amrasca devastans; 6.1 Materials Required; 6.2 Procedure; 7 Green Leafhopper, Nephotettix spp., and Brown Planthopper, Nilaparvata lugens; 7.1 Materials Required; 7.2 Procedure; 8 Whiteflies, Bemisia tabaci; 8.1 Materials Required; 8.2 Procedure; References; Further Reading Determining Relative Abundance and Distribution Patterns of Insect Pests1 Introduction; 2 Distribution Patterns, Sample Size and Sampling; 3 The Steps Are as Follows; 4 Sample Size; 5 Number of Larvae in Damaged Fruiting Structures; References; Further Reading; Mass Culturing of Phytophagous Insects for Host Plant Resistance Studies; 1 Introduction; 2 Tobacco Caterpillar, Spodoptera litura (Muthukumaran and Selvanarayanan 2008); 2.1 Materials Required; 2.2 Procedure; 3 Tomato Fruit Worm, Helicoverpa armigera (Arivudainambi and Selvanarayanan 2000); 3.1 Materials Required; 3.2 Artificial Diet Part II: Instrumentation in Host Plant Resistance StudiesLaboratory Equipments Used for Host-Plant Resistance Studies; 1 Introduction; 2 Electroantennogram; 3 EthoVision; References; Further Reading; Electroantennogram for Recording Olfactory Responses of an Insect to Plant Volatiles; 1 Introduction; References; Further Reading; Standardization of Feeding Tests in Phytophagous Insects to Host and Nonhost Plants; 1 Introduction; References; Further Reading; Wind Tunnel: A Tool to Test the Flight Response of Insects to Semiochemicals; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Structure of Wind Tunnel (Kainoh 2011) - Digital/Printvon Dr. W. Kolle ... und Dr. H. Hetsch ...Digital Access
- PrintLeticia Britos Cavagnaro ; illustrations by Gabriela Sánchez.Summary: "Master the art of reflection with this creative, illustrated guide so you can notice what matters, sharpen your intuition, and increase personal and professional growth, from Stanford University's d.school"-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalMichael D. Coleman.Contents:
A brief history of occupational toxicology
The expert report process in legal context
Acute toxicity : case histories of solvent exposure
Chronic and permanent injury : bladder cancer and occupation
Chronic and acute toxicity of herbicides and pesticides
Toxicity of imported goods.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - Print[edited by] Miral D. Jhaveri [and five others].Contents:
Part I: Skull and brain
I: Scalp, skull
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Clinical based differentials
II: Meninges
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
III: Ventricles, periventricular regions
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
IV: Extraaxial spaces and subarachnoid cisterns
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
V: Brain parenchyma, general
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
Clinically based differentials
VI: Supratentorial brain parenchyma
Anatomically based differentials
VII: Infratentorial brain parenchyma
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Clinically based differentials
VIII: Sella/Juxtasellar, pineal region
Anatomically based differentials
Modality-Specific imaging findings
IX: Arteries
Anatomically based differentials
Modality-Specific imaging findings
X: Veins, venous sinuses
Anatomically based differentials
Modality-Specific imaging findings
XI: Cranial nerves
Clinically based differentials
Part II: Spine
I: Transspatial
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Clinically based differentials
II: Craniovertebral junction
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
III: Vertebral body, posterior elements
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
IV: Intervertebral disc, endplate
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
V: Extradural
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
Clinically based differentials
VI: Intradural extramedullary
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
Clinically based differentials
VII: Intramedullary
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
Clinically based differentials. - Digitaledited by Len Jennings and Thomas M. Skovholt.Summary: "Thomas Skovholt and Len Jennings' landmark Master Therapists: Exploring Expertise in Therapy and Counseling was the first book to apply qualitative methodology to the study of validly selected expert therapists. Considering the growing number of international qualitative studies on psychotherapy expertise, the authors join forces once again to provide students, academics, researchers, and practitioners with Expertise in Counseling and Psychotherapy: Master Therapist Studies from Around the World. In this book, Jennings and Skovholt compile and compare, for the first time, a series of parallel studies of expertise in psychotherapy from around the world. The studies include therapist expertise research projects in Southeast Asia (Singapore, Japan, and Korea), North America (the U.S.A. and Canada), and Europe (Czech Republic and Portugal). Synthesizing and presenting common characteristics of master practitioners on a global scale, Expertise in Counseling and Psychotherapy is the most comprehensive description of psychotherapy expertise at the international level that has ever been conducted."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The world of expertise in counseling and psychotherapy
Czech master therapists
Canadian master couple therapists
Being and becoming a psychotherapist in Portugal : a dialogue between personal and professional experiences
Psychotherapy expertise in Singapore : a qualitative investigation
Personal and professional characteristics of Japanese master therapists : a qualitative investigation on expertise in psychotherapy and counseling in Japan
Characteristics of Korean master group counselors
Bringing it all together : a qualitative meta-analysis of seven master therapists studies from around the world.Digital Access Oxford [2016] - Digitaledited by Mehul S. Raval, Mohendra Roy, Tolga Kaya, and Rupal Kapdi.Summary: This book combines technology and the medical domain. It covers advances in computer vision (CV) and machine learning (ML) that facilitate automation in diagnostics and therapeutic and preventive health care. The special focus on eXplainable Artificial Intelligence (XAI) uncovers the black box of ML and bridges the semantic gap between the technologists and the medical fraternity. Explainable AI in Healthcare: Unboxing Machine Learning for Biomedicine intends to be a premier reference for practitioners, researchers, and students at basic, intermediary levels and expert levels in computer science, electronics and communications, information technology, instrumentation and control, and electrical engineering. This book will benefit readers in the following ways: Explores state of art in computer vision and deep learning in tandem to develop autonomous or semi-autonomous algorithms for diagnosis in health care Investigates bridges between computer scientists and physicians being built with XAI Focuses on how data analysis provides the rationale to deal with the challenges of healthcare and making decision-making more transparent Initiates discussions on human-AI relationships in health care Unites learning for privacy preservation in health care
- DigitalTyler VanderWeele.Summary: "The book provides an accessible but comprehensive overview of methods for mediation and interaction. There has been considerable and rapid methodological development on mediation and moderation/interaction analysis within the causal-inference literature over the last ten years. Much of this material appears in a variety of specialized journals, and some of the papers are quite technical. There has also been considerable interest in these developments from empirical researchers in the social and biomedical sciences. However, much of the material is not currently in a format that is accessible to them. The book closes these gaps by providing an accessible, comprehensive, book-length coverage of mediation. The book begins with a comprehensive introduction to mediation analysis, including chapters on concepts for mediation, regression-based methods, sensitivity analysis, time-to-event outcomes, methods for multiple mediators, methods for time-varying mediation and longitudinal data, and relations between mediation and other concepts involving intermediates such as surrogates, principal stratification, instrumental variables, and Mendelian randomization. The second part of the book concerns interaction or "moderation," including concepts for interaction, statistical interaction, confounding and interaction, mechanistic interaction, bias analysis for interaction, interaction in genetic studies, and power and sample-size calculation for interaction. The final part of the book provides comprehensive discussion about the relationships between mediation and interaction and unites these concepts within a single framework. This final part also provides an introduction to spillover effects or social interaction, concluding with a discussion of social-network analyses. The book is written to be accessible to anyone with a basic knowledge of statistics. Comprehensive appendices provide more technical details for the interested reader. Applied empirical examples from a variety of fields are given throughout. Software implementation in SAS, Stata, SPSS, and R is provided. The book should be accessible to students and researchers who have completed a first-year graduate sequence in quantitative methods in one of the social- or biomedical-sciences disciplines. The book will only presuppose familiarity with linear and logistic regression, and could potentially be used as an advanced undergraduate book as well"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Cover; Explanation in Causal Inference; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Preface; Part 1 Mediation Analysis; 1 Explanation and Mechanism; 1.1 Causal Inference and Explanation; 1.2 Forms of Explanation and Types of Mechanisms; 1.3 Motivations for Assessing Mediation, Interaction, and Interference; 1.4 Organization of this Book; 2 Mediation: Introduction and Regression-Based Approaches; 2.1 Classic Regression Approach to Mediation Analysis; 2.2 Counterfactual Approach to Mediation Analysis: Continuous Outcomes; 2.3 Assumptions about Confounding; 2.4 Binary and Count Outcomes. 2.5 Binary Mediators2.6 Comparison of Approaches: Product-of-Coefficient and Difference Methods; 2.7 Description of the SAS Macro; 2.8 Description of the SPSS Macro; 2.9 Description of the Stata Macro; 2.10 Hypothetical Example with Output; 2.11 Empirical Example in Genetic Epidemiology; 2.12 When to Include an Exposure
Mediator Interaction; 2.13 Proportion Mediated; 2.14 Proportion Eliminated; 2.15 Study Design and Mediation Analysis; 2.16 Counterfactual Notation for Natural Direct and Indirect Effects; 2.17 An Alternative Regression-Based Estimation Approach Using Simulations. 2.18 Code for the Simulation-Based Approach in R2.19 Discussion; 3 Sensitivity Analysis for Mediation; 3.1 Sensitivity Analysis for Unmeasured Confounding for Total Effects; 3.2 Sensitivity Analysis for Unmeasured Confounding for Controlled Direct Effects; 3.3 Sensitivity Analysis for Unmeasured Confounding for Natural Direct and Indirect Effects; 3.4 Sensitivity Analysis Using Two Trials; 3.5 Sensitivity Analysis for Direct and Indirect Effects in the Presence of Measurement Error; 3.6 Discussion; 4 Mediation Analysis with Survival Data. 4.1 Earlier Literature on Mediation Analysis with Survival Models4.2 Mediation Analysis with an Accelerated Failure Time Model; 4.3 Mediation Analysis with a Proportional Hazards Model; 4.4 Mediation with an Additive Hazard Model; 4.5 A Weighting Approach to Direct and Indirect Effects with Survival Outcomes; 4.6 Sensitivity Analysis with Survival Data; 4.7 Discussion; 5 Multiple Mediators; 5.1 Regression-Based Approaches to Multiple Mediators; 5.2 A Weighting Approach to Multiple Mediators; 5.3 Controlled Direct Effects and Exposure-Induced Confounding. 5.4 Effect Decomposition with Exposure-Induced Confounding5.5 Path-Specific Effects; 5.6 Sensitivity Analysis for Exposure-Induced Confounding; 5.7 Discussion; 6 Mediation Analysis with Time-Varying Exposures and Mediators; 6.1 Notation and Definitions; 6.2 Controlled Direct Effects with Time-Varying Exposures and Mediators; 6.3 Natural Direct and Indirect Effects and their Randomized Interventional Analogues with Time-Varying Exposures and Mediators; 6.4 Counterfactual Analysis of MacKinnon's Three-Wave Mediation Model; 6.5 Discussion; 7 Selected Topics in Mediation Analysis.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2015 - Digitalby Tabish Qidwai.Summary: This book is aimed to cover the role of genetic polymorphisms in human genes related to RBC disorders, metabolic enzymes, immune response, and cytoadherence in the susceptibility/resistance to malaria caused by Plasmodium falciparum. The chapters provide current information on the balancing trait and the significance of such traits in the malaria resistance. The book covers polymorphisms in the genes of the red blood cells-sickle cell anaemia; glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency and thalassemia that confer protection against malaria. In addition, the book explores selection of genetic variations in the human genome as genetic control mechanism against malaria in endemic regions. It also provides a comprehensive overview of the molecular epidemiology and natural selection of alleles in the genes which are associated with malaria, and presents description of the role of human genetic polymorphisms in malaria disease risk and disease outcome.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Human genetics and infectious disease
Part 1. RBC disorders
Chapter 2. Sickle cell gene
Chapter 3. Alpha-Thalassemia
Chapter 4. Beta-Thalassemia
Chapter 5. Duffy blood group locus
Part 2. Metabolic enzymes
Chapter 6. Pyruvate kinase deficiency
Chapter 7. Glucose 6-Phosphate dehydrogenase
Part 3. Host immune response
Chapter 8. TNF genetic polymorphisms
Chapter 9. iNos genetic polymorphisms
Chapter 10. Human complement receptor 1 polymorphisms
Chapter 11. Interferonalpha receptor-1 (IFNAR1) polymorphisms
Part 4. Cytoadherence
Chapter 12. Intercellular adhesion molecule-1 polymorphisms
Chapter 13. Platelet endothelial cell adhesion molecule-1 (PECAM-1) polymorphisms
Chapter 14. Vascular cell adhesion molecule-1 (VCAM1) polymorphisms. - PrintTegan Kehoe.Summary: "This full-color book tells the story of American healthcare history through color photographs of real objects from museums and both famous and little-known medical discoveries"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Unwashed groins and child labor: cancer in the early industrial age
George Washington's toothbrush
The age of the vaccine
No wrong way to eat
A pioneering operation
Healing by a higher power
Morton's ether inhaler and the advent of anesthesia
Bitters and irregulars: alternative healing in the nineteenth century
Blood shed after the battle: bleeding cups
Under the surgeon's tent: the physician in the Civil War
"Inflammatory mischief" meets antiseptic techniques
Answering the milk question
Skull shape and scientific racism
"Health and comfort of body, with grace and beauty of form"
East meets West in the medicine cabinet: a Chinese doctor in America
The "cure" that wasn't
Cocaine the medicine and the drug
Don Pedrito, a legendary healer
A wooden leg in a mechanized world
A community doctor's legacy
Carville, the "Louisiana leper home"
The professional nurse only
The pandemic of the century: the 1918 flu
The Bubonic plague meets bacteriology
Safe, simple, sure? The power of x-rays
"Are you playing the health game?"
The problem with "good" genes
Machinery and machinations
Diabetes: a fatal disease becomes chronic
The tools of a contested trade: a midwife's kit
Sipping on the sunshine vitamin
Preemie care beyond the World's Fair
The penicillin revolution
Blood transfusion comes of age
Insuring and ensuring health
Nursing at war
The science and politics of inhaling dust
Health uplifted, health upended
DDT: the double-edged sword
The iron lung and the polio epidemics
Two eras of change in pharmacy
More than a metaphor: the straitjacket
Changing ways of looking at the gut
The pill's new era of choice (for some)
Smoking under scrutiny
Ed Roberts and the independent living movement
Bypassing the heart
False hopelessness or false hope: the early years of AIDS
September 11 and emergency response
Saving lives amid the opioid crisis. - DigitalGerard Ahern, Maurice Brygel.Summary: "Medicine is an ever-changing science. As new research and clinical experience broaden our knowledge, changes in treatment and drug therapy are required. The authors and the publisher of this work have checked with sources believed to be reliable in their efforts to provide information that is complete and generally in accord with the standards accepted at the time of publication. However, in view of the possibility of human error or changes in medical sciences, neither the authors nor the publisher nor any other party who has been involved in the preparation or publication of this work warrants that the information contained herein is in every respect accurate or complete, and they disclaim all responsibility for any errors or omissions or for the results obtained from use of the information contained in this work. Readers are encouraged to confirm the information contained herein with other sources. For example, and in particular, readers are advised to check the product information sheet included in the package of each medication they plan to administer to be certain that the information contained in this work is accurate and that changes have not been made in the recommended dose or in the contraindications for administration. This recommendation is of particular importance in connection with new or infrequently used medications."--Notice
Contents:
Introduction
Chapter 1: Abdomen
Chapter 2: Distal Lower Limb
Chapter 3: Head
Chapter 4: Mediastinum --Chapter 5: Neck
Chapter 6: Pelvis
Chapter 7: Pleural Cavity
Chapter 8: Proximal Lower Limb
Chapter 9: Spine
Chapter 10: Upper Limb-- Appendix: Atlas.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014 - DigitalGerard Ahern, Maurice Brygel.Summary: Exploring essential surgery introduces basic surgical concepts and techniques to the medical student. Each learning module is grouped by region for ease of study. Numerous videos, images, and definitions comprise each module, giving context to the topic. Clerks can track their understanding of the material with quizzes.
Contents:
Principles
Skin
Head and neck
Thorax
Abdomen
Hernia
Anorectal
Pelvis
Upper limb
Lower limb
Spine
Procedures.Digital Access AccessSurgery 2014 - DigitalGanji Purnachandra Nagaraju, Aramati BM Reddy, editors.Summary: This book comprehensively describes the association between metabolic syndrome and pancreatic cancer progression, and the mechanism of action and target definition with a view to drug discovery. Metabolic syndrome, which includes adnominal obesity, hypertension, dyslipidemia, and hyperglycemia, has recently been shown to play an important role in the etiology and progression of various cancers. Further, obesity and diabetes have been associated with an increased incidence of gastric cancers. The book reviews the key biological mechanisms underlying the association between metabolic dysregulation, including obesity-associated enhancement of growth factor signaling, inflammation, and perturbation in pancreatic cancer cell growth and metastasis. It also illustrates the role of the inflammatory signaling pathway in metabolic diseases as well as tumor growth and explores the potential of these pathways as the rational targets for pancreatic cancer therapy. Lastly, the book offers a comprehensive description of the challenges associated with diabetes and pancreatic cancer therapy.
- DigitalSonia Malik, editor.Summary: Natural compounds obtained from plants represent a tremendous global market due to their use as food additives, cosmetics, in agriculture and in pharmaceuticals. This book provides up-to-date information on various strategies and methods for producing compounds of interest. Leading researchers discuss the latest advances in environmentally friendly natural compound production from plants, making the book a valuable resource for biotechnologists, pharmacists, food technologists and researchers working in the medical and healthcare industries.
Contents:
1. Secondary Metabolite Production in Plant Cell Culture: A New Epigenetic Frontier
2. Plant Cell Biofactories as in vitro production platforms of the anti-cancer drug Camptothecin
3. Not One for All: The Interwoven Relationship Between Morphophysiology and Secondary Metabolite Production in Plant Cell Cultures
4. Anthocyanins and proanthocyanidins as Anti-cancer agents
5. Duckweeds for the production of therapeutic proteins
6. Essential oils from plants: Industrial applications and Biotechnological production
7. Biotechnological production of antistress compounds: Current status and future prospects
8. Elicitors as a biotechnological tool for in vitro production of bioactive phenolic compounds
9. Immobilization and Application of Industrial Enzymes on Plant Based New Generation Polymers
10. Recent advances towards development plant cell culture process for sustainable production of lignans and its health benefits
11. Physiology of camptothecin synthesis in plants and root organ cultures of Ophiorrhiza mungos L. and its production in root fermenters
12. In vitro culture of Haloxylon recurvum and Haloxylon salicornicum: valuable source of food additives, pharmaceutical and nutritional components from extreme arid zone. - DigitalV. Venkatramanan, Shachi Shah, Ram Prasad, editors.Summary: The existential environmental crisis prompted the United Nations to formulate the Millennium Development Goals at the turn of the 21st century in order to embark on an era of sustainable development. The progress and deficiencies in achieving the Millennium Development Goals provided impetus to the intelligentsia and policymakers to map out the pertinent goals for a sustainable growth trajectory for humanity and the planet. The United Nations' 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, which was adopted in September 2015, took the shape of 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and 169 targets. In effect, the 17 Sustainable Development Goals focus on protecting the earth's life support systems for intra- and inter-generational equity and for development that is rooted in sustainability science. Attaining these goals is an uphill task; nevertheless, scientific knowledge, trans and interdisciplinary inquiries, concerted global action and capacity building would provide an enabling environment for achieving the SDGs. This book explores the synergies and trade-offs between climate change management and other SDGs. It highlights the policy imperatives as well as the interrelations between combating climate change and its impacts (SDG 13) and food and nutritional security (SDG 2), water security (SDG 6), soil security (SDG 15), energy security (SDG 7), poverty eradication (SDG 1), gender equality (SDG 5), resilient infrastructure (SDG 9), and sustainable and resilient cities (SDG 11).
Contents:
Chapter 1. Achieving Food and Nutrition Security and Climate Change: Clash of the Titans or Alignment of the Stars?
Chapter 2. Climate Change, Hunger and Food Security in Asia with special reference to Sri Lanka: Can the SDGs be Achieved by 2030?
Chapter 3. The Status of Climate Variability and Food Accessibility: A Case of Households in Gauteng Province, South Africa
Chapter 4. Climate resilient mariculture technologies for food and nutritional security
Chapter 5. Climate change and adaptation: Recommendations for agriculture sector
Chapter 6. Integrated Farming Systems: Climate Resilient Sustainable Food Production System in the Indian Himalayan Region
Chapter 7. Adaptation mechanism of methylotrophic bacteria to drought condition and its strategies in mitigating plant stress caused by climate change
Chapter 8. Synergies and Trade-offs between Climate Change and the Sustainable Development Goals in the Context of Marine Fisheries
Chapter 9. Increasing Synergies between Climate Change and Sustainable Development in Energy Policy
Chapter 10. Ensuring Domestic Water Security for Cities under Rapid Urbanisation and Climate Change Risks
Chapter 11. Improving Water Productivity for Smallholder Rice Farmers in the Upper West Region of Ghana: A Review of Sustainable Approaches
Chapter 12. Synergies between climate change, biodiversity, ecosystem function and services, indirect drivers of change and human well-being in forests
Chapter 13. Climate change projections of current and future distributions of the endemic Loris lydekkerianus (Lorinae) in peninsular India
Chapter 14. Climate Change, Air Pollution and SDG 3: An Indian Perspective
Chapter 15. Empowerment of fisherwomen through marine farming. - DigitalEman Ali Saeed Alghamdi, Abdulmalik Yahya Al Qahtani, Mazen M. Sinjab, Khalid Mohammed Alyahya.Contents:
Intro
Preface
Abstract
Acknowledgment
Contents
About the Authors
Abbreviations
Part I
Chapter 1: Ocular Pharmacokinetics
References
Chapter 2: Factors Affecting Bioavailability and Efficacy of Topical Ophthalmic Preparations
References
Chapter 3: Ideal Characteristics of Ophthalmic Drug Delivery System
References
Chapter 4: Inactive Ingredients Used in the Preparation of Ophthalmic Products
References
Chapter 5: Preservatives Used in Ophthalmic Preparations
Reference
Part II
Chapter 6: Topical Ophthalmic Drug Forms
References Chapter 7: Extemporaneous Compounding of Ophthalmic Products
Reference
Chapter 8: Guidelines of The American Society of Health-System Pharmacists (ASHP) on Pharmacy-Prepared Ophthalmic Products
Reference
Chapter 9: Formulations of Extemporaneous Topical Ophthalmic Preparations
9.1 Acetylcysteine Ophthalmic Solution [1-4]
9.2 Amikacin Ophthalmic Solution [5, 6]
9.3 Amphotericin B Ophthalmic Solution [7-12]
9.4 Atropine Ophthalmic Solution [13-15]
9.5 Autologous Serum Ophthalmic Solution [16-22]
9.6 Bacitracin Ophthalmic Solution [15, 23] 9.7 Cefazolin Sodium Ophthalmic Solution [15, 24-29]
9.8 Ceftazidime Ophthalmic Solution [15, 24, 30-33]
9.9 Cefuroxime Ophthalmic Solution [15, 34, 35]
9.10 Ceftriaxone Ophthalmic Solution [36, 37]
9.11 Clindamycin Ophthalmic Solution [38]
9.12 Cyclosporine Ophthalmic Solution [39-49]
9.13 Colistimetate Ophthalmic Solution [50-54]
9.14 Edetate Disodium Ophthalmic Solution [15, 55-58]
9.15 5-Fluorouracil Ophthalmic Solution [59-65]
9.16 Gentamicin Ophthalmic Solution [38, 66, 67]
9.17 Interferon Alfa-2b Ophthalmic Solution [68-80] 9.18 Medroxyprogesterone Ophthalmic Solution [81-83]
9.19 Mitomycin-C Ophthalmic Solution [84-100]
9.20 Penicillin G Potassium Ophthalmic Solution [84, 85, 101]
9.21 Tacrolimus Ophthalmic Solution [102, 103]
9.22 Tobramycin Ophthalmic Solution [84, 85, 104]
9.23 Vancomycin Hydrochloride Ophthalmic Solution [38, 105-107]
9.24 Voriconazole Ophthalmic Solution [108-118]
References
Part III
Chapter 10: Intravitreal Injections
References
Chapter 11: Intracameral Injections
Reference
Chapter 12: Formulations of Extemporaneous Intraocular Injections 12.1 Amikacin Sulfate Intravitreal Injection [1]
12.2 Amphotericin B Intravitreal Injection [2-6]
12.3 Bevacizumab Intravitreal Injection [7-12]
12.4 Cefazolin Sodium Intravitreal Injection [3, 13]
12.5 Ceftazidime Intravitreal Injection [3, 13, 14]
12.6 Cefuroxime Intracameral Injection [15]
12.7 Cidofovir Intravitreal Solution [16]
12.8 Clindamycin Intravitreal Injection [17-20]
12.9 Dexamethasone Phosphate Intravitreal Injection [21]
12.10 Foscarnet Intravitreal Injection [22-24]
12.11 Ganciclovir Intravitreal Injection [22, 25, 26]
12.12 Penicillin G Potassium Intravitreal Injection [27-29]Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalHiro Kiyosue, editor.Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: External Carotid Artery
References
2: Anterior (Visceral) Branches from the Proximal ECA (Superior Thyroidal, Lingual, and Facial Arterial System)
2.1 Superior Thyroidal Artery
2.1.1 Branches of the Superior Thyroidal Artery (Figs. 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6)
2.1.1.1 Infrahyoid Branch
2.1.1.2 Sternocleidomastoid Branch
2.1.1.3 Superior Laryngeal Artery
2.1.1.4 Cricothyroid Branch
2.1.1.5 Anterior and Posterior Branch (Figs. 2.4 and 2.5)
2.1.1.6 Prevertebral Branch
2.2 Lingual Artery (Figs. 2.1, 2.2, 2.7, and 2.8) 2.2.1 Branches of the Lingual Artery (Figs. 2.2, 2.7, and 2.8)
2.2.1.1 Pharyngeal Branch
2.2.1.2 Superior Hyoidal Branch
2.2.1.3 Dorsal Lingual Branch
2.2.1.4 Sublingual Artery
2.2.1.5 Deep Lingual Artery
2.3 Facial Artery (Figs. 2.1, 2.8, 2.9, and 2.10)
2.3.1 Branches of the Facial Artery
2.3.1.1 Ascending Palatine Artery
2.3.1.2 Tonsillar Branch
2.3.1.3 Glandular Branches
2.3.1.4 Submental Artery
2.3.1.5 Masseter Branches and Buccal Branches
2.3.1.6 Inferior and Superior Labial Arteries
2.3.1.7 Lateral Nasal Artery 2.3.1.8 Angular Artery (Fig. 2.10)
References
3: Posterior (Neural) Branches from the Proximal ECA
3.1 Occipital and Ascending Pharyngeal Arterial System
3.2 Occipital Artery
3.2.1 Branches of the Occipital Artery
3.2.1.1 Sternocleidomastoid Branches (Figs. 2.1, 3.3, and 3.4)
3.2.1.2 Stylomastoid Artery
3.2.1.3 Jugular Branch (Meningeal Branch)
3.2.1.4 Descending Muscular Branch
3.2.1.5 Mastoid Branches
3.2.1.6 Small Muscular Branches and Transosseous Branch
3.3 Ascending Pharyngeal Artery
3.3.1 Branches of the Ascending Pharyngeal Artery 3.3.1.1 Pharyngeal Branches (Figs. 3.11, 3.12, and 3.13)
3.3.1.2 Inferior Tympanic Artery (Fig. 3.14)
3.3.1.3 Neuromeningeal Branches (Figs. 3.4, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13, and 3.16)
3.3.1.4 Muscular Branches
References
4: Superficial Arteries from the Distal ECA
4.1 Posterior Auricular Artery and the Superficial Temporal Artery
4.2 Posterior Auricular Artery (Figs. 1.1, 2.1, 4.1, and 4.2)
4.2.1 Branches of the Posterior Auricular Artery
4.2.1.1 Parotid Branches
4.2.1.2 Muscular Branches
4.2.1.3 Stylomastoid Artery 4.3 Superficial Temporal Artery (Figs. 1.1, 1.2, 2.1, and 4.3)
4.3.1 Branches of the Superficial Temporal Artery
4.3.1.1 Transverse Facial Artery (Fig. 4.4)
4.3.1.2 Anterior Tympanic Artery (Figs. 4.2 and 4.3)
4.3.1.3 Anterior Auricular Branches (Figs. 4.2, 4.3, and 4.4)
4.3.1.4 Zygomatico-Orbital Artery (Figs. 2.1, 4.3, and 4.4)
4.3.1.5 Posterior Deep Temporal Artery
4.3.1.6 Frontal Branch and Parietal Branch (Terminal Branches) (Figs. 2.1, 3.10, and 4.3)
References
5: Maxillary Artery
5.1 Branches of the First Segment
5.1.1 The Anterior Tympanic Artery (Fig. 5.6)Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Jennie B. Leach, Elizabeth M. Powell.Summary: This volume provides comprehensive procedures for analyzing the extracellular matrix in native, injured, and engineered neural tissues. Divided into four parts, each focusing on different aspects of the extracellular matrix and the nervous system, Extracellular Matrix covers methods to analyze native tissue, in vitro models for investigating cell-extracellular matrix interactions in a variety of contexts, protocols to investigate the role of the extracellular matrix in nervous system injury, degeneration, and regeneration, as well as therapeutics and engineered systems. Each chapter is written by leading experts and presents established protocols in a concise format, encompassing current technologies as well as methods developed over years of research. Beginning with an introduction to the method, chapters continue with a listing of the materials and equipment, step-by-step protocols, and a Notes section with troubleshooting tips, supplemental details and alternative approaches, as well as a list of references for further information.
- DigitalEphraim Cohen, Hans Merzendorfer, editors.Summary: The extracellular matrix (ECM) is an acellular three-dimensional network composed of proteins, glycoproteins, proteoglycans and exopolysaccharides. It primarily serves as a structural component in the tissues and organs of plants and animals, or forms biofilms in which bacterial cells are embedded. ECMs are highly dynamic structures that undergo continuous remodeling, and disruptions are frequently the result of pathological processes associated with severe diseases such as arteriosclerosis, neurodegenerative illness or cancer. In turn, bacterial biofilms are a source of concern for human health, as they are associated with resistance to antibiotics. Although exopolysaccharides are crucial for ECM formation and function, they have received considerably little attention to date. The respective chapters of this book comprehensively address such issues, and provide reviews on the structural, biochemical, molecular and biophysical properties of exopolysaccharides. These components are abundantly produced by virtually all taxa including bacteria, algae, plants, fungi, invertebrates and vertebrates. They include long unbranched homopolymers (cellulose, chitin/chitosan), linear copolymers (alginate, agarose), peptoglycans such as murein, heteropolymers like a variety of glycosaminoglycans (hyaluronan, dermatan, keratin, heparin, Pel), and branched heteropolymers such as pectin and hemicellulose. A separate chapter is dedicated to modern industrial and biomedical applications of exopolysaccharides and polysaccharide-based biocomposites. Their unique chemical, physical and mechanical properties have attracted considerable interest, inspired basic and applied research, and have already been harnessed to form structural biocomposite hybrids for tailor-made applications in regenerative medicine, bioengineering and biosensor design. Given its scope, this book provides a substantial source of basic and applied information for a wide range of scientists, as well as valuable textbook for graduate and advanced undergraduate students.
Contents:
Part 1: Aminosugar-Based Exopolysaccharides Chitin-based extracellular matrices. Chapter1. Chito-Protein Matrices in Arthropod Exoskeletons and Peritrophic Membranes (Xiaoming Zhao, Jianzhen Zhang and Kun Yan Zhu)
Chapter2. Mineral-Chitin Composite in Mollusks (Ingrid M. Weiss)
Chapter3. Chitosan Derivatives and Grafted Adjuncts With Unique Properties (Hans Merzendorfer)
Chapter4. Hyaluronan Extracellular Matrix
Synthesis and Physiological Properties (Alberto Passi and Davide Vigetti)
Chapter5. Sulfated Chondroitin, Dermatan, Heparan and Keratan
Structure and Function (Emiliano Bedini, Maria Michela Corsaro, Alfonso Fernández-Mayoralas and Alfonso Iadonisi)
Chapter6. Peptidoglycan Structures, Biosynthesis and Deposition in Bacterial Cell Walls (Axel Walter and Christoph Mayer)
Chapter7. Cellulose and Hemicellulose Synthesis and their Regulation in Plant Cells (Xiaoyu Zhu, Xiaoran Xin, and Ying Gu)
Chapter8. Cellulose in Bacterial Biofilms (Diego O. Serra and Regine Hengge)
Chapter9. Role of Glucan-Derived Polymers in the Pathogenic Fungus Candida albicans
Chapter10. Structure and Biological Properties of Lasiodiplodan (Mário A.A. Cunha, Vidiany A.Q. Santos, Gabrielle C. Calegari, William N. Sánchez Luna, Sandra L.A. Marin, Robert F.H. Dekker and Aneli M. Barbosa-Dekker)
Chapter11. Structure and Biological Properties of Botryosphaeran (Robert F.H. Dekker, Eveline A.I.F. Queiroz, Mario A.A. Cunha, and Aneli M Barbosa-Dekker)
Chapter12. Pectic Polysaccharides in Plants: Structures, Biosynthesis and Functions (Charles Anderson)
Chapter13. Alginate-based bacterial biofilms (M. Fata Moradali and Bernd H.A. Rehm)
Part2. Industrial and Biomedical Applications of Biopolysaccharides. chapter14. Chitin/Chitosan
Versatile Ecological, Industrial and Biomedical Aapplications (Hans Merzendorfer and Ephraim Cohen)
Chapter15. Marine Glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) and GAG-Mimetics
Applications in Medicine and Tissue Engineering (Sy lvia Colliec-Jouault and Agata Zykwinska)
Chapter16. Alginate
Pharmacological and Medical Applications (Patrícia Sofia Pinhanços Batista, Alcina Maria Miranda Bernardo de Morais, Maria Manuela Estevez Pintado, and Rui Manuel Santos Costa de Morais)
Chapter17. Nanocellulose Composite Biomaterials in Industry and Medicine (Oded Shoseyov, Doron Kam, Tal Ben Shalom, Zvi Shtein, Sapir Vinkler and Yehudit Posen).Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Sheila Spada, Lorenzo Galluzzi.Contents:
Intro
Extracellular Vesicles
Copyright
Contents
Contributors
Preface
Extracellular vesicles: An exciting and rapidly expanding field of investigation
Acknowledgments
Disclosures
References
Chapter One: Genetic labeling of extracellular vesicles for studying biogenesis and uptake in living mammalian cells
1. Introduction
2. Equipment and materials
2.1. Equipment
2.2. Cells and culture medium
2.3. Reagents and chemicals
3. Protocol
3.1. Cell culture
3.2. Generation of transient and stable CD63-GFP/VSVG-GFP expressing cells 3.3. Exosome preparation from conditioned medium
3.4. Cell and exosome imaging
3.5. Cellular uptake of exosomes by confocal microscopy and flow cytometry
4. Concluding remarks
5. Notes
Acknowledgments
References
Chapter Two: Fluorescent labeling of extracellular vesicles
1. Introduction
1.1. Uptake studies
1.2. Biodistribution studies
1.3. Characterization studies
2. Fluorescent labeling
2.1. EV Labeling approaches
2.1.1. Surface marker labeling of EVs
2.1.2. Lipid membrane labeling of EVs
2.1.3. Luminal labeling of EVs 2.2. Post-labeling clean-up
2.2.1. Differential ultracentrifugation
2.2.2. Density gradient centrifugation
2.2.3. Size exclusion chromatography
2.2.4. Filtration
3. Materials, equipment and reagents
4. Protocols
4.1. Sample labeling
4.2. Removing excess dye
4.3. Coverslip preparation
4.4. Fluorescent imaging
4.5. Size assessment using NTA
5. Pros and cons
5.1. Surface marker labeling
5.2. Lipid membrane labeling
5.3. Luminal labeling
6. Conclusion
References Chapter Three: Use of antibody arrays to probe exosome and extracellular vesicle mediated functional changes in cells
1. Introduction
1.1. Exosomes and extracellular vesicles
1.2. Antibody arrays
2. Methods
2.1. Cell culture
2.2. Isolation of exosome fraction
2.3. Labeling of exosome fraction
2.4. Treatment of cells
2.5. Antibody arrays
3. Notes
4. Concluding remarks
References
Chapter Four: Analysis of individual extracellular vesicles by imaging flow cytometry
1. Introduction
2. Single EV analyses
2.1. Equipment
2.2. Materials 2.3. Protocol optimization
2.4. Instrument calibration
3. Protocol
3.1. Preparation of antibody solution
3.2. Sample preparation
3.3. Controls
3.4. Sample acquisition with the ISX
4. Data analysis
4.1. Defining of masks to analyze the raw image file data
4.2. Using the feature manager to determine single events
4.3. Data presentation and calculation of subset concentrations
5. Summary
Acknowledgments
References
Chapter Five: Imaging intercellular interaction and extracellular vesicle exchange in a co-culture model of chronic lymph ...
1. IntroductionDigital Access ScienceDirect 2020 - Printeditors, Thomas V. Brogan, Laurance Lequier, Roberto Lorusso, Graeme MacLaren, Giles Peek.Contents:
I. Extracorporeal life support: General principles
II. Extracorporeal life support: Neonatal respiratory disease
III. Extracorporeal life support: Pediatric respiratory disease
IV. Extracorporeal life support: Neonatal and pediatric cardiac disease
V. Extracorporeal life support: Adult respiratory disease
VI. Extracorporeal life support: Adult cardiac disease
VII. Extracorporeal life support: Special indications
VIII. ECLS: Procedures and adjunctive extracorporeal therapies
IX. Extracorporeal life support: Organization. - DigitalGregory A. Schmidt, editor.Contents:
Physiology of Extracorporeal Life Support (ECLS), Matthew J. Brain, Warwick W. Butt, Graeme MacLaren
Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions, Darryl Abrams, Matthew Bacchetta, Daniel Brodie
Cardiogenic Shock: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions, Nicolas Bréchot, Alain Combes
ECCO2R in Obstructive Diseases: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions, Lorenzo Del Sorbo, V. Marco Ranieri
ECLS as a Bridge to Lung Transplantation, Christian Kuehn.- Modes of ECLS, L. Keith Scott, Benjamin Schmidt
Vascular Access for ECLS, Steven A. Conrad
Circuits, Membranes, and Pumps, Bradley H. Rosen
Ventilator Management during ECLS, Antonio Pesenti, Giacomo Bellani, Giacomo Grasselli, Tommaso Mauri
Daily Care on ECLS, Giles J. Peek
Crises during ECLS, Cara L. Agerstrand, Linda B. Mongero, Darryl Abrams, Matthew Bacchetta, Daniel Brodie
Mobilization during ECLS, Gregory A. Schmidt
ECMO Weaning and Decannulation, Sundar Krishnan and Gregory A. Schmidt
The Story of ECLS: History and Future, J. Ann Morris, Robert Pollock, Brittany A. Zwischenberger, Cherry Ballard-Croft, Joseph B. Zwischenberger. - DigitalGregory A Schmidt, editor.Summary: This new edition presents an evidence-based review of extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) for adults, with a particular focus on veno-venous (VV) ECMO. Due to the dramatic impact of COVID-19, the number of institutions offering ECMO, thus the number of clinicians performing ECMO (or referring their patients for ECMO), has exploded in a truly unprecedented way. While the pandemic may fade, programs built in response will survive by extending the application of ECMO to previously overlooked populations. This fully updated second edition refines its focus to VV ECMO, which has seen the most dramatic increase and relevance. This allows expert authors to go further in depth regarding VV ECMO and provide readers with better guidance from the physiology of VV ECMO to weaning and decannulation. Several areas have been expanded, including anti-thrombotic approaches; how to set the mechanical ventilator and judge the complex interactions between patient, ventilator, and ECMO circuit; assessing the systemic circulation during VV ECMO (especially right ventricular function and intravascular volume); and recognizing membrane lung dysfunction. Finally, new chapters addressing how the VV-capable clinician should think about VA ECMO and how to incorporate ethical principles in patient selection and withdrawal of ECMO have been added. This is an ideal guide for intensive care and respiratory medicine specialists, fellows training in critical care, ECMO specialist staff, perfusionists, nurses, and respiratory therapists.
Contents:
Physiology of Extracorporeal Life Support (ECLS)
Circuits, Membranes, and Pumps
Modes of ECMO
Vascular Access
Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions
Ventilator management during ECLS
Managing the Systemic Circulation: Volume Status and RV Function
Antithrombotic therapy for ECMO
Membrane Dysfunction
ECCO2R in Obstructive Diseases: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions
ECMO as a bridge to lung transplantation
Daily management of patients on VV ECMO
Crises During ECLS
Mobilization During ECLS
ECMO Weaning and Decannulation
Veno-arterial ECMO in respiratory failure
Ethical Challenges in Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation. - DigitalSachinder Singh Hans, editor.Summary: Carotid and vertebral artery disease affects a large segment of the population with the potential of causing severe disability from a major stroke. This book places emphasis on the medical, endovascular and surgical approaches in managing patients with extracranial carotid and vertebral artery disease following pertinent diagnostic studies. Sections focus on carotid and vertebral anatomy, physiology and diagnostic modalities. Subsequent chapters discuss specific disease processes and their management with the best medical therapy neuro-interventions. Contributions from many interrelated specialties, including cerebrovascular physiology, pathology, neuro-radiology, neuro-interventions, stroke-neurology and vascular surgery significantly enhance our knowledge of carotid and vertebral artery disease. Extracranial Carotid and Vertebral Artery Disease: Contemporary Management provides an comprehensive and state-of-the-art approach to managing complex arterial reconstructions. .
- DigitalRochelle Buffenstein, Thomas J. Park, Melissa M. Holmes, editors.Summary: This volume focuses on the huge advances in the last 25 years on the use of this animal model for biomedical research (cancer, heart disease and neurodegeneration), fundamental neuroscience and basic subterranean biology. In 2013, Science magazine named the naked mole-rat as the Vertebrate of the Year. This was partly due to research carried out documenting its extreme longevity, negligible senescence, and prolonged maintenance of cancer free, good health well into old age as well as seminal work on mechanisms involved in these processes, pain and hypoxia resistance. In addition to this research focus on longevity and chronic diseases such as cancer and cardiovascular disease, the naked mole-rat has also made a substantial contribution to the fields of ecophysiology, neuroscience and behavior. With international contributions, this book provides a valuable text for zoological students, behavioral scientists and biomedical researchers.
Contents:
Dedication
About the editors
Preface (Jarvis JUM)
Chapter 1. Social evolution in African mole-rats - a comparative overview (Faulkes CG & Bennett NC)
Chapter 2. Social behavior in naked mole-rats: individual differences in phenotype and proximate mechanisms of mammalian eusociality (Holmes MM & Goldman BD)
Chapter 3. Neuropeptidergic and neuroendocrine systems underlying eusociality and the concomitant social regulation of reproduction in naked mole-rats: a comparative approach (Coen CW, Bennett N, Holmes MM, & Faulkes CG)
Chapter 4. Adult neural plasticity in naked mole-rats: implications of fossoriality, longevity and sociality on the brains capacity for change (Mooney SJ, Forger NG, & Holmes MM)
Chapter 5. Sensory Systems of the African Naked Mole-Rat (Vice EN, Lagestee S, Browe BM, Deb D, Smith ESJ, Park TJ)
Chapter 6. Hearing and vocalizations in the naked mole-rat (Barker AJ, Koch, U, Lewin GR, Pyott, SJ)
Chapter 7. The somatosensory world of the African naked mole-rat (Lewin GR, Smith ESJ, Reznick J, Debus K, Barker A, and Park TJ)
Chapter 8. The idiosyncratic physiological traits of the naked mole-rat; a resilient animal model of aging, longevity, and healthspan (Buffenstein R and Craft W)
Chapter 9. African Naked Mole-Rats Demonstrate Extreme Tolerance to Hypoxia and Hypercapnia (Park TJ, Smith ESJ, Reznick J, Bennett NC, Applegate DT, Larson J, Lewin GR)
Chapter 10. A sweet story of metabolic innovation in the naked mole-rat (Reznick J, Park TJ, and Lewin GR)
Chapter 11. Insights into the molecular basis of genome stability and pristine proteostasis in naked mole-rats (Narayan V, McMahon M, OBrien J, McAllister F and Buffenstein R)
Chapter 12. The Unusual Immune System of the Naked Mole-Rat (Lin TD and Buffenstein R)
Chapter 13
Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells from Cancer-Resistant Naked Mole-rats (Miura. K, Oiwa Y, and Kawamura Y)
Chapter 14. Naked mole-rats: resistant to developing cancer or good at avoiding it? (Hadi F, Smith ESJ and Khaled WT)
Chapter 15. Spontaneous Disease and Pathology of Naked Mole-rats (Delaney MA, Imai DM, Buffenstein R)
Chapter 16. Managed Care of Naked Mole-rats (Smith M, and Buffenstein R)
Chapter 17. Some exciting future directions for work on naked mole-rats (Smith ESJ, ParkTJ, Holmes MM and Buffenstein R). - Digitaleditor, Douglas D. Brunette.Contents:
Airway
Appendages
Central nervous system
Cardiovascular and pulmonary
Obstetrics and gynecology
Foreign bodies
Otolaryngology
Abdomen
Electrocardiogram
Intriguing
Ophthalmology
Orthopedics
Dermatology
Genitalia
Self imposed
Life saving.Digital Access AccessEmergency Medicine 2019 - DigitalAlper Sener, Hakan Erdem, editors.Summary: This book brings awareness to a neglected condition that is nevertheless prevalent world-wide. Much focus is justly given to pulmonary tuberculosis, one of the key medical scourges of humanity, but this disease also often manifests itself in organs outside of the lungs. There is however a surprising lack of information available on extrapulmonary TB, which this book aims to remedy. Specifically, research, as well as epidemiology, diagnosis, and treatment options, are discussed in detail by an international list of experts.
Contents:
1. Epidemiology of extrapulmonary tuberculosis
2. Pleural Tuberculosis
3. Gastrointestinal Tuberculosis
4. Hepatobiliary and splenic tuberculosis
5. Lymphatic Tuberculosis
6. Bone and Joint Tuberculosis
7. Tuberculous Spondylodiscitis
8. Tuberculous Meningitis
9. Tuberculous Encephalitis
10. Spinal tuberculosis
11. Genitourinary Tuberculosis
12. Cardiovascular Tuberculosis
13. Cutaneous Tuberculosis
14. Tuberculosis of Eye
15. Infection control in extrapulmonary TB
16. Tuberculosis in the ICU. - DigitalEmilia Pauline Liao, editor.Contents:
Intro; Series Editor Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
Chapter 1: Vitamin D Biochemistry and Physiology; Introduction; Vitamin D Production; Vitamin D Metabolism; Transport of Vitamin D Metabolites in the Blood and Their Cellular Uptake; Vitamin D Mechanism of Action; Vitamin D Regulation of Cellular Function; Classic Vitamin D Target Tissues; Nonclassic Vitamin D Target Tissues; Regulation of Proliferation and Differentiation; Regulation of Hormone Secretion; Regulation of the Immune System; References;
Chapter 2: Vitamin D and Autoimmune Diseases; Introduction; Vitamin D DeficiencyDigital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalEduardo de Santibañes, Victoria Ardiles, Fernando A. Alvarez, Virginia Cano Busnelli, Martin de Santibañes, editors.Summary: This book describes the diagnoses; staging and management of patients with colorectal liver metastases initially considered unresectable and portrays the different strategies to increase resectability along with their tactics and tricks. Colorectal carcinoma is the third most commonly diagnosed cancer in the world and according to recent cancer statistics around 1.23 million patients are diagnosed each year. Of these patients, approximately 50% will develop liver metastases during the course of their disease and around 15-25% are found to have stage IV disease at diagnosis. Liver resection has been recognized as the treatment of choice for these patients, offering overall 5-year survival rates of up to 50-60% and the only hope for cure. However, at diagnosis only 10-20% of these patients are possibly amenable to surgical resection with curative intent. The possibility to achieve an R0 resection is many times limited by the amount and quality of the future liver remnant (FLR), being posthepatectomy liver failure (PHLF) the most feared and severe complication after major liver resections. With the years, diverse strategies have been developed with the intention to increase resectability by increasing the future liver remnant and/or reducing tumor size, e.g. ALPPS. Along with these techniques, associated surgeries are developed including multivisceral resections, which broadens even more the resectability for patients.
Contents:
Part I Introduction. 1. Introduction
2. Liver surgical anatomy
II. Global patient evaluation and oncological assessment
3. Resectability assessment with diagnostic imaging
4. Liver function evaluation before extreme liver surgery
5. Imaging-based preoperative planning
6. Choosing the best strategy. Multidisciplinary evaluation
III
Non-operative multimodal therapies
7. Conversion and neoadjuvant therapies
8. Portal embolization
9. Intraarterial chemotherapy
10. Radioembolization
IV. Surgical strategies
11. Anesthetics management
12. Intraoperative evaluation of resectability
13. Vascular control in major hepatic resections
14. Two-stage liver surgery
15. Two-stage liver surgery with portal occlusion
16 ALPPS
17. Parenchymal-sparing liver resections
18. Combined vascular resections
19. Ex-vivo liver surgery
20. Liver transplant
21. The roll of laparoscopy in advanced liver disease
V. Management of concomitant extrahepatic disease
22. Pulmonary metastases
23. Nodal involvement
24. Peritoneal disease
25. Adjacent organs invasion. Multivisceral resections
VI. Postoperative complications and their management
26. Complications of hepatic resections
VII. Palliative care
27. Palliative care in patients with extensive disease. - Digital/PrintFrancesco Feletti, editor.Contents:
Part I. Medicine in extreme sports: 1Psychology and the extreme sports experience
2 Nutrition for extreme sports
3 Endocrine responses to extreme sports
4 Infectious diseases and extreme sports
5 Ocular problems in extreme sports: high altitude trekking and surfing
6 Extreme sports dermatology
7 Medical support for expedition-length adventure races
8 Emergency medicine in mountain sports: treatment of casualties in hostile environments
9 Drug abuse and doping in extreme sports. Part II. Injuries and illnesses in the most popular extreme sports: 10 Rock and ice climbing medicine
11. Alpine skiing and snowboarding: current trends and future directions
12 Extreme mountain biking injuries
13 Ultramarathon running: medical issues
14Skateboarding: accidents and injuries
15 BASE jumping and wingsuit flying: accidents and injuries,
16 Foot-launched flying: accidents and injuries. Hang gliding, paragliding, powered hang gliding and powered paragliding
17 Paragliding medicine
18 Kitesports medicine: Kite surfing, snow kiting and kite buggying
19 Injuries associated with skydiving
20 Surfing and skimboarding medicine
21 Windsurfing injuries
22 Extreme sailing injuries
23 White-water paddlesports medicine: canoeing, kayaking and rafting
24 Wakeboarding injuries. 25 Extreme scuba diving medicine. Part III. Prevention, training and rehabilitation: 26 Training and injury prevention strategies in extreme sports
27 An ecological dynamics framework for the acquisition of perceptual motor skills in climbing
28 Windsurfing: the physiology of athletic performance and training
29 Employment of near-infrared spectroscopy to assess the physiological determinants of hiking performance in single-handed dinghy sailors
30 Whole body vibration in extreme sports
31 Physiology and risk management of cold exposure
32 Helmets: technological innovations for safety
33 The eye in extreme sports: prevention, treatment and rehabilitation
34 Rehabilitation of extreme sports injuries
35 Legal issues related to extreme sports.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalA. Neil Salyapongse, Samuel O. Poore, Ahmed M. Afifi, Michael L. Bentz, editors.Summary: Extremity Replantation is a comprehensive text covering all aspects of the upper and lower limb, with an emphasis on state-of-the-art techniques in the surgical and medical management of amputation and avulsion injuries as well as the current understanding of the recovery of function following replantation. It is organized following anatomical zones ? thumb, digits, wrist, forearm and elbow; foot, ankle and lower leg ? with special chapters dedicated to issues common to all replants, such as complications, medical management, nerve recovery and rehabilitation. Furthermore, the international team of authors demonstrates approaches from the entire spectrum of replantation care specialists, including plastic and reconstructive surgeons, orthopedists, and hand therapists. Generously illustrated with intra-operative photos, this book will serve as a standard reference for orthopedic, reconstructive, plastic, and hand surgeons as well as physicians or ancillary medical staff caring for the replant patient.
Contents:
The History of Extremity Replantation
Principles of Musculoskeletal Repair in Extremity Replantation
Principles of Nerve Repair and Neural Recovery in Extremity Replantation Surgery
Replantation of the Thumb
Replantation of the Digits
Replantation at the Level of the Radiocarpal Joint
Replantation of the Forearm or Arm
Optimizing Vascular Patency in Replantation
Toe-to-Hand Transplantation after Failed Replantation
Heterotopic Digital Replantation
Replantation in the Child and Adolescent
Lower Limb Replantation
Management of Complications after Replantation
Secondary Procedures in Replantation
Rehabilitation following Replantation in the Upper Extremity. - DigitalSikha Mandal, Jnanendra Rath.Summary: This volume presents recent developments in the novel drug development and potential of extremophilic cyanobacteria. It discusses how these tiny organism originated, produce oxygen that leads to evolution of life on the earth, how their survival strategies in extreme climatic conditions lead to diverse metabolic pathways, and the opportunity to use them to develop novel drugs. The book is comprised of five chapters, starting with the origin of cyanobacteria, their survival strategies under extreme conditions, and their capabilities to change metabolic activities.The second chapter explores the different metabolic pathways found in cyanobacteria and examines advances in this field and recent techniques like MALDI-TOF imaging and metagenomics tools as well as in silico techniques for rapid screening of secondary metabolites. Further chapters cover the glycomics of cyanobacteria, anticancer drug development, and some issues and challenges of using cyanobacteria to develop drugs. Extremophilic Cyanobacteria For Novel Drug Development provides insight into future perspectives in drug development and is a key resource for students, researchers and professionals in pharmacy, medicinal chemistry, pharmacognosy biotechnology, biology, and academics.
Contents:
1 Introduction
2 Secondary Metabolites of Cyanobacteria and Drug Development
3 Glycoconjugates of Cyanobacteria and Potential Drug Development from them
4 Anticancer Drug Development from Cyanobacteria
5 Issues and Challenges of Drug Development from Cyanobacteria. - DigitalRajesh K. Sani, Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, editors.Summary: This book presents a review and in-depth analyses of improved biotechnological processes emphasizing critical aspects and challenges of lignocellulosic biomass conversion into biofuels and value-added products especially using extremophiles and recombinant microorganisms. The book specifically comprises extremophilic production of liquid and gaseous biofuels (bioethanol, biobutanol, biodiesel, biohydrogen, and biogas) as well as value added products (e.g. single cell protein, hydrocarbons, lipids, exopolysaccharides, and polyhydroxyalkanoates). The book also provides the knowledge on how to develop safe, more efficient, sustainable, and economical integrated processes for enhanced conversion of lignocellulosic feedstocks to liquid and gaseous biofuels. Finally the book describes how to perform the techno-economical and life-cycle assessments of new integrated processes involving extremophiles. These modeling exercises are critical in addressing any deficiencies associated with the demonstration of an integrated biofuels and value-added products production process at pilot scale as well as demonstration on the commercialization scale.
Contents:
Bioprospecting of Extremophiles for Biotechnology Applications / Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, Rajesh K. Sani
Conversion of Lignocellulosic Feedstocks into Bioethanol Using Extremophiles / Sean Michael Scully, Johann Orlygsson
Biobutanol Production Using Recombinant Microorganisms / Rakhee Khandeparker, Rajesh K. Sani
Biodiesel (Microalgae) / Karen M. Moll, Todd C. Pedersen, Robert D. Gardner, Brent M. Peyton
Biohydrogen Production from Lignocellulosic Feedstocks Using Extremophiles / Raman Rao, Rajesh K. Sani, Sachin Kumar
Biogas from Extremophiles / Karthik Rajendran, Gergely Forgacs
Conversion of Lignocellulosic Feedstocks into Biogas / Ritika Verma, Abhilash Kumar Tripathi, Sudhir Kumar
Bioconversion of Methane for Value-Added Products / Qiang Fei, Philip T. Pienkos
Synthetic Biology Enables Photosynthetic Production of Limonene from CO2 and H2O / Charles Halfmann, Liping Gu, William Gibbons, Ruanbao Zhou
Exopolysaccharide Productions from Extremophiles: The Chemical Structures and Their Bioactivities / Paola Di Donato, Annarita Poli, Giuseppina Tommonaro, Gennaro Roberto Abbamondi, Barbara Nicolaus
Polyhydroxyalkanoates Production from Renewable and Waste Materials Using Extremophiles/Recombinant Microbes / Özkan Danış, Ayşe Ogan, Meral Birbir
Rewiring Extremophilic Electrocatalytic Processes for Production of Biofuels and Value-Added Compounds from Lignocellulosic Biomass / Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, Rajesh K. Sani, David Salem
Integrated Consolidated Bioprocessing for Conversion of Lignocellulosic Feedstock to Biofuels and Value-Added Bioproducts / Jia Wang, Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, David R. Salem, Rajesh K. Sani
Value-Added Products from Wastes Using Extremophiles in Biorefineries: Process Modeling, Simulation, and Optimization Tools / Elias Martinez-Hernandez, Kok Siew Ng, Myriam A. Amezcua Allieri, Jorge A. Aburto Anell, Jhuma Sadhukhan - Printedited by Hugh Davson.Contents:
v. 1. Vegetative physiology and biochemistry. - DigitalJohn V. Forrester, Andrew D. Dick, Paul G. McMenamin, Fiona Roberts, Eric Pearlman.Summary: "The Eye: Basic Sciences in Practice provides highly accessible, one-stop coverage of all the essential basic science required by today's ophthalmologists and optometrists in training. It is also core reading for those embarking on a career in visual and ophthalmic science, as well as an invaluable, current refresher for the range of practitioners working in this area. Building on previous success, this fifth edition has been fully revised in line with current curricula, key research developments and clinical best practice. It succinctly incorporates critical developments in fast-moving fields related to the eye and vision, including genetics, pharmacology, microbiology, immunology, pathology, neurophysiology, neuroanatomy and imaging"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Anatomy of the eye and orbit
Embryology and early development of the eye and adnexa
Genetics
Biochemistry and cell biology
Physiology of vision and the visual system
General and ocular pharmacology
Immunology
Microbial infections of the eye
Pathology
Addendum.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - PrintW.A.J. van Heuven, M.D.Summary: The most feared loss of function during life is the loss of sight. Thus, the prevention of blindness is of greatest importance to humankind. This is the task of the ophthalmologist and is the subject of this book.
- DigitalAlex V. Levin, Robert W. Enzenauer, editors.Summary: "Written and edited by experts in areas of pediatric ophthalmology and pediatrics, this new text describes ocular manifestations of systemic diseases in the pediatric populations in a comprehensive and cataloged fashion. The Eye in Pediatric Systemic Disease is designed as an in-depth and up-to-date reference work that provides extensive citations, thus allowing the reader ready access to the international supporting literature. Everything from ocular manifestations of hematologic disease, child abuse, psychiatric diseases, renal disorders, and vitamin disorders are covered, allowing readers to know what to look for in the eyes of children with a given systemic disorder. The Eye in Pediatric Systemic Disease is written in language that is accessible to ophthalmologists and pediatricians and virtually every physician and allied health who cares for children" -- Back cover.
Contents:
Normal postnatal ocular development / Laura J. Heinmiller and Alex V. Levin
Ocular manifestations of prematurity / Edward W. Cheeseman, Jr., Brita S. Deacon, and Dorothea Jenkins
Ocular manifestations of allergic and immunologic diseases / Logan Christensen, John T. McDonnell, and Jasleen Singh
Ocular manifestations of cardiac disease / Tara j. Guretzky, Peter C. Dyke II, and Herbert G. Whitley
Ocular manifestations of child abuse / Naomie Warner, Kathryn M. McCans, and Alex V. Levin
Oculofacial manifestations of chromosomal aberrations / Mario Zanolli, Alex V. Levin, and Guillermo Lay-Son
Ocular manifestations of craniofacial disorders / Edward P. Buchanan, Emily R. Gallagher, Kara C. LaMattina, Veeral S. Shah, Amy S. Xue, and Jane Edmond
Ocular manifestations of dermatologic diseases / Jennifer L. Jung, Lance M. Siegel, Lawrence F. Eichenfield, and Gregg Lueder
Ocular manifestations of endocrinologic diseases / Rebecca Sands Braverman and Sarah K. Bartz
Ocular manifestations of gastrointestinal disease / James E. Elder and winita Hardikar
Hematologic disorders of the eye / Mary Ellen Hoehn, James E. Elder, and Jeremie Heath Estepp
Ocular manifestations of infectious diseases / Mariam Ahmad, Cara Elise Capitena, Donna Curtis, and Emily A. McCourt
Ocular manifestations of inborn errors of metabolism / Anuradha Ganesh, Fethiya Al-Murshedi, Sana Al-Zuhaibi, and Khalid Al-Thihli
Ocular manifestations of musculoskeletal disorders / Michael Clarke, Gar-Yun Wong, and Jeffry Hogg
Ocular manifestations of neurologic diseases / Rebecca B. Mets-Halgrimson, Melissa L. Cirillo, WanWan Xu, Radha Ram, Allison R. Soneru, Kirstin Tawse, Abigail Angulo, and Robert W. Enzenauer
Phakomatoses-neurocutaneous syndromes / Sabra Lofgren Leitenberger, Mariah N. Mason, Jason Coryell, Robert W. Enzenauer, and Daniel J. Karr
Ocular manifestations of psychiatric diseases / James E. Elder and Andrew Court
Ocular manifestations of pediatric pulmonary diseases / Sylvia H. Yoo, MyMy C. Buu, Marin H. Kollef, and Robert W. Enzenauer
Ocular manifestations of pediatric renal diseases / Sudhi P. Kurup, Mahima Keswani, and Robert W. Enzenauer
Ocular manifestations of pediatric rheumatic diseases / R. Christopher Walton, Clara Lin, and Robert W. Enzenauer
Ocular manifestations of systemic syndromes / Arcot Sadagopan Karthikeyan and Adele S. Schneider
Ocular manifestations of vitamin disorders / Eun Young Choi, Rebecca Freedman Neustein, nancy F. Krebs, and David S. Walton.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAasef Shaikh, Fajun Wang.Summary: This book describes the abnormal eye movements encountered in the critical care unit in everyday practice and elaborates on the mechanism and clinical significance behind them. Beginning with a thorough grounding of the basic anatomy and physiology ocular motor system and how they move the eyeballs; chapters explore the pathological descriptions of all the signs that a practicing neurologist, ophthalmologist, or emergency medicine specialist might see in other ICU's, as well as the diagnostic and prognostic evidence to answer the consult questions. Further chapters describe the abnormal ocular movements seen in the Neuro-ICU, Eye Movements in the Critical Care Setting is a comprehensive resource on eye movement in the critical care setting, and a useful guide for the neurologist, ophthalmologist, and emergency medical specialist and residents alike.
Contents:
Basic anatomy and physiology of ocular motor system
Eye movement disorders in critically ill patients.-Gaze disorders
Roving eye movements.-Ocular dipping.-Inverse ocular dipping.-Medication-induced opsoclonus
Medication-induced nystagmus
Saccades disorders.-Saccadic slowing in encephalopathy.-Medication-induced saccadic slowing
Vestibulo-ocular reflex (VOR) disorders
VOR impairments in cooling
VOR impairments in encephalopathy
Eye movement disorders leading to Neuro-ICU admissions
Eye movements in cerebellar lesions leading to ICU admission
Eye movements in medullary lesions leading to ICU admission
Eye movements in pontine lesions leading to ICU admission
Eye movements in midbrain lesions leading to ICU admission
Eye movements in cerebral cortex lesions leading to ICU admission
Myasthenia gravis crisis
Guillain-Barre syndrome (Miller-Fischer variant)
Eye movements in epilepsy
Medication-induced abnormal eye movements
Epileptic eye movements
Abnormal eye movements in autoimmune disorders. - DigitalRalph C. Eagle, Jr.Contents:
An introduction to ocular anatomy and histology
Congenital and developmental anomalies
Inflammation
Ocular trauma
Conjunctiva
Cornea and sclera
The lens
Glaucoma
Retina
Vitreous
Intraocular tumors in adults
Retinoblastoma and simulating lesions
The eyelid and lacrimal drainage system
Orbit
Optic nerve
Laboratory techniques, special stains, and immunohistochemistry.Digital Access - DigitalSteffen Heegaard, Hans Grossniklaus, editors.Summary: This book is a comprehensive, in-depth, and up-to-date resource on eye pathology that will be of great practical value for ophthalmic and general pathologists and ophthalmologists. Congenital abnormalities, inflammatory conditions, infections, injuries, degenerative diseases, and tumors are all covered with the aid of more than 700 images. In the case of tumors, the wide variety of neoplasms that occur in the eyelid, conjunctiva, retina, uveal tract, lacrimal gland and sac, orbit, and optic nerve are comprehensively reviewed, and the most recent knowledge on the relation between genetics and prognosis is presented. Entries on specific diseases are organized in a standard way, with information on etiology, epidemiology, clinical presentation, pathological characteristics, differential diagnosis, therapy, and prognosis. The authors are all recognized experts and members of the European and American ophthalmic pathology societies.
Contents:
The Eye
Conjunctiva
Cornea
Sclera
Lens
Glaucoma
Optic Nerve
Vitreous
Retina
Uvea
Eyelid
Orbit. - PrintDominique Raynaud.
- DigitalSaif Aldeen Saleh AlRyalat.Summary: The book provides high yield information in basic ophthalmology including anatomy, physiology, pathology, pharmacology, microbiology, and embryology that are required for preparation of ophthalmology exams. The book focusses on all parts of the eye, with special focus on basic science including appropriate amount of information on clinical science for students and trainees. It is written in a lucid manner with textual notes and illustrations for quick learning and better understanding. Each section contains high yield information in separate points, with commonly asked information in Eye Yield Note boxes. It also includes estimated study time for each section to better plan the study. It also includes a pre-exam night study section at the end of the book that provides the information to be reviewed just before the exam. The book will be very helpful in passing almost all basic ophthalmology exams in a relatively short study time, by skipping the filling text available in most of the textbooks. It will be an excellent read for post graduate students looking for concise revision material. It will be relevant for medical students, ophthalmology residents, and medical doctors applying for ophthalmology residency and also for FRCS Part 1 exam.
Contents:
How to use the book
Structural anatomy, physiology, and pathology of eye
Essential pathology and immunology for ophthalmologists
Genetics and embryology for ophthalmologists
Pharmacology for ophthalmologists
Microbiology for ophthalmologists
Neurology for ophthalmologists
Pre-exam eye yields. - Digital[edited by] Mark A. Codner, Clinton D. McCord ; with illustrations by Bill Winn, Amanda Yarberry Behr, Brenda Bunch.Contents:
Volume 1. Part I: Fundamentals
Part II: Aesthetic surgery
Part III: Aesthetic nonsurgical periorbital treatments
Volume 2. Part IV: Reconstructive surgery
Part V: Orbital and lacrimal surgery.Digital Access - DigitalJerry A. Shields, Director, Ocular Oncology Services, Wills Eye Hospital, Professor of Ophthalmology, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA, Carol L. Shields, Co-Director, Ocular Oncology Services, Wills Eye Hospital, Professor of Ophthalmology, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA.Summary: The authors provide guidance on recognition, evaluation, and treatment of ocular tumors, highlighted by more than 3,000 photographs and surgical drawings. This guide to the clinical features, diagnosis, management, and pathology of eyelid, conjunctival, and orbital tumors and pseudotumors, depicting clinical variations, treatment and histopathologic characteristics of the wide spectrum of neoplasms and related lesions includes clinical and scientific innovations.
Contents:
Pt. 1. Benign tumors of the eyelid epidermis
Premalignant and malignant tumors of eyelid epidermis
Eyelid sebaceous gland tumors
Eyelid sweat gland tumors
Eyelid hair follicle tumors
Eyelid melanocytic tumors
Neural tumors of the eyelid
Vascular tumors of the eyelids
Eyelid lymphoid, plasmacytic, and metastatic tumors
Eyelid histiocytic, myxoid, and fibrous lesions
Eyelid cystic lesions simulating neoplasms
Eyelid inflammatory lesions simulating neoplasms
Eyelid miscellaneous conditions simulating neoplasms
Tumors of the lacrimal drainage system
Surgical management of eyelid tumors
pt. 2. Tumors of the conjunctiva. Conjunctival and epibulbar choristomas
Conjunctival benign epithelial tumors
Premalignant and malignant lesions of the conjunctival epithelium
Conjunctival melanocytic lesions
Vascular tumors and related lesions of the conjunctive
Conjunctival neural xanthomatous, fibrous, myxomatous, and lipomatous tumors
Conjunctival lymphoid, leukemic, and metastatic tumors
Caruncular tumors
Miscellaneous lesions that simulate conjunctival neoplasms
Surgical management of conjunctival tumors
pt. 3. Tumors of the orbit. Inflammatory orbital lesions that simulate neoplasms
Orbital cystic lesions
Orbital vascular and hemorrhagic lesions
Orbital peripheral nerve tumors
Optic nerve, meningeal, and other neural tumors
Orbital myogenic tumors
Orbital fibrous connective tissue tumors
Orbital osseous, fibro-osseous, and cartilaginous tumors
Orbital lipomatous and myxomatous tumors
Orbital histiocytic tumors
Orbital primary melanocytic tumors
Lacrimal gland primary epithelial tumors
Orbital metastatic cancer
Orbital lymphoid tumors and leukemias
Orbital secondary tumors
Surgical management of orbital tumors.Digital Access Ovid 2016 - Digitaledited by Mathilde Kaspi, Elisa Cinotti, Jean-Luc Perrot, Thibaud Garcin.Summary: This Atlas gives the complete expert opinion on the diagnostic features of eyelid and conjunctival tumors (benign and malignant): a state-of-the-art guide with numerous images, useful for both dermatologists and ophthalmologists. This invaluable resource, illustrating clinical, histological and re fectance confocal microscopy features, first addresses the normal conditions of the ocular surface, then reviews lesions due to epidermal, melanocytic and adnexal tumors. A final part is devoted to conjunctiva conditions, from normal to malignant conjunctival tumors. The high number of illustrations and their description of many ocular surface lesions with in vivo confocal microscopy make this atlas an essential guide for the practitioners of both specialities.
Contents:
Preface
I EXAMINATION OF THE OCULAR AND PERIOCULAR SURFACE
1 Clinical examination of the eyelid and conjunctiva
2 In vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy examination of eyelid and conjunctiva
3 Histopathological examination of the eyelid and conjunctiva
II EYELID AND EYELID MARGIN
4 The normal eyelid
5 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Squamous papilloma
6 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Molluscum contagiosum
7 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Seborrheic keratosis
8 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Melanoacanthoma
9 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Epidermal cyst
10 Precancerous epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Actinic keratosis
11 Malignant epidermal tumors: Squamous cell carcinoma
12 Malignant epidermal tumors: Basal cell carcinoma
13 Benign lesions with basal melanocyte proliferation: Actinic lentigo
14 Benign melanocytic tumors: Junctional nevus
^15 Benign melanocytic tumors: Subepithelial nevus
16 Benign melanocytic tumors: Compound nevus
17 Malignant melanocytic tumors : Melanoma
18 Benign Adnexal tumors of the eyelid: Trichoepitelioma
19 Benign Adnexal tumors of the eyelid: Pilomatricoma
20 Benign Adnexal tumors of the eyelid: Hidrocystoma
21 Malignant adnexal tumors of th eyelid: Sebaceous carcinoma
22 Vascular tumors of the eyelid: Infantile Hemangioma
23 Vascular tumors of the eyelid: Lobular capillary Hemangioma
24 Miscellaneous tumors of the eyelid: Nerve sheath tumors (Neurofibroma)
25 Non lymphoid cutaneous infiltrates (Xanthelasma)
III CONJUNCTIVA
26 Normal conjunctiva
27 Benign conjunctival lesions: Pterygium
28 Benign conjunctival lesions: Primary acquired melanosis
29 Benign conjunctival lesions:: Nevus
30 Primary acquired melanosis: Epithelial cystic nevus
31 Malignant conjunctival tumors: Squamous cell carcinoma
32 Malignant conjunctival tumors: Melanoma
^33 Malignant conjunctival tumors: B-cell Lymphoma. . - DigitalSuzanne K. Freitag, N. Grace Lee, Daniel R. Lefebvre, Michael K. Yoon.Summary: Highly practical eyelid surgery resource informs important reconstruction decisions and strategies Skin malignancies frequently affect the periocular area, necessitating excision followed by eyelid reconstruction. Periocular trauma is also quite common, and because of the highly complex regional anatomy, requires expertise for effective reconstruction. Preparation by ophthalmic plastic surgeons prior to periorbital reconstruction is often not possible due to the unpredictability of defects left after Mohs micrographic surgeons clear tumor margins or in cases of trauma. Eyelid Reconstruction by.
Contents:
1 Periocular Anatomy
2 Periorbital Surgical Principles
3 Mohs Micrographic Surgery for Periorbital Cutaneous Malignancies
4 Medial Canthal Eyelid Reconstruction
5 Lower Eyelid Reconstruction
6 Upper Eyelid Reconstruction
7 Lateral Canthal Eyelid Reconstruction
8 Eyelid Reconstruction following Trauma
IndexDigital Access - DigitalArnab Biswas.Summary: Eyelid tumors are commonly encountered by oculoplastic as well as plastic surgeons. The challenge of managing these cases lies not only in performing the surgery in a precise manner in small area, but also in ensuring a visually-appealing cosmetic outcome. This is an innovative and concise portable handbook that guides the surgeons on how to approach and manage these cases in a step-by-step manner. Each chapter of this practical guidebook has outstanding illustrations drawn in full color clearly showing each incision line, flap management, suture placement and its technique, and the expected cosmetic outcome. When a lid tumor is excised, there is a tissue defect that needs to be corrected. Ophthalmologists and plastic surgeons will find this work an excellent reference material to solve the jigsaw puzzle of tissue defects in and around the periorbital region. Importantly, they can quickly refer to the images just before starting a procedure. The author has first explained the anatomical aspects and anesthetic techniques for eyelid surgery, followed by review of the benign and malignant tumors, finally describing the flap creation and reconstruction techniques that are currently used in various lid tumors in an organized fashion.
Contents:
Eyelid Anatomy
Types of Lesions Involving the Eyelid Skin
Clinical Evaluation for a Suspected Case of Eyelid Tumor
Classification of Eyelid Tumors
Benign Eyelid Lesions
Malignant Eyelid Lesions
Histopathology of Eyelid Tumors
Anesthesia for Eyelid Surgery
Flaps in Eyelid Reconstruction
Biopsy and Frozen Section
Basics of Eyelid Reconstruction
Upper Eyelid Reconstruction
Lower Eyelid Reconstruction
Medial Canthal Reconstruction
Lateral Canthal Reconstruction
Technique of Repair of Defects Not Involving the Eyelid Margin.
- E-health Care in Dentistry and Oral Medicine : a Clinician's Guide — Emerging Contaminants. Vol. 1, Occurrence and Impact (239)
- Emerging Drugs in Sport — Enzyme Engineering and Evolution : General Methods. First edition (239)
- Enzyme Engineering and Evolution : Specific Enzyme Applications. First edition. — The Ethical, Legal and Social Issues of Pandemics : An Analysis from the EU Perspective (239)
- Ethical Challenges in Cancer Diagnosis and Therapy — Eyelid Tumors : Clinical Evaluation and Reconstruction Techniques (237)
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.